WO2010034982A1 - Ligands for aggregated tau molecules - Google Patents

Ligands for aggregated tau molecules Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010034982A1
WO2010034982A1 PCT/GB2009/002260 GB2009002260W WO2010034982A1 WO 2010034982 A1 WO2010034982 A1 WO 2010034982A1 GB 2009002260 W GB2009002260 W GB 2009002260W WO 2010034982 A1 WO2010034982 A1 WO 2010034982A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
independently
mmol
compound
nmr
mhz
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2009/002260
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Steven John Kemp
Lynda Jane Storey
John Mervyn David Storey
Janet Rickard
Charles Robert Harrington
Claude Michel Wischik
Scott Clunas
Tobias Kerst Heinrich
Original Assignee
Wista Laboratories Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to BRPI0919079-1A priority Critical patent/BRPI0919079B1/en
Priority to JP2011527403A priority patent/JP5667058B2/en
Application filed by Wista Laboratories Ltd. filed Critical Wista Laboratories Ltd.
Priority to MX2011002647A priority patent/MX2011002647A/en
Priority to CA2737028A priority patent/CA2737028C/en
Priority to CN200980146839.3A priority patent/CN102224423B/en
Priority to US13/063,525 priority patent/US8895313B2/en
Priority to SI200931224T priority patent/SI2338059T1/en
Priority to ES09785147.1T priority patent/ES2540536T3/en
Priority to AU2009295701A priority patent/AU2009295701B2/en
Priority to RU2011107931/04A priority patent/RU2518892C2/en
Priority to DK09785147.1T priority patent/DK2338059T3/en
Priority to EP09785147.1A priority patent/EP2338059B1/en
Priority to PL09785147T priority patent/PL2338059T3/en
Publication of WO2010034982A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010034982A1/en
Priority to IL211369A priority patent/IL211369A/en
Priority to ZA2011/02159A priority patent/ZA201102159B/en
Priority to HK11113773.3A priority patent/HK1159247A1/en
Priority to HRP20150724TT priority patent/HRP20150724T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C07D277/66—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2 with aromatic rings or ring systems directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/46—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • G01N2333/47—Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
    • G01N2333/4701—Details
    • G01N2333/4709—Amyloid plaque core protein
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/28—Neurological disorders
    • G01N2800/2814—Dementia; Cognitive disorders
    • G01N2800/2821—Alzheimer
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/14—Heterocyclic carbon compound [i.e., O, S, N, Se, Te, as only ring hetero atom]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/14—Heterocyclic carbon compound [i.e., O, S, N, Se, Te, as only ring hetero atom]
    • Y10T436/145555—Hetero-N
    • Y10T436/147777—Plural nitrogen in the same ring [e.g., barbituates, creatinine, etc.]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/17—Nitrogen containing
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/18—Sulfur containing

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains generally to materials, methods and models relating to the labelling and detection of neurofibrillary tangles. In addition, it concerns ligands suitable for neuropathological staging and their use in the diagnosis, prognosis or treatment of diseases such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD).
  • AD Alzheimer's Disease
  • Ranges are often expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to "about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent "about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
  • This disclosure includes information that may be useful in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed invention, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • NFTs neurofibrillary tangles
  • both neuritic plaques and NFTs contain paired helical filaments (PHFs) 1 of which a major constituent is the microtubule-associated protein tau (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1988). Plaques also contain extracellular ⁇ -amyloid fibrils derived from the abnormal processing of amyloid precursor protein (APP) (see, e.g., Kang et al., 1987).
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • An article by Wischik et al. discusses in detail the putative role of tau protein in the pathogenesis of neurodegenerative dementias.
  • PHFs polymerised form
  • Tau exists in alternatively-spliced isoforms, which contain three or four copies of a repeat sequence corresponding to the microtubule-binding domain (see, e.g., Goedert, M., et al., 1989; and Goedert, M., et al., 1989).
  • Tau in PHFs is proteolytically processed to a core domain (see, e.g., Wischik, CM., et al., 1988; Wischik et al., 1988; Novak, M., et al., 1993) which is composed of a phase-shifted version of the repeat domain; only three repeats are involved in the stable tau-tau interaction (see, e.g., Jakes, R., et al., 1991).
  • PHF-like tau aggregates act as seeds for the further capture and provide a template for proteolytic processing of full-length tau protein (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1996).
  • phase shift which is observed in the repeat domain of tau incorporated into PHFs suggests that the repeat domain undergoes an induced conformational change during incorporation into the filament.
  • this conformational change could be initiated by the binding of tau to a pathological substrate, such as damaged or mutated membrane proteins (see, e.g., Wischik, CM., et al., 1997, in "Microtubule-associated proteins: modifications in disease”).
  • PHFs In the course of their formation and accumulation, PHFs first assemble to form amorphous aggregates within the cytoplasm, probably from early tau oligomers which become truncated prior to, or in the course of, PHF assembly (see, e.g., Mena, R., et al., 1995; Mena, R., et al., 1996). These filaments then go on to form classical intracellular NFTs. In this state, the PHFs consist of a core of truncated tau and a fuzzy outer coat containing full-length tau (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1996).
  • NFTs see, e.g., Wischik et al., in 'Neurobiology of Alzheimer's Disease'.
  • WO 02/075318 discloses ligands for aggregated paired helical filament (PHF).
  • the ligands may be used to label aggregated tau, and particularly extracellular aggregated tau present in neurofibrillary tangles. Structures presented include those of the sulphonated-benzothiazole compounds shown below:
  • CH 542 266 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use in the textile industries.
  • a compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 73):
  • WO 01/10854 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use as optical bhghteners.
  • a compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 10):
  • WO 2006/014382 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use in methods for imaging areas of amyloid deposition in patients exhibiting dementia in pre-diagnosed states.
  • a compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 43):
  • WO 2007/020400 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use as in vivo imaging agents for amyloid.
  • a compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 8):
  • -R 1 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, and C 2- 6alkynyl;
  • -R 2 is selected from hydrogen, Ci.i O alkyl, Ci.iohaloalkyl, C 6- i 4 aryl, Ce-narylalkyl, -(CH 2 CH 2 CO q -CI-I 3 wherein q is an integer of from 1 to 10;
  • -R 3 is a leaving group; and
  • -R 7 , -R 8 , -R 9 , and -R 10 are selected from a list of substituents.
  • the present inventors have now identified certain compounds that, e.g., bind to paired helical filaments and/or are useful in the detection of diseases such as Alzheimer's disease (AD).
  • the present invention provides new and alternative ligands for the detection of these structures.
  • the invention therefore relates to methods, uses, compositions and other materials employing these compounds as PHF ligands.
  • the invention further provides processes for making these compounds.
  • Figure 1 shows an example of the cellular assay for tau aggregation.
  • Low-level constitutive expression of truncated tau is increased when the expression of full-length tau is induced with IPTG.
  • Truncated tau is derived from full-length tau that is captured by truncated tau and subjected to proteolysis and further tau capture.
  • Figure 2A shows the binding of primulin (a), SK2033-30 (BEMA-08) (b) and mAb 7/51 (c) to paraffin-embedded forebrain sections from line 66 mice.
  • Figure 2B shows the binding of SK2033-30 (BEMA-08) and mAb 7/51 to paraffin- embedded forebrain sections from line 66 mice.
  • CO-1 and CO-2 are the cortex sections stained with mAb 7/51 and SK2033-30 respectively, and HC-1 and HC-2 are hippocampal formation sections stained with mAb 7/51 and SK2033-30respectively.
  • FIG. 3 shows the binding of LST-213 (BDF-04) to frozen mouse brain sections.
  • Figure 4 shows the uptake of LST-213 (BDF-04) in cell culture.
  • Cells were incubated in the presence of LST-213 for 18 hrs.
  • Considerable insoluble material can be seen in the background as well as intracellular uptake (upper panel).
  • Uptake can be clearly seen following washes with PBS, which removed most of the insoluble material from the outside of the cells (lower panel).
  • Figure 5 shows the selective binding of two different ligands of the invention (LS-T213 [BDF-04] and SK2033-30 [BEMA-08]) to aggregated tau within cells.
  • the ligands are visualized by fluorescence microscopy.
  • the top left panel shows the binding of LS-T213 to aggregated tau within induced cells.
  • the bottom left panel shows the binding of SK2033-30 to aggregated tau within induced cells.
  • the top right panel is a control image showing uninduced cells that have been exposed to LS-T213.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to certain 1 ,4-disubstituted-benzene compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DSB compounds"), which are structurally related to N-(4-benzothiazol-2-yl-phenyl)-benzamide.
  • DSB compounds 1 ,4-disubstituted-benzene compounds
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • -R- is independently selected from:
  • -P is independently selected from:
  • -T is independently selected from:
  • -W 1 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W 2 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W 3 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W 4 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W 5 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W 6 is independently -H or -W*;
  • -W A is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -W* 1 , -0-W ⁇ , -NH 2 , -NHW* 1 , and -N(W A1 ) 2 ;
  • -W A1 is independently selected from: unsubstituted saturated aliphatic
  • -G 1 is independently -H or -G A
  • -G 2 is independently -H or -G A
  • -G A is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 ,
  • -G 3 is independently -H or -G B ;
  • -G 4 is independently -H or -G B where -G B is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OH 1 -OR 2 ;
  • n 2 to 6;
  • -P 1 is independently -H or -P A
  • -P 2 is independently -H or -P B ;
  • -P 3 is independently -H or -P c ;
  • -P 4 is independently -H or -P B ;
  • -P 5 is independently -H or -P A ;
  • each -P A , each -P 8 , and each -P c is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
  • each -L 1 - is independently saturated aliphatic d-salkylene; in each group -NR 3 R 4 , -R 3 and -R 4 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S;
  • each -R 2 is independently:
  • each -R A1 is independently saturated aliphatic C h alky!; each -R* 2 is independently aliphatic C 2 .
  • each -L A - is independently saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkylene; and wherein: each -R A4 , -R A5 , -R A6 , -R A7 , and -R A8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R B1 and/or one or more substituents -R B2 , and each -R A1 , -R* 2 , -R A3 , and -L A - is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R B2 ,
  • each -R B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
  • each -R B2 is independently: -F, -Cl 1 -Br, -I 1
  • each -R C1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic phenyl, or benzyl; each -L c - is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic Ci -5 alkylene; and in each group -NR C2 R C3 , -R C2 and -R C3 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S.
  • the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but with one or more optional provisos, as defined herein.
  • the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015.
  • the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015.
  • the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without any of the above provisos, that is, without a proviso regarding P-001 through P-015.
  • a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the proviso regarding P-001 through P-015" is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound where -T is:
  • -W 4 is -H
  • -G 1 , -G 2 , -G 3 , and -G 4 are all -H
  • -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 4 and -P 5 are all -H
  • -P 3 is -R A1
  • one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , P 4 and -P 5 is -R A7 , and the others of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , P 4 and -P 5 are -H.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently: wherein -Q-, -P, -W 4 , -G 2 , and -G 3 are as defined above.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently: In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
  • -P , -P 1 -P , -P , and -P 5 are as defined above.
  • the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently: wherein -P, -W 2 , -W 3 , -G 2 , and -G 3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently: wherein -Q-, -P, -W 1 , X, -G 2 , and -G 3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently: wherein -Q-, -P, -W 1 -G 1 and -G are as defined above.
  • the compound is independently: wherein -Q-, -P, -W , -G 1 and -G are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently: wherein -P, -W 1 , X, -G 2 , and -G 3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
  • the compound is independently: wherein -P, -W 1 , X, -G 2 , and -G 3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
  • the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -F, -Cl, -Br or -I group.
  • the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -F group.
  • the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a - 19 F group. In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -Cl 1 -Br or -I group.
  • the group -P is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group.
  • one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , -P 4 , and -P 5 may be -F, or one of -P A , -P B or -P c comprises a -F group.
  • the group -T is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group.
  • -W A is -F
  • ⁇ 1 comprises a -F group.
  • the group -R- is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group.
  • -G A is -F or -G A comprises a -F group.
  • -R- is independently selected from:
  • -R- is independently selected from:
  • -R- is independently selected from:
  • -Q- is independently selected from:
  • -Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-;
  • each -R 1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkyl.
  • each -R 1 is independently -Me. In one embodiment, each -R 1 , where present, is independently -Et.
  • -P is independently selected from: where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment. In one embodiment, -P is independently:
  • -P is independently selected from:
  • -P is independently:
  • -P is independently:
  • -P is independently:
  • -T is independently selected from: where X is independently N or CH.
  • -T is independently: where X is independently N or CH.
  • -T is independently:
  • -T is independently:
  • -T is independently:
  • -T is independently: The Group -W
  • -W 1 is independently -H or -W ⁇ In one embodiment, -W 1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 1 is independently -V ⁇
  • -W 2 is independently -H or -V ⁇ In one embodiment, -W 2 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 2 is independently -V ⁇
  • -W 3 is independently -H or -W A . In one embodiment, -W 3 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 3 is independently -W A .
  • -W 4 is independently -H or -W A . In one embodiment, -W 4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 4 is independently -V ⁇
  • -W 5 is independently -H or -W*. In one embodiment, -W 5 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 5 is independently -W A .
  • -W 6 is independently -H or -W A . In one embodiment, -W 6 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W 6 is independently -W*.
  • At least one of -W 2 and -W 3 is -W A . In one embodiment, one of -W 2 and -W 3 is -W*. In one embodiment, -W 2 is -V ⁇ In one embodiment, -W 3 is -V ⁇
  • At least one of -W 4 , -W 5 and -W 6 is -W A .
  • one of -W 4 , -W 5 and -W 6 is -W A .
  • -W 4 is -W ⁇
  • -W 5 is -V ⁇
  • -W 6 is -W A .
  • -W A is independently selected from:
  • -W ⁇ where present, is independently selected from:
  • -W A is independently selected from -OH, -W A1 , and -0-W A1 .
  • -W A is independently selected from ⁇ 1 and -0-W A1 .
  • -W ⁇ where present, is independently selected from: -OH and -0-W A1 .
  • -W* is independently -W A1 . In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently -0-W A1 . In one embodiment, -W A , where present, is independently -OH.
  • -W ⁇ where present, is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHW ⁇ , and -N(W A1 ) 2 .
  • -W A where present, is independently -NH 2 .
  • -W* where present, is independently -NHW A1 .
  • -W* where present, is independently -N(W A1 ) 2 .
  • -W* is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • -W ⁇ where present, is independently -F or -I. In one embodiment, -W*. where present, is independently -F.
  • -W* 1 is independently selected from: unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, -CF 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, and
  • -W A1 is independently selected from unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl and -CF 3 .
  • -W A1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • -W A1 is independently -Me.
  • -W* 1 is independently -Et.
  • -W* 1 where present, is -CF 3 .
  • -W* 1 is independently -CH 2 CH 2 OH.
  • -W A1 is independently -CH 2 CH 2 N(Me) 2 .
  • At least one of -G 1 , -G 4 , and -G 2 and G 3 , where present, is not -H. In one embodiment, one of -G 1 , -G 4 , and -G 2 and G 3 , where present, is not -H.
  • -G 1 , -G 4 , and -G 2 and G 3 are each independently -H.
  • -G 1 is independently -H or -G A . In one embodiment, -G 1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G 1 is independently -G A .
  • -G 2 is independently -H or -G A . In one embodiment, -G 2 , where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G 2 , where present, is independently -G A .
  • -G 3 is independently -H or -G B . In one embodiment, -G 3 , where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G 3 , where present, is independently -G B .
  • -G 4 is independently -H or -G B . In one embodiment, -G 4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G 4 is independently -G B .
  • -G A is independently selected from
  • -G A is independently selected from -F,
  • -G A is independently selected from -F,
  • -G A is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, -I 1 -OH, -OR 2 .
  • -G A is independently selected from -F 1 -Cl, -Br, and -I. In one embodiment, -G A , where present, is independently -F.
  • -G A is independently selected from -OH and -OR 2 . In one embodiment, -G A , where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, -G A , where present, is independently -OR 2 .
  • -G A is independently -[O-CH 2 CH 2 ] n -R B2 , where n is 2 to 6.
  • -G B is independently selected from
  • -G B is independently selected from -F,
  • n 2 to 6.
  • -G B is independently selected from: -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OH, -OR 2 ; -[O-CH 2 CH 2 ] n -R B2 , where n is 2 to 6.
  • -G B is independently selected from: -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OH, -OR 2 .
  • -G B is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • -G B is independently -F. In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently selected from -CF 3 and -OCF 3 . In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently -CF 3 and -OCF 3 . In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently -OCF 3 .
  • -G B is independently selected from -OH and -OR 2 . In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently -OR 2 . In one embodiment, -G B , where present, is independently -OCH 2 CH 2 N(Me) 2 .
  • -G B is independently -[O-CH 2 CH 2 ] n -R B2 , where n is 2 to 6.
  • -G B where present, is independently -[0-CH 2 CH 2 J 3 -OMe..
  • n, where applicable is independently 2 to 6. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 2 to 4. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 2. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 3.
  • At least one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , -P 4 , and -P 5 if present, is -P A , -P B or -P c where appropriate.
  • one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , -P 4 , and -P 5 if present, is -P A , -P B or -P c where appropriate.
  • At least one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , -P 4 , and -P 5 , if present, is not -H. In one embodiment, one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , -P 4 , and -P 5 , if present, is not -H.
  • -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , and -P 4 , and -P 5 are each independently -H.
  • one of -P 1 , -P 2 , -P 3 , and -P 4 , and -P 5 , where present, is independently -F.
  • -P 1 is independently -H or -P A . In one embodiment, -P 1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P 1 is independently -P A .
  • -P 1 is the same as -P 5 , where present.
  • -P 2 is independently -H or -P B . In one embodiment, -P 2 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P 2 is independently -P B .
  • -P 2 is the same as -P 4 .
  • -P 3 is independently -H or -P c . In one embodiment, -P 3 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P 3 is independently -P c .
  • -P 4 is independently -H or -P B . In one embodiment, -P 4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P 4 is independently -P B .
  • -P 5 is independently -H or -P A . In one embodiment, -P 5 , where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P 5 , where present, is independently -P A .
  • each -P A , each -P B , and each -P c is independently selected from:
  • each -P A , each -P B , and each -P c is independently selected from:
  • each -P A is independently selected from:
  • each -P A is independently selected from: -F,
  • each -P B is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • each -P B is independently -F.
  • each -P A is independently selected from -CF 3 and -OCF 3 .
  • each -P A is independently -CF 3 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -OCF 3 .
  • each -P A is independently selected from -OH and -L 1 -OH.
  • each -P A is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -L 1 -OH.
  • each -P A is independently selected from -OR 2 , -L ⁇ OR 2 , and -0-l ⁇ R 2 .
  • each -P A is independently -OR 2 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -OMe. In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -O(CH 2 ) 3 -CF 3 .
  • each -P A is independently -O(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is from 2 to 6.
  • each -P A where present, is independently -O(CH 2 ) 2 -F.
  • each -P A is independently selected from -L 1 -OR 2 and -O-L 1 -OR 2 .
  • each -P A is independently selected from: -NO 2 ,
  • each -P A is independently -NO 2 .
  • each -P A is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , -NR 2 2l and -NR 3 R 4 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , and -NR 2 2 .
  • each -P A is independently -NR 3 R 4 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , and -NR 2 2 .
  • each -P A is independently -NH 2 .
  • each -P A is independently -NHR 2 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -NHMe. In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -NH-(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is from 2 to 6.
  • each -P A is independently -NH-(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • each -P A is independently -NR 2 2 . In one embodiment, each -P A , where present, is independently -NMe 2 .
  • each -P A is independently -R 2 .
  • each -P B is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I 1 -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OH, -L 1 -OH,
  • each -P B is independently selected from:
  • each -P B is independently selected from:
  • each -P B is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I. In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -F.
  • each -P B is independently selected from -CF 3 and -OCF 3 .
  • each -P B is independently -CF 3 . In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -OCF 3 .
  • each -P B is independently selected from -OH and-L 1 -OH.
  • each -P B is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -L 1 -OH.
  • each -P B is independently selected from -OR 2 , -L 1 -OR 2 , and -O-L 1 -OR 2 .
  • each -P B is independently -OR 2 . In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently selected from -L 1 -OR 2 and -O-L ⁇ OR 2 .
  • each -P B is independently -O(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is from 2 to 6. In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -0(CH 2 J 2 -F.
  • each -P B is independently selected from:
  • each -P B is independently -NO 2 .
  • each -P B is independently selected from -NH 2 ,
  • each -P B is independently selected from -NH 2 ,
  • each -P B is independently -NR 3 R 4 .
  • each -P B is independently selected from -NH 2 ,
  • each -P B is independently -NH 2 ,
  • each -P B is independently -NHR 2 . In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -NHMe. In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -NH-(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is from 2 to 6.
  • each -P B is independently -NH-(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • each -P B where present, is independently -NR 2 2 . In one embodiment, each -P B , where present, is independently -NMe 2 .
  • each -P B is independently -R 2 .
  • each -P c is independently selected from: -F 1 -Cl 1 -Br 1 -I,
  • each -P c is independently selected from:
  • each -P c is independently selected from -F, -Cl 1 -Br, and -I.
  • each -P c is independently selected from -F, -Cl, and -Br.
  • each -P c is independently -F. In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently selected from -CF 3 and -OCF 3 .
  • each -P c is independently -CF 3 . In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -OCF 3 .
  • each -P c is independently selected from -OH and -I ⁇ OH.
  • each -P c is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -L 1 -OH.
  • each -P c is independently selected from -OR 2 ,
  • each -P c is independently -OR 2 . In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -OMe.
  • each -P c is independently -O(CH 2 ) 2 -OH.
  • each -P c is independently -O(CH 2 ) n -F, where n is from 2 to 6.
  • each -P c is independently -O(CH 2 ) 2 -F.
  • each -P c is independently -O(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , where n is from 1 to 6.
  • each -P c is independently -O(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , where n is
  • each -P c is independently selected from -L 1 -OR 2 and
  • each -P c is independently selected from: -NO 2 ,
  • each -P c is independently -NO 2 . In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -NHOH.
  • each -P c is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , -NR 2 2 , -NR 3 R 4 and -NHOH.
  • each -P c is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , -NR 2 2 , and -NR 3 R 4 .
  • each -P c is independently selected from -NH 2 , -NHR 2 , and -NR 2 2 . In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -NR 3 R 4 .
  • each -P c is independently selected from -NH 2 ,
  • each -P c is independently -NH 2 ,
  • each -P c is independently -NHR 2 .
  • each -P c is independently -NHMe.
  • each -P c is independently -NH-(CH 2 J n -CF 3 , where n is from 1 to 6. In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -NH-(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , where n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • each -P c is independently -NH-(CH 2 J n -F 1 where n is from 2 to 6.
  • each -P c is independently -NH-(CH 2 J n -F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • each -P c is independently -NR 2 2 . In one embodiment, each -P c , where present, is independently -NMe 2 .
  • each -P c is independently -R 2 .
  • each -L 1 -, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-5 alkylene. In one embodiment, each -L 1 -, where present, is -CH 2 -.
  • each -L 1 -, where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • each -R 2 is independently: R A1 -R* 2 R A3 -R A4 -R A5 R A6 R A7 R A8
  • each -R M , -R A5 , -R A6 , -R A7 , and -R A8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R B1 and/or one or more substituents -R B2 , and each -R A1 , -R", -R A3 , and -L A - is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R 82 .
  • each -R 2 is independently -R A1 .
  • each -R A1 is independently optionally substituted saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl.
  • each -R A1 is independently optionally substituted saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • each -R A1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl.
  • each -R A1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • each -R A1 is unsubstituted -Me.
  • each -R A1 where present, is unsubstituted -Et.
  • each -R A1 where present, is unsubstituted -Pr.
  • each -R A1 is optionally substituted -Me.
  • each -R A1 is optionally substituted -Et.
  • each -R A1 is optionally substituted -Pr.
  • each -R A1 is optionally substituted -Bu.
  • each -R A1 where present, is -CF 3 .
  • each -R A1 where present, is -CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each -R A1 where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each -R A1 where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each -R A1 is -CH 2 F. In one embodiment, each -R A1 , where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 F. In one embodiment, each -R A1 , where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 F.
  • each -R A1 where present, is -CH 2 CH 2 N(Me) 2 .
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from:
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from:
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from:
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 .
  • each -R 82 is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from -CF 3 and -OCF 3 .
  • each -R B2 where present, is independently -F and -CF 3 . In one embodiment, each -R 82 , where present, is independently -F. In one embodiment, each -R 82 , where present, is independently -CF 3 .
  • each -R 82 is independently selected from: -OH, -L C -OH, -O-L C -OH, -OR C1 , -L C -OR C1 , -O-L C -OR C1 .
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from: -OH, -O-L C -OH,
  • each -R B2 is independently selected -OH or -OR C1 .
  • each -R B2 is independently selected from -O-L C -OH and -O-L c -OR c1 .
  • each -R B2 is independently -O-L C -OH. In one embodiment, each -R B2 , where present, is independently -O-L C -OR C1 .
  • each -L 0 - is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C 1-5 alkylene.
  • each -L c -, where present, is independently -CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • each -R C1 is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl. In one embodiment, each -R C1 , where present, is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkyl.
  • each -R C1 is independently -Me.
  • each -R C1 is independently unsusbsituted phenyl.
  • each -R C1 is independently unsusbsituted benzyl.
  • the DSB compound has a molecular weight of from 330 to 600. In one embodiment, the bottom of the range is from 350, 375, 400, or 425. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 600, 575, 550, 525, 500 or 450. In one embodiment, the range is 375 to 575.
  • the DSB compound has a molecular weight of 500 or less. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a molecular weight of 450 or less.
  • the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 5.3. In one embodiment, the bottom of the range is from 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, or 3.1. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 5.0, 5.1 , 5.2, 5.3, 4.5, or 4.0. In one embodiment, the range is 3.0 to 5.1.
  • the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 5.0. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 4.0.
  • the DSB compound has a Log D of from 2.0 to 5.0. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a Log D of from 2.0 to 4.0.
  • Log D is the ratio of the equilibrium concentration of all species (unionised and ionised) of the molecule in octanol to the same molecules in the water phase at 25°C.
  • Log D is the ratio of the equilibrium concentration of all species (unionised and ionised) of the molecule in octanol to the same molecules in the water phase at 25°C and pH 7.4.
  • the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of from 45 to 95 A 2 .
  • the bottom of the range is from 50, 55, or 60. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90. In one embodiment, the range is 55 to 75.
  • the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of 90 A 2 or less.
  • the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of 70 A 2 or less.
  • the DSB compound has 3 or less hydrogen bond donors. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has 2 or less hydrogen bond donors. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has 1 or no hydrogen bond donors.
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the formulae below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from ABFMA-15 and ABFMA-12.
  • Monohalo Methoxy-Amides are independently selected from ABFMA-15 and ABFMA-12.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • ABMFMA-02 ABMFMA-03; ABMFMA-04; ABMFMA-05; ABMFMA-07; ABMFMA-08; ABMFMA-09; and ABMFMA-10.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from: ABHA-01 ; ABHA-02; ABHA-03; and ABHA-05.
  • the compound is independently selected from: ABHA-01 ; ABHA-02 and ABHA-03. Fluohnated Hydroxy-Amides
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • ABFHA-01 ABFHA-02; ABFHA-03; ABFHA-05; ABFHA-06; ABFHA-07; ABFHA-08; ABFHA-09; ABFHA-10 and ABFHA-11.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • ABAA-01 ; ABAA-02; ABAA-03; ABAA-06; ABAA-09; ABAA-10 and ABAA-11.
  • the compound is independently selected from: ABAA-06; ABAA-10 and ABAA-11.
  • Dimethylamine-Amides are independently selected from: ABAA-06; ABAA-10 and ABAA-11.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • AIPN-01 AIPN-02; AIPN-05; AIPN-07; AIPN-08; AIPN-09; AIPN-10; AIPN-11 ; AIPN-12; AIPN-13; AIPN-14; AIPN-15; AIPN-16; AIPN-18; AIPN-19; AIPN-20; AIPN-21 ; AIPN-22; AIPN-23; AIPN-24; AIPN-25; AIPN-26; AIPN-27; AIPN-28; AIPN-29; AIPN-30; and AIPN-31.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • AIPN-01 AIPN-01 ; AIPN-02; AIPN-05; AIPN-07; AIPN-08; AIPN-09; AIPN-10; AIPN-11 ; AIPN-12; AIPN-13; AIPN-14; AIPN-16; AIPN-18; AIPN-20; AIPN-21 ; AIPN-22; AIPN-23; AIPN-24; AIPN-25; AIPN-26; AIPN-27; AIPN-28; AIPN-29; AIPN-30; and AIPN-31.
  • the imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently additionally or laternatively selected from AIPN-38 and AIPN-39.
  • the compound is independently selected from: BEMA-02; BEMA-03; BEMA-04; BEMA-07 and BEMA-10.
  • the compound is independently BEMA-10.
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • BEMOA-01 BEMOA-02; BEMOA-03; BEMOA-04; BEMOA-05; BEMOA-07 and BEMOA-08.
  • the compound is independently selected from BEMOA-03 and BEMOA-05.
  • non-fluorinated methoxy-alkene compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from: BEFA-06; and BEFA-10.
  • BEFA-06 Monofluoro and Fluorinated Hydroxy-Alkenes
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from: BEHF-01; BEHF-02; BEHF-06 and BEHF-07.
  • Imidazof1.2-alpyridine Compounds Additionally or alternatively, the imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine compound is selected from:
  • the compound is independently selected from:
  • BDF-01 BDF-02; BDF-03; BDF-04; BDF-05; BDF-06; BDF-07; BDF-10; BDF-11 ; BDF-12; BDF-13; BDF-14; BDF-15; BDF-16 and BDF-17.
  • benzothiazole compound is independently selected from:
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to DSB compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds.
  • the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate).
  • the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
  • the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
  • the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
  • 60% optically pure i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer
  • at least 70% optically pure e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diastereomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms").
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space).
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl
  • butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl
  • methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl
  • keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • F may be in any isotopic form, including 18 F and 19 F.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • Suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ).
  • suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 J 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • the salt is independently selected from the following acids: hydrochloric and methanesulfonic. Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a th-hydrate, etc.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
  • chemically protected form is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like).
  • specified conditions e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like.
  • well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions.
  • one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO-R) or a urethane (-NRC0-0R), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH 3 ) 3 , -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHs) 2 C 6 H 4 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Bpoc), as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester); a triC 1-7 alkylsilyl-C 1-7 alkyl ester; or a C 5-2 oaryl-C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C 1-7 alkyl ester e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester
  • a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester
  • proform refers to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound. Typically, the proform is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
  • esters of the active compound e.g., a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester.
  • proforms are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.).
  • the proform may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
  • compositions e.g., a diagnostic composition
  • a composition comprising a DSB compound, as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • compositions e.g., a diagnostic composition
  • a composition comprising admixing a DSB compound, as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition
  • a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition
  • a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to a method of preparing a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition
  • a method of preparing a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising admixing a DSB compound as described herein and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers examples include the pharmaceutically acceptable ones described below.
  • the compounds described herein are useful, for example, in methods and models relating to the labelling and detection of neurofibrillary tangles, and in particular paired helical filaments.
  • the present invention provides a method of labelling PHF, comprising contacting the PHF with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound.
  • Methods of use may be performed e.g. by analogy to the use of the ligands described previously (see, for example, Mena et al. (1995); Mena et al. (1996); Lai, R. et al.; Bondareff, W. et al.; Resch, J.F. et al.; Novak, M. etal.; Wischik, CW. et al. (1996); and Wischik CW. et al. (1989)).
  • the present invention thus provides a method of labelling aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, comprising contacting the aggregated tau molecules with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound.
  • Methods of use may be performed e.g. by analogy to the use of the ligands described previously (see, for example, Mena et al. (1995); Mena et al. (1996); Lai, R. et al.; Bondareff, W. et al.;
  • tau protein refers generally to any protein of the tau protein family. Tau proteins are characterised as being one among a larger number of protein families which co-purify with microtubules during repeated cycles of assembly and disassembly (Shelanski et al. (1973) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 70., 765-768), and are known as microtubule-associated-proteins (MAPs).
  • MAPs microtubule-associated-proteins
  • tau family share the common features of having a characteristic N-terminal segment, sequences of approximately 50 amino acids inserted in the N-terminal segment, which are developmentally regulated in the brain, a characteristic tandem repeat region consisting of 3 or 4 tandem repeats of 31-32 amino acids, and a C-terminal tail See, for example, Wischik, et al. (2001) and loc. cit.).
  • Tau like molecules include, for instance, MAP2, which is the predominant microtubule- associated protein in the somatodendritic compartment (Matus, A., in “Microtubules” [Hyams and Lloyd, eds.] pp 155-166, John Wiley and Sons, NY).
  • MAP2 isoforms are almost identical to tau protein in the tandem repeat region, but differ substantially both in the sequence and extent of the N-terminal domain (Kindler and Garner (1994) MoI. Brain Res. 26, 2I8-224). Nevertheless, aggregation in the tandem-repeat region is not selective for the tau repeat domain.
  • any discussion herein in relation to tau protein or tau-tau aggregation should be taken as relating also to tau- MAP2 aggregation, MAP2-MAP2 aggregation and so on.
  • the DSB compound may be conjugated, chelated, or otherwise associated with, a further group or entity which has a diagnostic, prognostic or therapeutic purpose or effect, e.g. to a fluorescent group which thus enables visualisation of neurofibrillary tangles to which the ligand binds.
  • the DSB compounds are capable of acting as ligands or labels of tau protein (or aggregated tau protein).
  • the DSB compounds will have utility in methods of medical imaging.
  • aggegated tau can be visualised in vivo.
  • these include the use of ligands where the DSB incorporates 19 F (MRI scans), 18 F (Positron Emission Tomography (PET) scans) or a stable nitroxyl free radical (MRI and Proton-Electron Double Resonance Imaging (PEDRI) contrast agent).
  • ligands incorpoating an I radioisotope single photon emission computed tomography, SPECT.
  • the DSB compound is a ligand of tau protein (or aggregated tau protein).
  • Such DSB compounds may incorporate, be conjugated to, be chelated with, or otherwise be associated with, other chemical groups, such as stable and unstable detectable isotopes, radioisotopes, positron-emitting atoms, magnetic resonance labels, dyes, fluorescent markers, antigenic groups, therapeutic moieties, or any other moiety that may aid in a prognostic, diagnostic or therapeutic application.
  • other chemical groups such as stable and unstable detectable isotopes, radioisotopes, positron-emitting atoms, magnetic resonance labels, dyes, fluorescent markers, antigenic groups, therapeutic moieties, or any other moiety that may aid in a prognostic, diagnostic or therapeutic application.
  • the DSB compound is as defined above, but with the additional limitation that the compound incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) isotopes, radioisotopes, positron-emitting atoms, magnetic resonance labels, dyes, fluorescent markers, antigenic groups, or therapeutic moieties.
  • one or more e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.
  • the DSB compound is a ligand as well as a label, e.g., a label for tau protein (or aggregated tau protein), and incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with, one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) detectable labels.
  • the DSB compound is as defined above, but with the additional limitation that the compound incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with, one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) detectable labels.
  • Labelled DSB compounds e.g., when ligated to tau protein or aggregated tau protein
  • the DSB compound may be suitably detected by incorporating a positron-emitting atom (e.g., 11 C) (e.g., as a carbon atom of one or more alkyl group substituents, e.g., methyl group substituents) and detecting the compound using positron emission tomography (PET) as is known in the art.
  • a positron-emitting atom e.g., 11 C
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • radiotracers for use in PET studies must be be synthesised and imaged within a time frame compatible with the half-life of the isotope, typically within two half-lives after the radioisotope is produced.
  • 18 F has a 110 minute half life, which allows sufficient time for relatively complex synthetic manipulations and for biological studies.
  • An additional advantage is that 18 F has a low positron energy, and its maximum range (2.4 mm) allows for the sharpest imaging with high resolution PET.
  • the F-containing DSB compounds described herein include those compounds where one or more F atoms, where present, is an 18 F atom.
  • 18 F may be introduced into a ligand using, for example, fluoride ion or [ 18 F]F2.
  • Fluoride ion is the more desirable of the two because it can be produced without added carrier. In principle, 100% of the isotope can be incorporated into the tracer. In contrast, the maximum radiochemical yield when [ 18 F]F2 is used as a precursor is around 50%, because only one of the fluorine atoms in the fluorine molecule is labelled and typically only one atom of fluorine is incorporated.
  • [ 18 F]fluoride solubility A key requirement for successful radiofluorinations is how to maintain [ 18 F]fluoride solubility.
  • [ 18 F]fluoride is initially available after production in an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate. The water is then removed as an azeotrope, usually with acetonitrile. However, the potassium ion possesses limited solubility in some reaction solvents.
  • the addition of the aminopolyether Kryptofix 2.2.2 (K222) improves potassium ion solubility and as a consequence greatly enhances nucleophilic radiofluorinations with [ 18 F]fluoride on both aliphatic and aromatic substrates.
  • the labelled product can be separated from any unreacted material by HPLC. This is usually necessary to provide material of high specific activity.
  • the DSB compounds as in vivo imaging agents for PHF, and PHF tau protein.
  • the DSB compounds may be used in a method determining the stage of neurofibrillary degeneration associated with a tauopathy in a subject believed to suffer from the disease, which method comprises the steps of: (i) introducing into the subject a DSB compounds capable of labelling aggregated paired helical filament (PHF) tau protein,
  • the determination in step (ii) may be used to establish the density ligand binding.
  • the correlation in step (iii) may be made by reference to historical data.
  • the tauopathy may be Alzheimer Disease (AD).
  • the DSB compounds may be capable of crossing the blood brain barrier.
  • tau protein acquires binding sites for compounds such as thiazin red and thioflavin-S (see Mena et al. (1995) Mena et al. (1996)).
  • the binding site can be shown to exist within the tangle itself, and not in extraneous proteins (Wischik CW. et al. (1989)).
  • both intracellular and extracellular tangles are labelled to some extent by such ligands, as judged histologically.
  • ligands may be visualised or detected by any suitable means, and the skilled person will appreciate that any suitable detection means as is known in the art could be substituted for these examples
  • Such methods may be based on those described in WO 02/075318.
  • the diagnostic ligands are selected from compounds of the formulae below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method of labelling paired helical filaments (PHFs), the method comprising contacting the PHFs with a DSB compound as described herein and detecting the presence of said compound.
  • PHFs paired helical filaments
  • the method may be performed in vivo. Where the method is an in vivo method, the compound is administered to a subject.
  • the subject may be a mammal. In one embodiment, the subject is a rodent. In another embodiment, the subject is a human subject.
  • the method may be performed in vitro.
  • the PHFs may be isolated from a subject as described herein. In one embodiment, the PHFs are isolated from the brain of a subject.
  • the PHFs may be taken from the IFII fraction of a brain sample, for example as described by C. M. Wischik (Thesis "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease” Part I and II; Cambridge University, 1989).
  • the brain sample includes a sample from the medial temporal lobe i.e. E2/Trans (Entorhinal cortex layer 2/transitional entorhinal cortex) and E4/HC (Entorhinal cortex layer 4 and hippocampus) regions, and also neocortical structures (F/T/P regions - frontal, temporal, parietal) of the brain.
  • E2/Trans Entorhinal cortex layer 2/transitional entorhinal cortex
  • E4/HC Entorhinal cortex layer 4 and hippocampus
  • the PHFs are isolated from the brain of a subject having Alzheimer's disease, or a subject that is suspected of having Alzheimer's disease.
  • the subject may be a human subject.
  • the DSB compound may be used alone, or may be formulated in a composition with suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. as described herein.
  • the presence of the DSB compound may be detected using techniques that are suitable for the type of compound employed.
  • the DSB compound may be detected by fluorescence spectroscopy. Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that are capable of fluorescence.
  • the DSB compound may be detected by radiation count. Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that comprise a radiolabel.
  • the presence of the DSB compound may be detected by a competition assay whereby the displacement of a known ligand for PHFs by the DSB compound is monitored, including quantified, by changes in a detectable.
  • the known ligand may be a fluorescent ligand.
  • the displacement of the known ligand from the PHFs may be monitored, and optionally quantified, by fluorescence spectroscopy.
  • fluorescence spectroscopy Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that are not capable of fluorescence, or compounds that fluoresce under conditions or at wavelengths that do not interfere with the fluorescence signal detectable from the known ligand.
  • the presence of the DSB compound is detected by displacement of a detectable known ligand from the PHFs.
  • the known ligand may be a fluorescent ligand.
  • the displacement of the known ligand from the PHFs by the DSB compound may be detected by a reduction in fluorescent activity.
  • the known ligand is capable of increased fluorescence when bound to PHF.
  • the known ligand is primulin.
  • the DSB compound has a greater affinity for PHF than primulin.
  • a compound comprising an 18 F radiolabel may be detected using a radiation counter, for example a gamma-counter.
  • the present invention also provides a method for labelling aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, comprising contacting the aggregated tau molecules with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound.
  • the method may be performed in vivo or in vitro. Where the method is an in vivo method, the compound is administered to a subject.
  • the subject may be a mammal. In one embodiment, the subject is a rodent. In another embodiment, the subject is a human subject.
  • the DSB compound is contacted with aggregated tau or tau-like molecules within a brain sample from a subject.
  • the subject is a non- human subject capable of expressing full-length human tau.
  • the subject may be a transgenic rodent expressing full-length human tau having a double mutation P301S/G335D.
  • the aggregated tau or tau-like molecules is prepared in a cell line expressing full-length tau ("T40") and/or PHF-core tau fragment (12 kD fragment).
  • the cell line may be a fibroblast cell line.
  • the cell line is a 3T6 cell line.
  • the DSB compound is prepared and then contacted with the PHFs or aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, or administered to a subject, within 14 days of its preparation.
  • the DSB compound may be contacted or administered within 7 days, 2 days, 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours or 3 hours of its preparation.
  • the DSB compound may be administered to a subject, and the distribution of the DSB compound in one or more organs of the subject monitored.
  • the distribution of the DSB compound in the brain is monitored.
  • the DSB compound may reach a maximum concentration in the brain at least 10 minutes, 5 minutes, or 2 minutes after administration to the subject.
  • the amount of DSB compound remaining in the brain may reach a level of 50% of the maximum concentration in the brain at 120 min at most, 60 min at most, or 30 min at most after administration.
  • the total amount of DSB compound in the brain as a percentage of the initial dose administered to the subject is at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 3% or at least 4% of the total amount of DSB compound administered.
  • the time point for measuring the total amount may be the time point at which the amount in the brain reaches a maximum concentration. Alternatively, the time point may be 1 , 2, 5 or 10 minutes after administration.
  • the DSB compound is at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising an aprotic solvent.
  • the aprotic solvent may be DMSO.
  • the DSB compound may be at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising at least 1% DMSO, at least 5% DMSO or at least 10% DMSO.
  • the solution may be an aqueous solution.
  • the DSB compound is at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising a protic solvent.
  • the protic solvent may be methanol or ethanol.
  • the DSB compound may be at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising at least 10% of the protic solvent, at least 25% of the protic solvent or at least 50% of the protic solvent.
  • the solution is an aqueous solution comprising a protic solvent and an aprotic solvent.
  • kits comprising (a) a DSB compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
  • the DSB compound, or a composition comprising such a compound may be provided for use in a method of diagnosis, prognosis or treatment of the human or animal body by therapy, especially in relation to a condition such as AD as described herein.
  • the present invention provides a method of diagnosis or prognosis, the method comprising administering to the mammal a diagnostically- or prognostically- effective amount of one or more DSB compounds as described herein.
  • This aspect embraces such compounds for use in a method of diagnosis or prognosis. Both in vitro and in vivo uses are encompassed by this aspect.
  • In vitro methods may be performed by (i) obtaining a sample of appropriate tissue from a subject; (ii) contacting the sample with a DSB compound; (iii) detecting the amount and ⁇ or localisation of the DSB compound bound to the sample (iv) correlating the result of (iii) with the stage or severity of the disease in the subject.
  • the method may be performed in the context of a clinical trial to assess the efficacy of a tau aggregation inhibitor.
  • the present invention provides the use of a DSB compound in the manufacture of a composition for the diagnosis, prognosis or therapy of a disease as described above.
  • the disease or condition may be e.g. AD, or an AD-like condition, or any other condition in which aggregated protein molecules are implicated.
  • tau protein and aberrant function or processing thereof
  • tau protein and aberrant function or processing thereof
  • PSP Progressive Supranuclear Palsy
  • TDD fronto- temporal dementia
  • FTDP-17 parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17
  • DDPAC disinhibition-dementia-parkinsonism-amyotrophy complex
  • PPND pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration
  • PNLD pallido-nigro-luysian degeneration
  • CBD cortico-basal degeneration
  • the DSB compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the DSB compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular
  • the subject/patient may be an animal, a mammal, a placental mammal, a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human.
  • a rodent
  • the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
  • the subject/patient is a human. In other embodiments, the the subject/patient is not a human.
  • Suitable subjects may be selected on the basis of conventional factors.
  • the initial selection of a patient may involve any one or more of: rigorous evaluation by experienced clinician; exclusion of non-AD diagnosis as far as possible by supplementary laboratory and other investigations; objective evaluation of level of cognitive function using neuropathologically validated battery.
  • the DSB compound While it is possible for the DSB compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a physiologically acceptable formulation.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one DSB compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • the formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one IBD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. 5th edition, 2005.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • carriers e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.
  • the formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions
  • Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
  • the compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • the compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
  • Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia.
  • Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
  • Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil
  • mouthwashes e.g., gluges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • suppositories e.g., pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • the DSB compounds may be prepared in a process comprising the coupling of compound A with compound B:
  • -G 4 are as defined according to the DSB compounds of the invention, and protected forms thereof.
  • -P A and -P B are amide- coupling partners.
  • the product of the coupling reaction is an amide bond i.e. -Q- is -NHC(O)-; -NR 1 C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; or
  • one of -P A and -P B may be -C(O)OH, or an activated form thereof, and the other may be -NH 2 or -NHR 1 .
  • -P A is -NH 2 or -NHR 1 . In one embodiment, -P A is -NH 2 . In one embodiment, -P B is -C(O)OH or -C(O)CI.
  • -P A and -P B are alkene-coupling partners.
  • the alkene-coupling partners may be Wittig or Wittig-like coupling partners, for example Homer-Wadsworth-Emmons coupling partners.
  • one of -P A and -P B may be -C(O)H or -C(O)R 1 , and the other may be a phosphonate.
  • one of -P A and -P B is -C(O)H.
  • the other of -P A and -P B is -P(O)(OEt) 2 .
  • -P B is -C(O)H.
  • the other of -P A is -P(O)(OEt) 2 .
  • -P A and -P B the alkene-coupling partners may be Heck or Heck-like coupling partners.
  • a and B are coupled in the presence of a catalyst, typically a palladium catalyst, such as Pd or Pd(OAc) 2 .
  • a catalyst typically a palladium catalyst, such as Pd or Pd(OAc) 2 .
  • a base may also be used.
  • -P A and -P B are diazo-coupling partners.
  • -P A and -P B are imine-coupling partners.
  • the present invention pertain to DSB compounds having a -F group, and in further embodiments, there are provided DSB compounds having a - 18 F group.
  • DSB compounds having a -F group may be prepared from a DSB compounds having a -OH group.
  • the -OH group may be converted to an activated leaving group.
  • the activated leaving group is activated for substitution with a -F nucleophile.
  • Reaction of the compound having an activated leaving group with a source of fluoride nucleophile yields a DSB compounds having a -F group.
  • the fluoride nucleophile is a - 18 F nucleophile
  • the product of the reaction is DSB compound having a - 18 F group.
  • the activated leaving group includes those groups familiar to those in the art, such as mesylate (-OS(O) 2 CH 3 ) and tosylate (-OS(O) 2 PhCH 3 ).
  • a DSB compound having a -OH group may be reacted with mesylate halide or tosylate haldide to from the DSB compound having
  • the -OH group is a substituent on a saturated aliphatic alkyl group, for example a saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl group substituted with -OH, or a linker to an -OH group such as a saturated aliphatic Ci -5 alkylene linker to an -OH group.
  • groups suitable for use include those where -W A1 is -CH 2 CH 2 OH, one of -P*, -P B , or -P c is -L 1 -OH, -G A or -G B is -[O-CH 2 CH 2 ] n -R B2 and -R B2 is -L C -OH, -O-L C -OH or -OH, or where -R B2 is -L C -OH or -O-L C -OH, where such groups are present.
  • the present invention provides methods for the preparation of DSB compounds where compound A is coupled with compound B, as described above, to form a product compound having the group -Q-.
  • Compound A or compound B may comprise a -F group. This -F group may be carried through any remaining synthesis steps to appear in the final DSB product. Examples of compounds of formula A and B having an -F group are given throughout the present specification.
  • T-, -R- and -P are as previously defined.
  • an amine (1 equiv.) is reacted with an acid chloride (X equiv.) in the presence of excess base, typically an organic base such as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine, to yield the corresponding amide product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying.
  • the reaction may be performed at elevated temperature, for example at reflux, and optionally under an inert atmosphere, for example under argon.
  • the reaction may be performed in an organic solvent, for example THF, or may be performed neat in an organic base.
  • the acid chloride may be generated from the carboxylic acid with, for example, thionyl chloride.
  • the acid chloride may be used crude in the amide coupling reaction.
  • a nitro functional group is converted to the corresponding amine group.
  • a nitro compound (1 equiv.) is reacted with tin (II) chloride dihydrate (8 equiv.) in a solvent, for example ethanol, to give, after an appropriate work-up, the corresponding amine compound.
  • the work-up may include the steps of basification, separation, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying.
  • the reaction may be performed at elevated temperature, for example at reflux, and optionally under an inert atmosphere, for example under argon.
  • an aryl methoxy functional group is converted to the corresponding aryl hydroxy group.
  • an aryl methoxy compound (1 equiv.) is reacted with BBr 3 in a solvent, for example DCM, to give, after work-up, the corresponding aryl hydroxyl compound.
  • the work-up may include the steps of basification, separation, acidification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying.
  • the reaction may be performed at reduced temperature, for example at 0 0 C or -78°C.
  • a phosphonate (1 equiv.) is reacted with an aldehyde (1 equiv.) in the presence of a base (2 equiv.), for example sodium methoxide, sodium hydride or potassium f-butoxide, in an organic solvent, for example MeOH or THF, to yield the corresponding alkene product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, acidification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying.
  • the reaction may be performed at reduced temperature, for example at 0 0 C or -78°C, or elevated temperature, for example at reflux.
  • a primary amine is converted to a tertiary amine.
  • a primary amine (1 equiv.) is reacted with an aldehyde (10 equiv.), for example paraformaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent, for example sodium cyanoborohydride (5 equiv.) to yield the corresponding tertiary amine product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, basification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying.
  • the reaction may be performed in an organic solvem, such as AcOH.
  • an amide is converted to a thioamide.
  • an amide (1 equiv.) is dissolved in hot toluene (dry, 40 vol) and Lawesson's reagent (1.5 equiv.) added.
  • the reaction is heated to 80 0 C under argon for 2 h.
  • the reaction is then cooled to rt and filtered.
  • the resulting precipitate is washed with EtOAc then dried under reduced pressure to give the corresponding crude thioamide product.
  • Column chromatography is performed to obtain pure target material.
  • a thiobenzamide is converted to a benzothiazole in the presence of potassium ferhcyanide.
  • a thiobenzamide (1 equiv) is dissolved in NaOH (1.5 M, 39 equiv.) and the solution cooled to 5 0 C with ice.
  • Potassium ferricyanide in water (20%, 15 vol) is added and the reaction stirred at rt for 18 h.
  • the mixture is filtered and the solid washed with H 2 O.
  • the solid is dissolved in DCM (20 vol), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the crude benzothiazole product. Column chromatography may be carried out in order to obtain the pure target material.
  • an aryl amine and an arene for example a phenol, are coupled through formation of a diazo linkage.
  • an aryl amine (1 equiv.) is dissolved in MeOH (10 vol) and the solution cooled to 5 0 C in ice.
  • HCI (3 equiv, 2 M) is then added to the solution.
  • NaNO 2 in H 2 O (10 vol) is added drop-wise.
  • the reaction is stirred at 5°C for 10 min.
  • the arene (1 equiv) is added to H 2 O (20 vol).
  • Na 2 CO 3 (2 equiv.) followed by NaOH (1 equiv.) is added and the resulting suspension added dropwise to the diazonium salt.
  • reaction mixture was extracted with toluene (5 x 300 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 200 ml), dried (MgSO 4 ) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (11.1 g, 86%) as a yellow solid which was used without further purification.
  • PPSE was obtained from commercial sources. Altematviely, PPSE may be prepared according to the methods described by lmamoto et al.
  • reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Malamas et al. and Mann et al. for the reaction of 4-hydroxybenzaldehydes with aliphatic alcohols.
  • reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Zhang et al. for the reaction of polyethyleneglycols with phenolic compounds.
  • reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Cong et al.
  • reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Malamas et al. and Mann et al.
  • reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Cong et al. for the oxidation of aromatic aldehydes to aromatic acids.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are certain benzothiazole, imidazothiazole, imidazopyrimidine and imidazopyridine compounds, including, for example:formula (I) and pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof. Such compounds can be used as diagnostic ligands or labels of tau protein and PHF.

Description

UGANDS FOR AGGREGATED TAU MOLECULES
Related Application
This application claims priority to US 61/099,376 filed 23 September 2008, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Technical Field
The present invention pertains generally to materials, methods and models relating to the labelling and detection of neurofibrillary tangles. In addition, it concerns ligands suitable for neuropathological staging and their use in the diagnosis, prognosis or treatment of diseases such as Alzheimer's Disease (AD).
Background
A number of patents and publications are cited herein in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise," and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising," will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a pharmaceutical carrier" includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.
Ranges are often expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. This disclosure includes information that may be useful in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed invention, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.
Conditions of dementia such as Alzheimer's disease (AD) are frequently characterised by a progressive accumulation of intracellular and/or extracellular deposits of proteinaceous structures such as β-amyloid plaques and neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs) in the brains of affected patients. The appearance of these lesions largely correlates with pathological neurofibrillary degeneration and brain atrophy, as well as with cognitive impairment (see, e.g., Mukaetova-Ladinska, E. B., et al., 2000).
In AD, both neuritic plaques and NFTs contain paired helical filaments (PHFs)1 of which a major constituent is the microtubule-associated protein tau (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1988). Plaques also contain extracellular β-amyloid fibrils derived from the abnormal processing of amyloid precursor protein (APP) (see, e.g., Kang et al., 1987). An article by Wischik et al. (in 'Neurobiology of Alzheimer's Disease') discusses in detail the putative role of tau protein in the pathogenesis of neurodegenerative dementias. Loss of the normal form of tau, accumulation of pathological PHFs, and loss of synapses in the mid- frontal cortex all correlate with associated cognitive impairment. Furthermore, loss of synapses and loss of pyramidal cells both correlate with morphometric measures of tau- reactive neurofibrillary pathology, which parallels, at a molecular level, an almost total redistribution of the tau protein pool from a soluble to a polymerised form (i.e., PHFs) in Alzheimer's disease.
Tau exists in alternatively-spliced isoforms, which contain three or four copies of a repeat sequence corresponding to the microtubule-binding domain (see, e.g., Goedert, M., et al., 1989; and Goedert, M., et al., 1989). Tau in PHFs is proteolytically processed to a core domain (see, e.g., Wischik, CM., et al., 1988; Wischik et al., 1988; Novak, M., et al., 1993) which is composed of a phase-shifted version of the repeat domain; only three repeats are involved in the stable tau-tau interaction (see, e.g., Jakes, R., et al., 1991). Once formed, PHF-like tau aggregates act as seeds for the further capture and provide a template for proteolytic processing of full-length tau protein (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1996).
The phase shift which is observed in the repeat domain of tau incorporated into PHFs suggests that the repeat domain undergoes an induced conformational change during incorporation into the filament. During the onset of AD, it is envisaged that this conformational change could be initiated by the binding of tau to a pathological substrate, such as damaged or mutated membrane proteins (see, e.g., Wischik, CM., et al., 1997, in "Microtubule-associated proteins: modifications in disease"). In the course of their formation and accumulation, PHFs first assemble to form amorphous aggregates within the cytoplasm, probably from early tau oligomers which become truncated prior to, or in the course of, PHF assembly (see, e.g., Mena, R., et al., 1995; Mena, R., et al., 1996). These filaments then go on to form classical intracellular NFTs. In this state, the PHFs consist of a core of truncated tau and a fuzzy outer coat containing full-length tau (see, e.g., Wischik et al., 1996). The assembly process is exponential, consuming the cellular pool of normal functional tau and inducing new tau synthesis to make up the deficit (see, e.g., Lai, R. Y. K., et al., 1995). Eventually, functional impairment of the neurone progresses to the point of cell death, leaving behind an extracellular NFT. Cell death is highly correlated with the number of extracellular
NFTs (see, e.g., Wischik et al., in 'Neurobiology of Alzheimer's Disease'). As tangles are extruded into the extracellular space, there is progressive loss of the fuzzy outer coat of the neurone with corresponding loss of N-terminal tau immunoreactivity, but preservation of tau immunoreactivity associated with the PHF core (see, e.g., Bondareff, W. et al., 1994).
Measurements of tau and β-amyloid peptides, in lumbar-puncture CSF samples, have been combined to add value in the diagnosis of AD (see, for example, Galasko et al. (1998); Hulstaert et al. (1999); Andreasen et al. (2001)) and to discriminate between AD and controls, and between AD and other degenerative dementias (Hampel et al. (2004)). The validation of such tests, however, with neuropathologically confirmed cases and cases at different stages of development has been limited thus far (Clark et al. (2003); Grossmann, et al. (2005); Engelborghs et al. (2008)). Although such tests and others (Wischik et al. (2001); Carretero et al. (1995)) may provide supportive data towards a diagnosis, lumbar-puncture is more invasive than nuclear medicine-based approaches, and carries a higher risk (see, for example, Villareal, DT. et al. (1998); Marin, D. B. et al. (1998); and Kuller, L.H. er a/. (1998)). EEG-neurological diagnosis has also been developed (see, for example, Vargha-Khadem, F. et al. (1997); Willingham, D. B. (1997); Lakmache, Y. et al. (1995); and Hodges, J. R. etal. (1999)), but in this regard there remains a need for cheap instrumentation which can be used at the point of clinician contact.
In developing a treatment aimed specifically at preventing neurofibrillary degeneration of the Alzheimer-type, there is a critical need to develop, in parallel, non-invasive means of selecting patients for treatment, and monitoring their response to the treatment, according to a defined and reproducible definition of disease progression.
WO 02/075318 discloses ligands for aggregated paired helical filament (PHF). The ligands may be used to label aggregated tau, and particularly extracellular aggregated tau present in neurofibrillary tangles. Structures presented include those of the sulphonated-benzothiazole compounds shown below:
Figure imgf000005_0001
CH 542 266 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use in the textile industries. A compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 73):
Figure imgf000005_0002
WO 01/10854 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use as optical bhghteners. A compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 10):
Figure imgf000005_0003
WO 2006/014382 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use in methods for imaging areas of amyloid deposition in patients exhibiting dementia in pre-diagnosed states. A compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 43):
Figure imgf000005_0004
Lee et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 1534 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use in detecting β-amyloid fibrils. A number of compounds are disclosed as intermediates for the benzothiazole imaging agents, and two example intermediates are shown below:
Figure imgf000006_0001
WO 2007/020400 discloses benzothiazole compounds for use as in vivo imaging agents for amyloid. A compound disclosed is the benzothiazole structure shown below (identified as compound 8):
Figure imgf000006_0002
Also described are intermediates for the preparation of the benzothiazole imaging agents. The intermediates have the general formula shown below (identified as compounds of formula (Ha)):
Figure imgf000006_0003
wherein
-R1 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, and C2-6alkynyl; -R2 is selected from hydrogen, Ci.iOalkyl, Ci.iohaloalkyl, C6-i4aryl, Ce-narylalkyl, -(CH2CH2COq-CI-I3 wherein q is an integer of from 1 to 10; -R3 is a leaving group; and -R7, -R8, -R9, and -R10 are selected from a list of substituents.
Notwithstanding these disclosures, it will be appreciated that the provision of one or more compounds, not previously specifically identified as being effective labels for PHF, would provide a contribution to the art.
Disclosure of the Invention
The present inventors have now identified certain compounds that, e.g., bind to paired helical filaments and/or are useful in the detection of diseases such as Alzheimer's disease (AD). The present invention provides new and alternative ligands for the detection of these structures.
The invention therefore relates to methods, uses, compositions and other materials employing these compounds as PHF ligands. The invention further provides processes for making these compounds.
These and other aspects of the invention are discussed in more detail hereinafter.
Description of the Figures
Figure 1 shows an example of the cellular assay for tau aggregation. Low-level constitutive expression of truncated tau is increased when the expression of full-length tau is induced with IPTG. Truncated tau is derived from full-length tau that is captured by truncated tau and subjected to proteolysis and further tau capture.
Figure 2A shows the binding of primulin (a), SK2033-30 (BEMA-08) (b) and mAb 7/51 (c) to paraffin-embedded forebrain sections from line 66 mice.
Figure 2B shows the binding of SK2033-30 (BEMA-08) and mAb 7/51 to paraffin- embedded forebrain sections from line 66 mice. CO-1 and CO-2 are the cortex sections stained with mAb 7/51 and SK2033-30 respectively, and HC-1 and HC-2 are hippocampal formation sections stained with mAb 7/51 and SK2033-30respectively.
Figure 3 shows the binding of LST-213 (BDF-04) to frozen mouse brain sections.
Minimal fluorescence is seen in tissue from wild-type mice (A1 cortex; B1 amygdala) when compared with tissue from transgenic line 66 mice (C and E, cortex; D and F, amygdala) in which the fluorescent ligand was abundant. The lower panel (E and F) represents a higher power magnification of the sections shown in the panel above (C and D). The labelled structures exhibit the same pattern of distribution as tau-positive neurons (as seen in Figure 1).
Figure 4 shows the uptake of LST-213 (BDF-04) in cell culture. Cells were incubated in the presence of LST-213 for 18 hrs. Considerable insoluble material can be seen in the background as well as intracellular uptake (upper panel). Uptake can be clearly seen following washes with PBS, which removed most of the insoluble material from the outside of the cells (lower panel).
Figure 5 shows the selective binding of two different ligands of the invention (LS-T213 [BDF-04] and SK2033-30 [BEMA-08]) to aggregated tau within cells. The ligands are visualized by fluorescence microscopy. The top left panel shows the binding of LS-T213 to aggregated tau within induced cells. The bottom left panel shows the binding of SK2033-30 to aggregated tau within induced cells. The top right panel is a control image showing uninduced cells that have been exposed to LS-T213.
Compounds
One aspect of the present invention relates to certain 1 ,4-disubstituted-benzene compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DSB compounds"), which are structurally related to N-(4-benzothiazol-2-yl-phenyl)-benzamide.
Figure imgf000008_0001
N-(4-Benzothiazol-2-yl-phenyl)-benzamide
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
^P wherein
-R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein (T) indicates the point of attachment to -T; and (Q) indicates the point of attachment to -Q-;
-Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; -C(O)NR1-; -N=N-; -CH=CH-;
-CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; -CR1=CR1-; -N=CH-; -CH=N-; each -R1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C^alkyl;
-P is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000009_0001
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment;
-T is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000009_0002
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment; and X is independently N or CH;
-W1 is independently -H or -W*; -W2 is independently -H or -W*; -W3 is independently -H or -W*; -W4 is independently -H or -W*; -W5 is independently -H or -W*; -W6 is independently -H or -W*;
where -WA is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -W*1, -0-W^, -NH2, -NHW*1, and -N(WA1)2;
and -WA1 is independently selected from: unsubstituted saturated aliphatic
Figure imgf000009_0003
-CF3,
-CH2CH2OH1 and
-CH2CH2N(Me)2;
-G1 is independently -H or -GA; -G2 is independently -H or -GA; where -GA is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2;
-[0-CH2CH2In-R82, where n is 2 to 6;
-G3 is independently -H or -GB; -G4 is independently -H or -GB where -GB is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3, -OH1 -OR2;
-[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6;
wherein:
-P1 is independently -H or -PA; -P2 is independently -H or -PB;
-P3 is independently -H or -Pc; -P4 is independently -H or -PB; -P5 is independently -H or -PA;
and wherein: each -PA, each -P8, and each -Pc is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-R2,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1-OH,
-OR2, -L1-OR2, -0-lΛθR2,
-SH, -SR2,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2l -NR3R4,
-NHOH,
-L1-NH2, -IJ-NHR2, -L1-NR2 2, -L1-NR3R4,
-O-L1-NH2, -0-lΛNHR2, -O-L1-NR22, -O-LΛNR3R4,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=0)0R2, -0C(=0)R2,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=0)NHR2, -C(=O)NR2 2, -C(=O)NR3R4,
-NHC(=0)R2, -NR2C(=O)R2,
-C(=O)NHOR2, -C(=O)NR2OR2,
-NHC(=O)OR2, -NR2C(=O)OR2, -OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2, -OC(=O)NR2 2, -OC(=O)NR3R4,
-C(=O)R2,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2, -NHC(=O)NR2 2, -NHC(=O)NR3R4, -NR2C(=O)NH2, -NR2C(=O)NHR2, -NR2C(=O)NR2 2, -NR2C(=O)NR3R4, -NHS(=O)2R2, -NR2S(=O)2R2, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2, -S(=O)2NR2 2, -S(=O)2NR3R4,
-S(=O)R2, -S(=O)2R2, -OS(=O)2R2, or -S(=O)2OR2
wherein: each -L1- is independently saturated aliphatic d-salkylene; in each group -NR3R4, -R3 and -R4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S;
each -R2 is independently:
-RA1 R^ RA3 RA4 -RA5 -RA6 RA7 -RA8 -LA-RA4, -LA-RA5, -LA-RA6, -LA-RA7, or -LA-RA8; wherein: each -RA1 is independently saturated aliphatic Chalky!; each -R*2 is independently aliphatic C2.6alkenyl; each -RA3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -RA4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -RA5 is independently C3-6cycloalkenyl; each -RA6 is independently non-aromatic C3-7heterocyclyl; each -RA7 is independently C6-i0carboaryl; each -RA8 is independently C5.10heteroaryl; each -LA- is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkylene; and wherein: each -RA4, -RA5, -RA6, -RA7, and -RA8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -RB1 and/or one or more substituents -RB2, and each -RA1, -R*2, -RA3, and -LA- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -RB2,
wherein:
each -RB1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
each -RB2 is independently: -F, -Cl1 -Br, -I1
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH, -ORC1, -LC-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1,
-SH, -SRC1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHRC1, -NRC1 2, -NRC2RC3,
-LC-NH2, -LC-NHRC1, -LC-NRC1 2, or -LC-NRC2RC3,
-O-LC-NH2, -O-LC-NHRC1, -O-LC-NRC1 2, -O-LC-NRC2RC3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)ORC1,
-OC(=O)RC1,
-C(=O)RC1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHRC1, -C(=O)NRC1 2, -C(=O)NRC2RC3,
-NHC(=O)RC1, -NRC1C(=O)RC1,
-NHS(=O)2RC1, -NRC1S(=O)2RC1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHRC1, -S(=O)2NRC1 2, -S(=O)2NRC2RC3, or
-S(=O)2RC1; wherein: each -RC1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic
Figure imgf000012_0001
phenyl, or benzyl; each -Lc- is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene; and in each group -NRC2RC3, -RC2 and -RC3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S.
Optional Provisos
In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds, compositions, compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but with one or more optional provisos, as defined herein.
In one embodiment, the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015.
Figure imgf000012_0002
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015.
In one embodiment, the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from P-001 through P-015, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., relating to defined uses and methods such as compounds for use in labelling tau aggegates, use of compounds in the manufacture of a diagnostic, methods of prognosis or diagnosis or staging, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without any of the above provisos, that is, without a proviso regarding P-001 through P-015.
For example, a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the proviso regarding P-001 through P-015" (e.g., for use in diagnosis) is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso. In such cases, it is as if the indicated proviso has been deleted from the definition of compounds, and the definition has been expanded to encompass those compounds which otherwise would have been excluded by the indicated proviso.
In one embodiment, the compound is a compound as defined herein, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound where -T is:
Figure imgf000014_0002
-R- is: and -P is:
Figure imgf000015_0001
and -W4 is -H, -Q- is -CH=CH-, -G1, -G2, -G3, and -G4 are all -H, and (i) -P1, -P2, -P4 and -P5 are all -H, and -P3 is -RA1; or (ii) one of -P1, -P2, -P3, P4 and -P5 is -RA7, and the others of -P1, -P2, -P3, P4 and -P5 are -H.
Preferred Compounds
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein -Q-, -P, -T-, -G1, -G2, -G3 and -G4 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein -Q-, -P, X, -W1, -W2, -W3, -W4, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above. Benzothiazole Compounds
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein -Q-, -P, -W4, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000016_0002
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000016_0003
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000016_0004
wherein -P , -P , -P , -P , and -P are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000016_0005
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein -P , -P 1 -P , -P , and -P5 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000017_0002
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000017_0003
wherein -P , -P 1 -P , -P 1 and -P are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000017_0004
wherein -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5 are as defined above.
Imidazof2.1 -bin ,31thiazole Compounds
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein -P, -W2, -W3, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000018_0002
wherein -W2, -W3, -G2, -G3, -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5 are as defined above.
Imidazof2.1-biπ ,31thiazole and Imidazof1.2-alpyridine Compounds
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000018_0003
wherein -Q-, -P, -W1, X, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000018_0004
wherein -Q-, -P, -W 1 -G 1 and -G are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000018_0005
wherein -Q-, -P, -W , -G 1 and -G are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein -P, -W1, X, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000019_0002
wherein -P, -W1, X, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000019_0003
wherein -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5 are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000019_0004
wherein -P, -W1, X, -G2, and -G3 are as defined above. In one embodiment, the compound is independently:
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein -P, -W1, X1 -G2, and -G3 are as defined above.
Halogenated Compounds
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -F, -Cl, -Br or -I group.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -F group.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -19F group. In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a compound of formula (I) with the proviso that the compound comprises a -Cl1 -Br or -I group.
In one embodiment, the group -P is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group. Thus, one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5, if present, may be -F, or one of -PA, -PB or -Pc comprises a -F group.
In one embodiment, the group -T is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group. Thus, -WA is -F, or ΛΛΛ1 comprises a -F group.
In one embodiment, the group -R- is substituted with a -F group or is substituted with a group comprising a -F group. Thus, -GA is -F or -GA comprises a -F group.
The Group -R-
In one embodiment, -R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000020_0002
In one embodiment, -R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000021_0001
In one embodiment, -R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000021_0002
The Group -Q-
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; -C(O)NR1-; -N=N-; -CH=CH-;
-CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; -CR1=CR1-; -N=C-; -C=N-.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from:
-NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -N=N-;
-CH=CH-; -N=C-; -C=N-.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-;
-N=N-; -CH=CH-; -N=C-.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-; -N=N-; -CH=CH-. In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from -NHC(O)- and -NR1C(O)-. In one embodiment, -Q- is independently -NHC(O)-.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently selected from -N=N-, -CH=CH-, and -N=C-.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently -N=N-. In one embodiment, -Q- is independently:
N=N
* where the asterisks indicate the points of attachment.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently -CH=CH-. In one embodiment , -Q- is independently:
Figure imgf000022_0001
where the asterisks indicate the points of attachment.
In one embodiment, -Q- is independently -N=C-. In one embodiment , -Q- is independently:
Figure imgf000022_0002
where the asterisks indicate the points of attachment.
The Group -R1
In one embodiment, each -R1, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C^alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R1, where present, is independently -Me. In one embodiment, each -R1, where present, is independently -Et.
The Group -P
In one embodiment, -P is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000023_0001
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment. In one embodiment, -P is independently:
Figure imgf000023_0002
In one embodiment, -P is independently selected from:
'
Figure imgf000023_0003
In one embodiment, -P is independently:
Figure imgf000023_0004
In one embodiment, -P is independently:
Figure imgf000023_0005
In one embodiment, -P is independently:
Figure imgf000023_0006
The Group -T
In one embodiment, -T is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000024_0001
where X is independently N or CH.
In one embodiment, -T is independently:
Figure imgf000024_0002
where X is independently N or CH.
In one embodiment, -T is independently:
Figure imgf000024_0003
In one embodiment, -T is independently:
Figure imgf000024_0004
In one embodiment, -T is independently:
Figure imgf000024_0005
In one embodiment, -T is independently:
Figure imgf000024_0006
The Group -W
In one embodiment, -W1 is independently -H or -W\ In one embodiment, -W1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W1 is independently -V\Λ
The Group -W
In one embodiment, -W2 is independently -H or -V\Λ In one embodiment, -W2 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W2 is independently -V\Λ
The Group -W3
In one embodiment, -W3 is independently -H or -WA. In one embodiment, -W3 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W3 is independently -WA.
The Group -W
In one embodiment, -W4 is independently -H or -WA. In one embodiment, -W4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W4 is independently -V\Λ
The Group -W5
In one embodiment, -W5 is independently -H or -W*. In one embodiment, -W5 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W5 is independently -WA.
The Group -W
In one embodiment, -W6 is independently -H or -WA. In one embodiment, -W6 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -W6 is independently -W*. The Groups -W2, and -W
In one embodiment, at least one of -W2 and -W3 is -WA. In one embodiment, one of -W2 and -W3 is -W*. In one embodiment, -W2 is -V\Λ In one embodiment, -W3 is -V\Λ
The Groups -Vi/*, -Vi/5, and -W6
In one embodiment, at least one of -W4, -W5 and -W6 is -WA.
In one embodiment, one of -W4, -W5 and -W6 is -WA.
In one embodiment, -W4 is -W\
In one embodiment, -W5 is -V\Λ
In one embodiment, -W6 is -WA.
The Group -W*
In one embodiment, -WA, where present, is independently selected from:
-F1 -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH. -WVO-W*1,
-NH2, -NHWA1, and -N(WA1)2.
In one embodiment, -W\ where present, is independently selected from:
-OH1 -WVo-W*1, -NH2, -NHWA1, and -N(WA1)2.
In one embodiment, -WA, where present, is independently selected from -OH, -WA1, and -0-WA1.
In one embodiment, -WA, where present, is independently selected from ΛΛΛ1 and -0-WA1.
In one embodiment, -W\ where present, is independently selected from: -OH and -0-WA1.
In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently -WA1. In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently -0-WA1. In one embodiment, -WA, where present, is independently -OH.
In one embodiment, -W\ where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHW^, and -N(WA1)2. In one embodiment, -WA, where present, is independently -NH2. In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently -NHWA1. In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently -N(WA1)2.
In one embodiment, -W*, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
In one embodiment, -W\ where present, is independently -F or -I. In one embodiment, -W*. where present, is independently -F.
The Group -W*1
In one embodiment, -W*1, where present, is independently selected from: unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -CF3, -CH2CH2OH, and
-CH2CH2N(Me)2.
In one embodiment, -WA1, where present, is independently selected from unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl and -CF3.
In one embodiment, -WA1, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
In one embodiment, -WA1, where present, is independently -Me.
In one embodiment, -W*1, where present, is independently -Et.
In one embodiment, -W*1, where present, is -CF3.
In one embodiment, -W*1, where present, is independently -CH2CH2OH.
In one embodiment, -WA1, where present, is independently -CH2CH2N(Me)2.
The Groups -G1, -G2, -G3, and -G4
In one embodiment, at least one of -G1, -G4, and -G2 and G3, where present, is not -H. In one embodiment, one of -G1, -G4, and -G2 and G3, where present, is not -H.
In one embodiment, -G1, -G4, and -G2 and G3, where present, are each independently -H.
The Group -G1
In one embodiment, -G1 is independently -H or -GA. In one embodiment, -G1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G1 is independently -GA.
The Group -G2
In one embodiment, -G2, where present, is independently -H or -GA. In one embodiment, -G2, where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G2, where present, is independently -GA.
The Group -G3
In one embodiment, -G3, where present, is independently -H or -GB. In one embodiment, -G3, where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G3, where present, is independently -GB.
The Group -G*
In one embodiment, -G4 is independently -H or -GB. In one embodiment, -G4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -G4 is independently -GB.
The Group -G*
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2; -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from -F,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2;
-[0-CH2CH2Jn-R82, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from -F,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -OR2. In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -OH, -OR2.
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from -F1 -Cl, -Br, and -I. In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently -F.
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently selected from -OH and -OR2. In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently -OR2.
In one embodiment, -GA, where present, is independently -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
The Group -G8
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from
-F, -Cl1 -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -OR2; -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from -F,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2;
-[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from: -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -OR2; -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from: -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -OR2.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -F. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -CF3 and -OCF3. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -OCF3.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently selected from -OH and -OR2. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -OR2. In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -OCH2CH2N(Me)2.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, -GB, where present, is independently -[0-CH2CH2J3-OMe..
The Group n
In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 2 to 6. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 2 to 4. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 2. In one embodiment, n, where applicable, is independently 3.
The Groups -P\ -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5
In one embodiment, at least one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5, if present, is -PA, -PB or -Pc where appropriate.
In one embodiment, one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5, if present, is -PA, -PB or -Pc where appropriate.
In one embodiment, at least one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5, if present, is not -H. In one embodiment, one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5, if present, is not -H.
In one embodiment, -P1, -P2, -P3, and -P4, and -P5, where present, are each independently -H.
In one embodiment, one of -P1, -P2, -P3, and -P4, and -P5, where present, is independently -F.
The Group -P1
In one embodiment, -P1 is independently -H or -PA. In one embodiment, -P1 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P1 is independently -PA.
In one embodiment, -P1 is the same as -P5, where present.
The Group -P2
In one embodiment, -P2 is independently -H or -PB. In one embodiment, -P2 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P2 is independently -PB.
In one embodiment, -P2 is the same as -P4.
The Group -P3
In one embodiment, -P3 is independently -H or -Pc. In one embodiment, -P3 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P3 is independently -Pc.
The Group -P*
In one embodiment, -P4 is independently -H or -PB. In one embodiment, -P4 is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P4 is independently -PB.
The Group -P5
In one embodiment, -P5, where present, is independently -H or -PA. In one embodiment, -P5, where present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -P5, where present, is independently -PA.
The Groups -P*, -P8, and -P°
In one embodiment, each -PA, each -PB, and each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1
-R2,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1-OH,
-OR2, -[J-OR2, -O-lΛOR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4, -NHOH,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)R2,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2, -C(=O)NR2 2, -C(=O)NR3R4,
-NHC(=O)R2, -NR2C(=O)R2, -C(=O)NHOR2, -C(=O)NR2OR2,
-NHC(=O)OR2, -NR2C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2, -OC(=O)NR2 2, -OC(=O)NR3R4,
-C(=O)R2'
-S(=O)R2, -S(=O)2R2, -OS(=O)2R2, or -S(=O)2OR2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, each -PB, and each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1-OH,
-OR2, -L1-OR2, -O-lΛOR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4,
-NHOH, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)R2,
-NHC(=O)R2, -NR2C(=O)R2.
The Group -P*
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl1 -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1-OH, -OR2, -L1-OR2, -O-lΛOR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from: -F,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH,
-OR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -F.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -CF3. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -OH and -L1-OH.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -L1-OH.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -OR2, -LΛOR2, and -0-lΛθR2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -OR2. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -OMe. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -O(CH2)3-CF3.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -O(CH2)n-F, where n is from 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -O(CH2)2-F.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -L1-OR2 and -O-L1-OR2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from: -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NO2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2l and -NR3R4. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, and -NR2 2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NR3R4. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, and -NR2 2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NH2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NHR2. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NHMe. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2)n-F, where n is from 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2)n-F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NR2 2. In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -NMe2.
In one embodiment, each -PA, where present, is independently -R2.
The Group -P3
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1-OH,
-OR2, -L1-OR2, -O-lΛOR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from:
-F,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH,
-OR2, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -CF3, -OCF3,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -F.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -CF3. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -OH and-L1-OH.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -L1-OH.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -OR2, -L1-OR2, and -O-L1-OR2.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -OR2. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -L1-OR2 and -O-LΛOR2.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -O(CH2)n-F, where n is from 2 to 6. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -0(CH2J2-F.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from:
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NO2.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -NH2,
-NHR2, -NR2 Z, and -NR3R4. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -NH2,
-NHR2, and -NR2 2.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently selected from -NH2,
-NHR2, and -NR2 2. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NH2,
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NHR2. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NHMe. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2)n-F, where n is from 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2)n-F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NR2 2. In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -NMe2.
In one embodiment, each -PB, where present, is independently -R2.
The Group -P0
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from: -F1 -Cl1 -Br1 -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -LJ-OH1
-OR2, -L1-OR2, -O-lΛOR2,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4,
-NHOH,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)R2,
-NHC(=O)R2, -NR2C(=O)R2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl1 -Br1 -I1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4,
-NHOH1
-OC(=O)R2, -NHC(=O)R2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl1 -Br, and -I.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, and -Br.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -F. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -CF3. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -OH and -IΛOH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -OH. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -L1-OH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -OR2,
-L1-OR2, and -0-lΛθR2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -OR2. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -OMe.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -O(CH2)2-OH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -O(CH2)n-F, where n is from 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -O(CH2)2-F.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -O(CH2)n-CF3, where n is from 1 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -O(CH2)n-CF3, where n is
1 , 2 or 3.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -L1-OR2 and
-0-lJ-OR2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from: -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4, -NHOH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NO2. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NHOH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4 and -NHOH.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, and -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -NH2, -NHR2, and -NR2 2. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NR3R4.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -NH2,
-NHR2, and -NR2 2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NH2,
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NHR2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NHMe.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2Jn-CF3, where n is from 1 to 6. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2)n-CF3, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2Jn-F1 where n is from 2 to 6.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NH-(CH2Jn-F, where n is 2, 3 or 4.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NR2 2. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NMe2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -C(=O)OH and -C(=O)OR2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -C(=O)OH. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -C(=O)OR2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -OC(=O)Me.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently selected from -NHC(=O)R2 and -NR2C(=O)R2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NHC(=O)R2. In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NHC(=O)CF3.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -NR2C(=O)R2.
In one embodiment, each -Pc, where present, is independently -R2.
The Group -L1-
In one embodiment, each -L1-, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene. In one embodiment, each -L1-, where present, is -CH2-.
In one embodiment, each -L1-, where present, is -CH2CH2-. The Group -R2
In one embodiment, each -R2, where present, is independently: RA1 -R*2 RA3 -RA4 -RA5 RA6 RA7 RA8
-LA-RA4, -LA-RA5, -LA-RA6, -LA-RA7, or -LA-RA8;
and each -RM, -RA5, -RA6, -RA7, and -RA8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -RB1 and/or one or more substituents -RB2, and each -RA1, -R", -RA3, and -LA- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R82.
In one embodiment, each -R2, where present, is independently -RA1.
The Group -R*1
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is independently optionally substituted saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is independently optionally substituted saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is unsubstituted -Me.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is unsubstituted -Et.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is unsubstituted -Pr.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is optionally substituted -Me.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is optionally substituted -Et.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is optionally substituted -Pr.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is optionally substituted -Bu.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CF3. „ In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CF3.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CH2CF3.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CH2CH2CF3.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2F. In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CH2F. In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CH2 CH2F.
In one embodiment, each -RA1, where present, is -CH2CH2N(Me)2.
The Group -R82
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF31 -OCF3,
-OH1 -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH, -ORC1, -LC-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1, -NHS(=O)2RC1, -NR2S(=O)2RC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH,
-ORC1, -LC-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -O-LC-OH, -ORC1 , -LC-ORC1 , -O-LC-ORC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -R82, where present, is independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently -F and -CF3. In one embodiment, each -R82, where present, is independently -F. In one embodiment, each -R82, where present, is independently -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -R82, where present, is independently selected from: -OH, -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH, -ORC1, -LC-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from: -OH, -O-LC-OH,
-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected -OH or -ORC1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently selected from -O-LC-OH and -O-Lc-ORc1.
In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently -O-LC-OH. In one embodiment, each -RB2, where present, is independently -O-LC-ORC1.
The Group -Lc
In one embodiment, each -L0-, where present, is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene.
In one embodiment, each -Lc-, where present, is independently -CH2CH2-.
The Group -R°1
In one embodiment, each -RC1, where present, is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C^alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl. In one embodiment, each -RC1, where present, is independently unsusbsituted saturated aliphatic C^alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -RC1, where present, is independently -Me.
In one embodiment, each -RC1, where present, is independently unsusbsituted phenyl.
In one embodiment, each -RC1, where present, is independently unsusbsituted benzyl.
Combinations
Each and every compatible combination of the embodiments described above is explicitly disclosed herein, as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited.
Physicochemical Properties
The preferred physicochemical property ranges for enhancing blood brain barrier permeation are discussed in more detail hereinafter. However based on existing CNS active agents, the following are preferred criteria for the DSB compounds described herein:
Molecular Weight
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a molecular weight of from 330 to 600. In one embodiment, the bottom of the range is from 350, 375, 400, or 425. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 600, 575, 550, 525, 500 or 450. In one embodiment, the range is 375 to 575.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a molecular weight of 500 or less. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a molecular weight of 450 or less.
miLog P
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 5.3. In one embodiment, the bottom of the range is from 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, or 3.1. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 5.0, 5.1 , 5.2, 5.3, 4.5, or 4.0. In one embodiment, the range is 3.0 to 5.1.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 5.0. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 4.0.
Log D
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a Log D of from 2.0 to 5.0. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a Log D of from 2.0 to 4.0.
Log D is the ratio of the equilibrium concentration of all species (unionised and ionised) of the molecule in octanol to the same molecules in the water phase at 25°C.
In one embodiment, Log D is the ratio of the equilibrium concentration of all species (unionised and ionised) of the molecule in octanol to the same molecules in the water phase at 25°C and pH 7.4.
Topological Polar Surface Area
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of from 45 to 95 A2.
In one embodiment, the bottom of the range is from 50, 55, or 60. In one embodiment, the top of the range is 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90. In one embodiment, the range is 55 to 75.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of 90 A2 or less.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a topological polar surface area of 70 A2 or less.
Hydrogen Bond Donors
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has 3 or less hydrogen bond donors. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has 2 or less hydrogen bond donors. In one embodiment, the DSB compound has 1 or no hydrogen bond donors.
Examples of Specific Embodiments
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the formulae below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
Compounds where -Q- is -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; or -C(O)NR1-
Benzothiazole Compounds
Non-Fluorinated Methoxy-Amides
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABMA-04; ABMA-05; ABMA-06; ABMA-07; ABMA-08; ABMA-09; ABMA-10; ABMA-11; ABMA-13; ABMA-14; ABMA-15; and ABMA-16.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABMA-04; ABMA-05; ABMA-06; ABMA-07; ABMA-08; ABMA-09; ABMA-10; ABMA-11 ; and ABMA-13.
Fluorinated Methoxy- Amides
Figure imgf000045_0002
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABFMA-04; ABFMA-05; ABFMA-06; ABFMA-07; ABFMA-08; ABFMA-09; ABFMA-11 ; ABFMA-12; ABFMA-14; ABFMA-15; and ABFMA-17.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from ABFMA-15 and ABFMA-12. Monohalo Methoxy-Amides
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABMFMA-02; ABMFMA-03; ABMFMA-04; ABMFMA-05; ABMFMA-07; ABMFMA-08; ABMFMA-09; and ABMFMA-10.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABMFMA-02; ABMFMA-03; ABMFMA-05; ABMFMA-08 and ABMFMA-09.
Non-Fluoήnated Hydroxy-Amides
Figure imgf000049_0002
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: ABHA-01 ; ABHA-02; ABHA-03; and ABHA-05.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: ABHA-01 ; ABHA-02 and ABHA-03. Fluohnated Hydroxy-Amides
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABFHA-01 ; ABFHA-02; ABFHA-03; ABFHA-05; ABFHA-06; ABFHA-07; ABFHA-08; ABFHA-09; ABFHA-10 and ABFHA-11.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABFHA-01; ABFHA-02; ABFHA-03; ABFHA-05; ABFHA-06; ABFHA-08; ABFHA-09; ABFHA-10 and ABFHA-11.
Non-Fluohnated Methyl-Amides
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000052_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
ABAA-01 ; ABAA-02; ABAA-03; ABAA-06; ABAA-09; ABAA-10 and ABAA-11.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: ABAA-06; ABAA-10 and ABAA-11. Dimethylamine-Amides
Figure imgf000053_0001
Unsubstituted-Amides
Figure imgf000053_0002
Imidazo[1,2-a1pyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
AIPN-01 ; AIPN-02; AIPN-05; AIPN-07; AIPN-08; AIPN-09; AIPN-10; AIPN-11 ; AIPN-12; AIPN-13; AIPN-14; AIPN-15; AIPN-16; AIPN-18; AIPN-19; AIPN-20; AIPN-21 ; AIPN-22; AIPN-23; AIPN-24; AIPN-25; AIPN-26; AIPN-27; AIPN-28; AIPN-29; AIPN-30; and AIPN-31.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
AIPN-01 ; AIPN-02; AIPN-05; AIPN-07; AIPN-08; AIPN-09; AIPN-10; AIPN-11 ; AIPN-12; AIPN-13; AIPN-14; AIPN-16; AIPN-18; AIPN-20; AIPN-21 ; AIPN-22; AIPN-23; AIPN-24; AIPN-25; AIPN-26; AIPN-27; AIPN-28; AIPN-29; AIPN-30; and AIPN-31.
Additionally or alternatively, the imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000058_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently additionally or laternatively selected from AIPN-38 and AIPN-39.
ImidazoH ,2-aipyhmidine Compounds
Figure imgf000058_0002
Imidazor2.1 -bin .31thiazole Compounds
Figure imgf000059_0002
Compounds where -Q- is -CH=CH-; -CRη=CH-; -CH=CR1-; or -CK=CR1-
Benzothiazole Compounds
Non-Fluoπnated Methyl-Alkenes
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: BEMA-02; BEMA-03; BEMA-04; BEMA-07 and BEMA-10.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently BEMA-10.
Non-Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000061_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
BEMOA-01 ; BEMOA-02; BEMOA-03; BEMOA-04; BEMOA-05; BEMOA-07 and BEMOA-08.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from BEMOA-03 and BEMOA-05.
Additionally or alternatively, the non-fluorinated methoxy-alkene compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000062_0002
Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
BEFA-05; BEFA-06; BEFA-07; BEFA-08; BEFA-10; BEFA-11 ; BEFA-13; and BEFA-14.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: BEFA-06; and BEFA-10. Monofluoro and Fluorinated Hydroxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000064_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
BEHF-01; BEHF-02; BEHF-03; BEHF-05; BEHF-06 and BEHF-07.
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from: BEHF-01; BEHF-02; BEHF-06 and BEHF-07. Imidazof1.2-alpyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000065_0002
Additionally or alternatively, the imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Compounds where -Q- is -N=N-
Benzothiazole Compounds
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
In one embodiment, the compound is independently selected from:
BDF-01 ; BDF-02; BDF-03; BDF-04; BDF-05; BDF-06; BDF-07; BDF-10; BDF-11 ; BDF-12; BDF-13; BDF-14; BDF-15; BDF-16 and BDF-17.
Additionally or alternatively, the benzothiazole compound is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000068_0002
lmidazoH ,2-a1pyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000069_0001
Substantially Purified Forms
One aspect of the present invention pertains to DSB compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
Unless specified, the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form. For example, in one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate). In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
Unless specified, the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
Isomers
Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diastereomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers," as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C1-7alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Figure imgf000070_0001
keto enol enolate
Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like. Also F may be in any isotopic form, including 18F and 19F. Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
Unless indicated to the contrary, the groups -N=N-, -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; and -CR1=CR1- may be cis or trans.
In one embodiment, the group -N=N-, where present, may be cis or trans. In one embodiment, the group -N=N-, where present, is cis. In one embodiment, the group -N=N-, where present is trans.
For example:
\ / N=N N=N
\
CIS trans
where the asterisks indicate the points of attachment
In one embodiment, the groups -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; and -CR1=CR1-, where present, may be cis or trans.
In one embodiment, the group -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; and -CR1=CR1-, where present, is cis.
In one embodiment, the group -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; and -CR1=CR1-, where present is trans.
For example,
Figure imgf000071_0001
cis trans CIS trans
Figure imgf000071_0002
cis trans cis trans where the asterisks indicate the points of attachment. Salts
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts," J. Pharm. ScL. Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO"), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3J4 +.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
In one embodiment, the salt is independently selected from the following acids: hydrochloric and methanesulfonic. Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
Solvates and Hydrates
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a th-hydrate, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
Chemically Protected Forms
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in a chemically protected form. The term "chemically protected form" is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like). In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999).
A wide variety of such "protecting," "blocking," or "masking" methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups "protected," and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be "deprotected" to return it to its original functionality. For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (-OR) or an ester (-OC(=O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (-OC(=O)CH3, -OAc).
For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R-CH(OR)2) or ketal (R2C(OR)2), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C=O) is converted to a diether (>C(0R)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO-R) or a urethane (-NRC0-0R), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH3); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH2C6H5, -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH3)3, -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHs)2C6H4C6H5, -NH-Bpoc), as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (-NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulfonyl)ethyloxy amide (-NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N-O*).
For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C1-7haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C1-7trihaloalkyl ester); a triC1-7alkylsilyl-C1-7alkyl ester; or a C5-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH2NHC(=O)CH3).
Proform
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in the form of a proform. The term "proform," as used herein, pertains to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound. Typically, the proform is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
For example, some proforms are esters of the active compound (e.g., a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). During metabolism, the ester group (-C(=0)0R) is cleaved to yield the active drug. Such esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of any of the carboxylic acid groups (-C(=O)OH) in the parent compound, with, where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups present in the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required.
Also, some proforms are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.). For example, the proform may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
Compositions
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a diagnostic composition) comprising a DSB compound, as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a diagnostic composition) comprising admixing a DSB compound, as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Pharmaceutical and Diagnostic Compositions
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein, and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a method of preparing a pharmaceutical or diagnostic composition comprising admixing a DSB compound as described herein and a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Examples of suitable physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, and excipients are the pharmaceutically acceptable ones described below.
Uses
The compounds described herein (e.g., without a proviso) are useful, for example, in methods and models relating to the labelling and detection of neurofibrillary tangles, and in particular paired helical filaments. Methods of Labelling PHF and Aggregated Taυ
In one aspect, the present invention provides a method of labelling PHF, comprising contacting the PHF with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound. Methods of use may be performed e.g. by analogy to the use of the ligands described previously (see, for example, Mena et al. (1995); Mena et al. (1996); Lai, R. et al.; Bondareff, W. et al.; Resch, J.F. et al.; Novak, M. etal.; Wischik, CW. et al. (1996); and Wischik CW. et al. (1989)).
In one aspect, the present invention thus provides a method of labelling aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, comprising contacting the aggregated tau molecules with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound. Methods of use may be performed e.g. by analogy to the use of the ligands described previously (see, for example, Mena et al. (1995); Mena et al. (1996); Lai, R. et al.; Bondareff, W. et al.;
Resch, J.F. et al.; Novak, M. et al.; Wischik, CW. et al. (1996); and Wischik CW. et al. (1989)).
Where used herein, the term "tau protein" refers generally to any protein of the tau protein family. Tau proteins are characterised as being one among a larger number of protein families which co-purify with microtubules during repeated cycles of assembly and disassembly (Shelanski et al. (1973) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 70., 765-768), and are known as microtubule-associated-proteins (MAPs). Members of the tau family share the common features of having a characteristic N-terminal segment, sequences of approximately 50 amino acids inserted in the N-terminal segment, which are developmentally regulated in the brain, a characteristic tandem repeat region consisting of 3 or 4 tandem repeats of 31-32 amino acids, and a C-terminal tail See, for example, Wischik, et al. (2001) and loc. cit.).
"Tau like" molecules include, for instance, MAP2, which is the predominant microtubule- associated protein in the somatodendritic compartment (Matus, A., in "Microtubules" [Hyams and Lloyd, eds.] pp 155-166, John Wiley and Sons, NY). MAP2 isoforms are almost identical to tau protein in the tandem repeat region, but differ substantially both in the sequence and extent of the N-terminal domain (Kindler and Garner (1994) MoI. Brain Res. 26, 2I8-224). Nevertheless, aggregation in the tandem-repeat region is not selective for the tau repeat domain. Thus it will be appreciated that any discussion herein in relation to tau protein or tau-tau aggregation should be taken as relating also to tau- MAP2 aggregation, MAP2-MAP2 aggregation and so on.
The DSB compound may be conjugated, chelated, or otherwise associated with, a further group or entity which has a diagnostic, prognostic or therapeutic purpose or effect, e.g. to a fluorescent group which thus enables visualisation of neurofibrillary tangles to which the ligand binds.
Diagnostic Ligands
The DSB compounds are capable of acting as ligands or labels of tau protein (or aggregated tau protein). In particular the DSB compounds will have utility in methods of medical imaging.
There are various methods by which aggegated tau can be visualised in vivo. These include the use of ligands where the DSB incorporates 19F (MRI scans), 18F (Positron Emission Tomography (PET) scans) or a stable nitroxyl free radical (MRI and Proton-Electron Double Resonance Imaging (PEDRI) contrast agent). Also included is the use of ligands incorpoating an I radioisotope (single photon emission computed tomography, SPECT).
Use of the agents described herein in any of these methods is embraced by the present invention.
Thus, in one embodiment, the DSB compound is a ligand of tau protein (or aggregated tau protein).
Such DSB compounds (ligands) may incorporate, be conjugated to, be chelated with, or otherwise be associated with, other chemical groups, such as stable and unstable detectable isotopes, radioisotopes, positron-emitting atoms, magnetic resonance labels, dyes, fluorescent markers, antigenic groups, therapeutic moieties, or any other moiety that may aid in a prognostic, diagnostic or therapeutic application.
For example, as noted above, in one embodiment, the DSB compound is as defined above, but with the additional limitation that the compound incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) isotopes, radioisotopes, positron-emitting atoms, magnetic resonance labels, dyes, fluorescent markers, antigenic groups, or therapeutic moieties.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is a ligand as well as a label, e.g., a label for tau protein (or aggregated tau protein), and incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with, one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) detectable labels.
For example, in one embodiment, the DSB compound is as defined above, but with the additional limitation that the compound incorporates, is conjugated to, is chelated with, or is otherwise associated with, one or more (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4, etc.) detectable labels. Labelled DSB compounds (e.g., when ligated to tau protein or aggregated tau protein) may be visualised or detected by any suitable means, and the skilled person will appreciate that any suitable detection means as is known in the art may be used.
For example, the DSB compound (ligand-label) may be suitably detected by incorporating a positron-emitting atom (e.g., 11C) (e.g., as a carbon atom of one or more alkyl group substituents, e.g., methyl group substituents) and detecting the compound using positron emission tomography (PET) as is known in the art.
Generally, radiotracers for use in PET studies must be be synthesised and imaged within a time frame compatible with the half-life of the isotope, typically within two half-lives after the radioisotope is produced.
18F has a 110 minute half life, which allows sufficient time for relatively complex synthetic manipulations and for biological studies. An additional advantage is that 18F has a low positron energy, and its maximum range (2.4 mm) allows for the sharpest imaging with high resolution PET. For these reasons, the F-containing DSB compounds described herein include those compounds where one or more F atoms, where present, is an 18F atom.
18F may be introduced into a ligand using, for example, fluoride ion or [18F]F2. Fluoride ion is the more desirable of the two because it can be produced without added carrier. In principle, 100% of the isotope can be incorporated into the tracer. In contrast, the maximum radiochemical yield when [18F]F2 is used as a precursor is around 50%, because only one of the fluorine atoms in the fluorine molecule is labelled and typically only one atom of fluorine is incorporated.
A key requirement for successful radiofluorinations is how to maintain [18F]fluoride solubility. [18F]fluoride is initially available after production in an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate. The water is then removed as an azeotrope, usually with acetonitrile. However, the potassium ion possesses limited solubility in some reaction solvents. The addition of the aminopolyether Kryptofix 2.2.2 (K222) improves potassium ion solubility and as a consequence greatly enhances nucleophilic radiofluorinations with [18F]fluoride on both aliphatic and aromatic substrates.
As a final practical consideration, the labelled product can be separated from any unreacted material by HPLC. This is usually necessary to provide material of high specific activity.
In one aspect of the invention there is provided the use of the DSB compounds as in vivo imaging agents for PHF, and PHF tau protein. The DSB compounds may be used in a method determining the stage of neurofibrillary degeneration associated with a tauopathy in a subject believed to suffer from the disease, which method comprises the steps of: (i) introducing into the subject a DSB compounds capable of labelling aggregated paired helical filament (PHF) tau protein,
(ii) determining the presence and\or amount of DSB compound bound to extracellular aggregated PHF tau in the medial temporal lobe of the brain of the subject,
(iii) correlating the result of the determination made in (ii) with the extent of neurofibrillary degeneration in the subject.
The determination in step (ii) may be used to establish the density ligand binding. The correlation in step (iii) may be made by reference to historical data. The tauopathy may be Alzheimer Disease (AD). The DSB compounds may be capable of crossing the blood brain barrier.
The determination of (ii) above is made based on extracellular aggregated tau. In general terms, for the purposes of the present invention, this may be determined from extracellular tangles.
It has previously been shown from histological studies that, during the course of aggregation, tau protein acquires binding sites for compounds such as thiazin red and thioflavin-S (see Mena et al. (1995) Mena et al. (1996)). The binding site can be shown to exist within the tangle itself, and not in extraneous proteins (Wischik CW. et al. (1989)). Thus both intracellular and extracellular tangles are labelled to some extent by such ligands, as judged histologically.
However, for the avoidance of doubt, ligands may be visualised or detected by any suitable means, and the skilled person will appreciate that any suitable detection means as is known in the art could be substituted for these examples
Such methods may be based on those described in WO 02/075318.
Examples of Diagnostic Ligands
In one embodiment, the diagnostic ligands are selected from compounds of the formulae below and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
Figure imgf000080_0001
Additional Methods for Labelling PHF and Tau
The present invention provides a method of labelling paired helical filaments (PHFs), the method comprising contacting the PHFs with a DSB compound as described herein and detecting the presence of said compound.
The method may be performed in vivo. Where the method is an in vivo method, the compound is administered to a subject. The subject may be a mammal. In one embodiment, the subject is a rodent. In another embodiment, the subject is a human subject.
Alternatively, the method may be performed in vitro.
The PHFs may be isolated from a subject as described herein. In one embodiment, the PHFs are isolated from the brain of a subject. The PHFs may be taken from the IFII fraction of a brain sample, for example as described by C. M. Wischik (Thesis "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease" Part I and II; Cambridge University, 1989).
In one embodiment, the brain sample includes a sample from the medial temporal lobe i.e. E2/Trans (Entorhinal cortex layer 2/transitional entorhinal cortex) and E4/HC (Entorhinal cortex layer 4 and hippocampus) regions, and also neocortical structures (F/T/P regions - frontal, temporal, parietal) of the brain.
In one embodiment, the PHFs are isolated from the brain of a subject having Alzheimer's disease, or a subject that is suspected of having Alzheimer's disease. The subject may be a human subject.
The DSB compound may be used alone, or may be formulated in a composition with suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. as described herein.
The presence of the DSB compound may be detected using techniques that are suitable for the type of compound employed.
The DSB compound may be detected by fluorescence spectroscopy. Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that are capable of fluorescence. The DSB compound may be detected by radiation count. Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that comprise a radiolabel.
The presence of the DSB compound may be detected by a competition assay whereby the displacement of a known ligand for PHFs by the DSB compound is monitored, including quantified, by changes in a detectable. The known ligand may be a fluorescent ligand. The displacement of the known ligand from the PHFs may be monitored, and optionally quantified, by fluorescence spectroscopy. Such methods are suitable for use with DSB compounds that are not capable of fluorescence, or compounds that fluoresce under conditions or at wavelengths that do not interfere with the fluorescence signal detectable from the known ligand.
In one embodiment, the presence of the DSB compound is detected by displacement of a detectable known ligand from the PHFs. The known ligand may be a fluorescent ligand. The displacement of the known ligand from the PHFs by the DSB compound may be detected by a reduction in fluorescent activity. In one embodiment, the known ligand is capable of increased fluorescence when bound to PHF.
In one embodiment, the known ligand is primulin.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound has a greater affinity for PHF than primulin.
In one embodiment, a compound comprising an 18F radiolabel may be detected using a radiation counter, for example a gamma-counter.
Other methods for detecting DSB compounds of the invention include those set in the Diagnostic Ligands section herein.
The present invention also provides a method for labelling aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, comprising contacting the aggregated tau molecules with a DSB compound and detecting the presence of said compound.
The method may be performed in vivo or in vitro. Where the method is an in vivo method, the compound is administered to a subject. The subject may be a mammal. In one embodiment, the subject is a rodent. In another embodiment, the subject is a human subject.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is contacted with aggregated tau or tau-like molecules within a brain sample from a subject. In one embodiment, the subject is a non- human subject capable of expressing full-length human tau. The subject may be a transgenic rodent expressing full-length human tau having a double mutation P301S/G335D.
In one embodiment, the aggregated tau or tau-like molecules is prepared in a cell line expressing full-length tau ("T40") and/or PHF-core tau fragment (12 kD fragment). The cell line may be a fibroblast cell line. In one embodiment, the cell line is a 3T6 cell line.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is prepared and then contacted with the PHFs or aggregated tau or tau-like molecules, or administered to a subject, within 14 days of its preparation.
The DSB compound may be contacted or administered within 7 days, 2 days, 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours or 3 hours of its preparation.
The DSB compound may be administered to a subject, and the distribution of the DSB compound in one or more organs of the subject monitored. In one embodiment, the distribution of the DSB compound in the brain is monitored. The DSB compound may reach a maximum concentration in the brain at least 10 minutes, 5 minutes, or 2 minutes after administration to the subject. The amount of DSB compound remaining in the brain may reach a level of 50% of the maximum concentration in the brain at 120 min at most, 60 min at most, or 30 min at most after administration.
The total amount of DSB compound in the brain as a percentage of the initial dose administered to the subject is at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 3% or at least 4% of the total amount of DSB compound administered. The time point for measuring the total amount may be the time point at which the amount in the brain reaches a maximum concentration. Alternatively, the time point may be 1 , 2, 5 or 10 minutes after administration.
In one embodiment, the DSB compound is at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising an aprotic solvent. The aprotic solvent may be DMSO. The DSB compound may be at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising at least 1% DMSO, at least 5% DMSO or at least 10% DMSO. The solution may be an aqueous solution.
The In one embodiment, the DSB compound is at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising a protic solvent. The protic solvent may be methanol or ethanol. The DSB compound may be at least substantially dissolved in a solution comprising at least 10% of the protic solvent, at least 25% of the protic solvent or at least 50% of the protic solvent. In one embodiment, the solution is an aqueous solution comprising a protic solvent and an aprotic solvent.
Kits
One aspect of the invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a DSB compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a DSB compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
Diagnostic Uses
The DSB compound, or a composition comprising such a compound, may be provided for use in a method of diagnosis, prognosis or treatment of the human or animal body by therapy, especially in relation to a condition such as AD as described herein. In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of diagnosis or prognosis, the method comprising administering to the mammal a diagnostically- or prognostically- effective amount of one or more DSB compounds as described herein. This aspect embraces such compounds for use in a method of diagnosis or prognosis. Both in vitro and in vivo uses are encompassed by this aspect. In vitro methods may be performed by (i) obtaining a sample of appropriate tissue from a subject; (ii) contacting the sample with a DSB compound; (iii) detecting the amount and\or localisation of the DSB compound bound to the sample (iv) correlating the result of (iii) with the stage or severity of the disease in the subject.
The method may be performed in the context of a clinical trial to assess the efficacy of a tau aggregation inhibitor.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides the use of a DSB compound in the manufacture of a composition for the diagnosis, prognosis or therapy of a disease as described above.
The disease or condition may be e.g. AD, or an AD-like condition, or any other condition in which aggregated protein molecules are implicated.
Notably it is not only Alzheimer's Disease in which tau protein (and aberrant function or processing thereof) may play a role. The pathogenesis of neurodegenerative disorders such as Pick's disease and Progressive Supranuclear Palsy (PSP) appears to correlate with an accumulation of pathological truncated tau aggregates in the dentate gyrus and stellate pyramidal cells of the neocortex, respectively. Other dementias include fronto- temporal dementia (FTD); parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP-17); disinhibition-dementia-parkinsonism-amyotrophy complex (DDPAC); pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration (PPND); Guam-ALS syndrome; pallido-nigro-luysian degeneration (PNLD); cortico-basal degeneration (CBD) and others (see Wischik etal. 2001 , loc. cit, for detailed discussion - especially Table 5.1). All of these diseases, which are characterized primarily or partially by abnormal tau aggregation, are referred to herein as "tauopathies".
Routes of Administration
The DSB compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the DSB compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrastemal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
The Subject/Patient
The subject/patient may be an animal, a mammal, a placental mammal, a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human.
Furthermore, the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
In one preferred embodiment, the subject/patient is a human. In other embodiments, the the subject/patient is not a human.
Suitable subjects may be selected on the basis of conventional factors. Thus the initial selection of a patient may involve any one or more of: rigorous evaluation by experienced clinician; exclusion of non-AD diagnosis as far as possible by supplementary laboratory and other investigations; objective evaluation of level of cognitive function using neuropathologically validated battery.
Formulations
While it is possible for the DSB compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a physiologically acceptable formulation.
The following comments are made with respect to pharmaceutical formulations, but apply mutatis mutandis to diagnostic ones.
Thus there is a provided a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one DSB compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents. The formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one IBD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable," as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. 5th edition, 2005.
The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols. Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
The compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs. Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia. Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Chemical Synthesis
Several methods for the chemical synthesis of DSB compounds of the present invention are described herein. These and/or other well known methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention.
General Procedures
In one appraoch, the DSB compounds may be prepared in a process comprising the coupling of compound A with compound B:
Figure imgf000088_0001
A B DSB
where -PA and -PB are suitable reactive functional groups, and -T, -P, and -G1 to
-G4 are as defined according to the DSB compounds of the invention, and protected forms thereof.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB are amide- coupling partners. The product of the coupling reaction is an amide bond i.e. -Q- is -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; or
-C(O)NR1-. Thus, one of -PA and -PB may be -C(O)OH, or an activated form thereof, and the other may be -NH2 or -NHR1.
In one embodiment, -PA is -NH2 or -NHR1. In one embodiment, -PA is -NH2. In one embodiment, -PB is -C(O)OH or -C(O)CI.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB are alkene-coupling partners. The product of the coupling reaction is an alkene bond i.e. -Q- is -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; or
-CR1=CR1-.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB the alkene-coupling partners may be Wittig or Wittig-like coupling partners, for example Homer-Wadsworth-Emmons coupling partners.
Thus, one of -PA and -PB may be -C(O)H or -C(O)R1, and the other may be a phosphonate. In one embodiment, one of -PA and -PB is -C(O)H.
In one embodiment, the other of -PA and -PB is -P(O)(OEt)2.
In one embodiment, -PB is -C(O)H.
In one embodiment, the other of -PA is -P(O)(OEt)2.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB the alkene-coupling partners may be Heck or Heck-like coupling partners. Thus, one of -PA and -PB may be alkenyl, for example H2C=CH-, and the other may be -Cl, -Br, -I, -N2 +X" (where X is Cl or BF4) or -OTf.
A and B are coupled in the presence of a catalyst, typically a palladium catalyst, such as Pd or Pd(OAc)2. A base may also be used.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB are diazo-coupling partners. The product of the coupling reaction is a diazo bond i.e. -Q- is -N=N-.
In one embodiment, -PA and -PB are imine-coupling partners. The product of the coupling reaction is an imine bond i.e. -Q- is -N=CH- or -CH=N-. Thus, one of -PA and -PB may be -NH2 and the other may be -C(=O)H.
Preparation of Fluorinated Compounds
In certain embodiments, the present invention pertain to DSB compounds having a -F group, and in further embodiments, there are provided DSB compounds having a -18F group.
In one general method, DSB compounds having a -F group may be prepared from a DSB compounds having a -OH group. The -OH group may be converted to an activated leaving group. The activated leaving group is activated for substitution with a -F nucleophile. Reaction of the compound having an activated leaving group with a source of fluoride nucleophile yields a DSB compounds having a -F group. Where the fluoride nucleophile is a -18F nucleophile, the product of the reaction is DSB compound having a -18F group.
The activated leaving group includes those groups familiar to those in the art, such as mesylate (-OS(O)2CH3) and tosylate (-OS(O)2PhCH3). A DSB compound having a -OH group may be reacted with mesylate halide or tosylate haldide to from the DSB compound having
In one embodiment, the -OH group is a substituent on a saturated aliphatic alkyl group, for example a saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl group substituted with -OH, or a linker to an -OH group such as a saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene linker to an -OH group.
Examples of groups suitable for use include those where -WA1 is -CH2CH2OH, one of -P*, -PB, or -Pc is -L1-OH, -GA or -GB is -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2 and -RB2 is -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH or -OH, or where -RB2 is -LC-OH or -O-LC-OH, where such groups are present.
The present invention provides methods for the preparation of DSB compounds where compound A is coupled with compound B, as described above, to form a product compound having the group -Q-. Compound A or compound B may comprise a -F group. This -F group may be carried through any remaining synthesis steps to appear in the final DSB product. Examples of compounds of formula A and B having an -F group are given throughout the present specification.
Examples
The following examples are provided solely to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, as described herein.
General Methods
Amide Coupling
In this reaction, an amine and an acid chloride are coupled to give the corresponding amide, as shown in the scheme below
T^NH2 + O n ^ χ J H^ p c :|r^> VNγ' ό where T-, -R- and -P are as previously defined.
In a typical reaction, an amine (1 equiv.) is reacted with an acid chloride (X equiv.) in the presence of excess base, typically an organic base such as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine, to yield the corresponding amide product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying. The reaction may be performed at elevated temperature, for example at reflux, and optionally under an inert atmosphere, for example under argon. The reaction may be performed in an organic solvent, for example THF, or may be performed neat in an organic base.
The acid chloride may be generated from the carboxylic acid with, for example, thionyl chloride. The acid chloride may be used crude in the amide coupling reaction.
In a representative example, 2-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide was prepared as described below.
2-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-13
Figure imgf000091_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.30 g, 1.17 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) at room temperature was added 2-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.24 g, 1.29 mmol) in one portion under an atmosphere of argon. The reaction mixture was heated at 900C for 7 h and on cooling to room temperature it was added to water (150 ml). The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum at 5O0C overnight to give the title compound (0.42 g, 88%) as a colourless solid.
Nitro Reduction
In this reaction, a nitro functional group is converted to the corresponding amine group. Typically, a nitro compound (1 equiv.) is reacted with tin (II) chloride dihydrate (8 equiv.) in a solvent, for example ethanol, to give, after an appropriate work-up, the corresponding amine compound. The work-up may include the steps of basification, separation, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying. The reaction may be performed at elevated temperature, for example at reflux, and optionally under an inert atmosphere, for example under argon.
In a representative example, 2-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide was prepared as described below.
2-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-99
Figure imgf000091_0002
A mixture of 2-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (1.0 g, 2.47 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (4.45 g, 19.74 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) was heated under reflux for 6 h. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was made basic by addition of sat. NaHCO3 solution and then extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (80 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.79 g, 85%) as a pale yellow needles after recrystallisation from EtOH. Demethylation
In this reaction, an aryl methoxy functional group is converted to the corresponding aryl hydroxy group. Typically, an aryl methoxy compound (1 equiv.) is reacted with BBr3 in a solvent, for example DCM, to give, after work-up, the corresponding aryl hydroxyl compound. The work-up may include the steps of basification, separation, acidification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying. The reaction may be performed at reduced temperature, for example at 00C or -78°C.
In a representative example, 2-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide was prepared as described below.
4-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-57
Figure imgf000092_0001
To a stirred suspension of 4-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry DCM (3 ml) at room temperature was added dropwise BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM1 0.67 ml, 0.67 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. The reaction was then quenched by the dropwise addition of MeOH, and the reaction mixture poured into ammonia solution (25 ml), the aqueous phase separated, neutralized by addition of 1 M HCI and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 60 ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc followed by EtOAc) to give the title compound (27 mg, 56%) as a tan-coloured solid.
Alkene Formation
In this reaction, a phosphonate and an aldehyde are reacted in the presence of a base to give an alkene product, for example as shown in the scheme below
O O τVSoβL * H HAP P - ^R-^p where T-, -R- and -P are as previously defined. In a typical reaction, a phosphonate (1 equiv.) is reacted with an aldehyde (1 equiv.) in the presence of a base (2 equiv.), for example sodium methoxide, sodium hydride or potassium f-butoxide, in an organic solvent, for example MeOH or THF, to yield the corresponding alkene product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, acidification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying. The reaction may be performed at reduced temperature, for example at 00C or -78°C, or elevated temperature, for example at reflux.
In a representative example, 2-{4-[2-(2-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzo thiazole was prepared as described below.
2-{4-[2-(2-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-71
N NaaOOMMpe, M MAeΩOHH Me°
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0002
To a stirred solution of diethyl 4-(6-methoxylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.1O g, 0.25 mmol) and 2-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.39 g, 0.25 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) at 00C was added dropwise a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (1.02 ml, 0.51 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to rise to room temperature and heated under reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and water (30 ml) was added followed by 1 M HCI until the reaction mixture became acidic. The reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM (3 x 80 ml) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (50 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound (0.043 g, 43%) as a yellow solid.
Amination
In this reaction, a primary amine is converted to a tertiary amine. In a typical reaction, a primary amine (1 equiv.) is reacted with an aldehyde (10 equiv.), for example paraformaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent, for example sodium cyanoborohydride (5 equiv.) to yield the corresponding tertiary amine product, which may be isolated after a work-up, including, for example, basification, extraction, filtration, column chromatography, crystallisation and/or drying. The reaction may be performed in an organic solvem, such as AcOH.
In a representative example, 2-dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide was prepared as described below. 2-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-103
Figure imgf000094_0001
Sodium cyanoborohydride (84 mg, 1.33 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred mixture of 2-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (100 mg, 0.266 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (80 mg, 2.66 mmol) in AcOH (2 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and then added to water (30 ml) and made alkaline (pH 8-9) by the addition of sodium bicarbonate. This was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (25 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow residue. This was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (63 mg, 59%) as a colourless solid.
Thioamide Formation
In this reaction, an amide is converted to a thioamide. In a typical reaction, an amide (1 equiv.) is dissolved in hot toluene (dry, 40 vol) and Lawesson's reagent (1.5 equiv.) added. The reaction is heated to 800C under argon for 2 h. The reaction is then cooled to rt and filtered. The resulting precipitate is washed with EtOAc then dried under reduced pressure to give the corresponding crude thioamide product. Column chromatography is performed to obtain pure target material.
Potassium Ferhcyanide Benzothiazole Formation
In this reaction, a thiobenzamide is converted to a benzothiazole in the presence of potassium ferhcyanide. In a typical reaction, a thiobenzamide (1 equiv) is dissolved in NaOH (1.5 M, 39 equiv.) and the solution cooled to 50C with ice. Potassium ferricyanide in water (20%, 15 vol) is added and the reaction stirred at rt for 18 h. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with H2O. The solid is dissolved in DCM (20 vol), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the crude benzothiazole product. Column chromatography may be carried out in order to obtain the pure target material.
Diazo Coupling
In this reaction, an aryl amine and an arene, for example a phenol, are coupled through formation of a diazo linkage. In a typical reaction, an aryl amine (1 equiv.) is dissolved in MeOH (10 vol) and the solution cooled to 50C in ice. HCI (3 equiv, 2 M) is then added to the solution. NaNO2 in H2O (10 vol) is added drop-wise. The reaction is stirred at 5°C for 10 min. In a separate flask the arene (1 equiv) is added to H2O (20 vol). Na2CO3 (2 equiv.), followed by NaOH (1 equiv.) is added and the resulting suspension added dropwise to the diazonium salt. The reaction is stirred for 30 min, before it is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 vol). The combined organics are washed with H2O (10 vol), brine (10 vol) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent is removed under reduced pressure to give the crude target material which may be purified by column chromatography.
Compounds where -Q- is NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; or -C(O)NR1-
lntermediates
S-Methoxy-2-aminobenzenethiol
Figure imgf000095_0001
A mixture of 2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole (15 g, 83.2 mmol), ethylene glycol (20.23 g, 0.33 mol) and 50% w/v KOH (100 ml) was heated under reflux for 24 h. On cooling to room temperature, toluene (60 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and acidified with acetic acid (final pH 5-6). The reaction mixture was extracted with toluene (5 x 300 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 200 ml), dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (11.1 g, 86%) as a yellow solid which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 3.21 (s, 3H), 6.13 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.87, 113.61, 115.41, 116.47, 119.00, 140.58, 152.52.
The experimental data agreed with those reported previously by Mathis et al. and Haugwitz et al.
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
toluene
Figure imgf000095_0003
4 />-Nθ2 TsOH
Figure imgf000095_0002
A mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) and 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (6.0 g, 32.2 mmol) in toluene (250 ml) was heated under reflux with a catalytic amount of 4-toluenesulphonic acid in a Dean-Stark trap for 6 h. On cooling to room temperature the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with toluene and recrystallised from AcOH to give the title compound (7.0 g, 76%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz1 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H)1 8.29 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.88, 104.0O1 116.64, 124.32, 124.51, 127.83, 137.09, 139.39, 148.69, 148.73, 158.58, 162.19.
The experimental data agreed with those reported previously by Kashiyama et al. and Shi et al.
2-(4-Nitrophenyl-2-trifluoromethyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000096_0001
A thoroughly mixed paste of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (1.0 g, 6.44 mmol) and 4-nitro-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (1.51 g, 6.44 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (PPSE) (5 ml) was stirred and heated at 150 0C under an atmosphere of argon for 3 h. On cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was a solid mass which was dissolved in DCM and adsorbed onto silica and purified on a short plug of silica
(1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc). The first eluting fractions were collected and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give an orange solid (1.5 g) which was further purified by flash chromatography (3:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.85 g, 37%) as a yellow solid.
PPSE was obtained from commercial sources. Altematviely, PPSE may be prepared according to the methods described by lmamoto et al.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 7.14 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H)1 7.94 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H)1 8.01 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H)1 8.46 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.93, 103.50, 116.75, 122.41 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 122.63 (q, JCF = 5.9 Hz), 124.81 , 126.39, 130.61 (q, JCF = 33 Hz), 133.98, 137.85, 138.95, 148.06, 158.59, 158.87. 2-(4-Nitrophenyl-3-trifluoromethyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000097_0001
A thoroughly mixed paste of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (2.0 g, 12.88 mmol) and 4-nitro-3-trifluoiOmethylbenzoic acid (3.03 g, 12.88 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (10 ml) was stirred and heated at 150 0C under an atmosphere of argon for 2 h. On cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was dissolved in DCM (100 ml) and washed with 1 M HCI (2 x 50 ml), sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 50 ml), brine (80 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (2.36 g, 52%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.90 (s, 3H), 7.14 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.47 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.88, 103.95, 116.95, 121.75 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 124.68, 124.75 (q, J0? = 35 Hz), 126.00, 126.30, 130.83, 137.10, 137.97, 148.17, 148.55, 158.84, 160.38.
2-(2-Methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000097_0002
A thoroughly mixed paste of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (2.0 g, 12.88 mmol) and
2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (2.54 g, 12.88 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (10 ml) was stirred and heated at 150 °C under an atmosphere of argon for 30 min. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was suspended in DCM/MeOH and an orange solid was collected by filtration. The filtrate was washed with 1 M HCI (2 x 50 ml), sat. NaHCO3 (2 x 50 ml), brine (70 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was combined with that collected and recrystallised from AcOH to give the title compound (3.43 g, 83 %) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.97 (m, 2H), 8.66 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.84, 56.38, 103.24, 106.87, 116.22, 116.45, 124.09, 128.27, 129.79, 138.00, 146.84, 149.09, 156.71 , 157.97, 158.13. 2-(3-Methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
A thoroughly mixed paste of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (2.0 g, 12.88 mmol) and 3-methoxy-4-nitrobenzoic acid (2.54 g, 12.88 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (10 ml) was stirred and heated at 150 0C under an atmosphere of argon for 2 h. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was suspended in DCM (300 ml) and adsorbed onto flash silica and initially purified using a plug of flash silica eluting with DCM, then DCM/EtOAc (6:1). Further purification of the collected fractions by flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/Hexane) gave the title compound (1.32 g, 32%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.54 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1 H)1 7.84 (d, 1H1 J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 55.88, 56.86, 104.02, 111.50, 116.56, 119.08, 124.37, 126.56, 137.01, 139.15, 140.24, 148.58, 153.50, 158.51 , 162.44.
2-(2-Methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)benzothiazole
Figure imgf000098_0002
A thoroughly mixed paste of 2-aminobenzenethiol (0.63 g, 5.07 mmol) and 2-methoxy-4- nitrobenzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.07 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (5 ml) was stirred and heated at 150 0C under an atmosphere of argon for 1.5 h. On cooling to room temperature the reaction mixture was a solid mass to which was added DCM (35 ml) and Et2O (50 ml). The solid was broken up and collected by filtration, then recrystallised from AcOH and dried under high vacuum for 18 h to give the title compound (0.90 g, 62%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.16 (s, 3H), 7.40-7.46 (m, 1 H)1 7.51-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.93-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.12 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 56.39, 106.84, 116.11 , 121.42, 123.42, 125.61 , 126.49, 127.93, 130.21 , 136.37, 149.40, 152.05, 157.04, 160.45. 2-(4-Amino-2-methoxyphenyl)benzothiazole
Figure imgf000099_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(2-methoxy-4- nitrophenyl)benzothiazole (0.1 g, 0.35 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (0.63 g, 2.8 mmol) in EtOH (12 ml) to give the title compound (0.086 g, 96%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/THF).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 3.99 (br S1 5H)1 6.30 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H)1 6.41 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 1 H), 7.39-7.46 (m, 1 H)1 7.85 (d, J = 7.9 Hz1 1 H)1 7.99 (d, J = 7.9 Hz1 1H)1 8.31 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.51 , 97.48, 107.97, 113.01 , 121.06, 121.98, 123.83, 125.69, 130.95, 135.49, 150.42, 152.21 , 158.90, 163.89
2-(2-Hydroxy-4-nitrophenyl)benzothiazole
Figure imgf000099_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 2-(2-methoxy-4- nitrophenyl)benzothiazole (0.5 g, 1.75 mmol) in dry DCM (30 ml) was added dropwise at room temperatureand BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 8.8 ml, 8.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH (5 ml) and extracted with 8% w/v NaOH (5 x 35 ml). The combined aqueous extracts were acidified with 6 M HCI and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 70 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.47 g, 99%) as a pale yellow solid after workup and flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 7.49-7.53 (m, 1 H)1 7.55-7.61 (m, 1 H), 7.78-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.98 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 12.95 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 113.24, 114.14, 121.78, 122.79, 126.65, 127.34, 129.03, 132.99, 149.79, 151.40, 158.28, 166.88 (1 missing). 2-[2-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-5-nitrophenoxy]-Λ/,A/-dimethylethanamine
Figure imgf000100_0001
To a stirred mixture of 2-(2-hydroxy-4-nitrophenyl)benzothiazole (0.15 g, 0.55 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.216 g, 0.825 mmol) and Λ/,Λ/-dimethylethanolamine (0.059 g, 0.66 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) at 0 0C was added dropwise DIAD (0.167 g, 0.825 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 0.5 h, then left to rise to room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.089 g, 47%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 2.41 (s, 6H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.40 (m, 2H), 7.39- 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.96 (m, 3H), 8.10 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 46.18, 57.93, 68.47, 107.63, 116.11 , 121.42, 123.42, 125.60, 126.48, 128.05, 130.30, 136.36, 149.34, 151.99, 156.37, 160.47.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Malamas et al. and Mann et al. for the reaction of 4-hydroxybenzaldehydes with aliphatic alcohols.
2-[2-{2-(2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy}-4-nitrophenyl]-1,3-benzothiazole
Figure imgf000100_0002
To a stirred mixture of 2-(2-hydroxy-4-nitrophenyl)benzothiazole (0.15 g, 0.55 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.216 g, 0.825 mmol) and triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (0.108 g, 0.66 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) at O0C was added dropwise DIAD (0.167 g, 0.825 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for 0.5 h, then left to rise to room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.176 g, 76%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.52 (m, 2H)1 3.61-3.67 (m, 2H)1 3.68- 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.84 (m, 2H), 4.06-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.44 -4.48 (m, 2H)1 7.39-7.45 (m, 1H)1 7.49-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.92-7.96 (m, 3H), 8.10 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 59.05, 69.34 (2 x C), 70.68, 70.79, 70.99, 71.94, 107.91 , 116.19, 121.44, 123.41 , 125.58, 126.45, 128.11 , 130.22, 136.48, 149.31, 152.02, 156.39, 160.56.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Zhang et al. for the reaction of polyethyleneglycols with phenolic compounds.
2-(4-Aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000101_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (5.0 g, 17.5 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (31.5 g,
0.14 mol) in EtOH (150 ml) to give the title compound (4.2 g, 93%) as a colourless solid after work-up and recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 7.04 ( dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.82, 104.34, 114.84, 115.10, 123.00, 124.20, 128.81 , 135.92, 148.84, 148.87, 157.29, 166.15. The experimental data agreed with those reported previously by Mathis et al. and Shi et al.
2-(4-Amino-2-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000101_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-nitro-2- trifluoromethylphenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.6 g, 1.69 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (3.06 g, 13.56 mmol) in EtOH (35 ml) to give the title compound (0.51 g, 93%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (30:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.08 (br s,2H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.85, 103.69, 112.69 (q, JCF = 4.9 Hz), 115.61 , 116.78, 122.01 , 123.59 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 124.00, 130.00 (q, JCF = 31 Hz), 133.73, 137.55, 147.89, 148.02, 157.75, 162.86. 2-(4-Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000102_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl phenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (1.0 g, 2.82 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (5.1 g, 22.6 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) to give the title compound (0.84 g, 91%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.44 (br s, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (do, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.84, 104.26, 113.70 (q, JCF = 30.3 Hz), 115.54, 117.26, 123.22, 123.41 , 124.55 (q, JCF = 272 Hz), 125.99 (q, JCψ = 3.9 Hz), 131.71 , 135.88, 146.33, 148.44, 157.60, 164.59.
2-(4-Amino-2-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000102_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)- 6-methoxybenzothiazole (1.0 g, 3.13 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (5.66 g, 25.08 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) to give the title compound (0.79 g, 89%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 5.82, (br s, 2H), 6.27 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz1 1 H), 7.50 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO- d6) δ 56.01, 56.24, 96.71, 104.78, 107.72, 110.09, 115.43, 122.43, 130.18, 136.59, 147.01 , 153.53, 156.85, 158.99, 161.62.
2-(4-Amino-3-methoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000102_0003
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)- 6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.5 g, 1.56 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (2.61 g, 11.58 mmol) in EtOH (35 ml) to give the title compound (0.41 g, 91%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/THF).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.87 (s, 3H)1 3.97 (s, 3H), 4.12 (br s, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.2, Hz 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.74, 55.81 , 104.33, 108.55, 114.06, 115.09, 121.48, 122.93, 124.12, 135.95, 139.17, 147.12, 148.76, 157.27, 166.46.
4-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]aniline
Figure imgf000103_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-[2-(1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)- 5-nitrophenoxy]-Λ/,Λ/-dimethylethanamine (0.073 g, 0.21 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (0.38 g, 1.7 mmol) in EtOH (7 ml) to give the title compound (0.05 g, 75%) as a cream-coloured solid after work-up and flash chromatography (MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.36 (s, 6H), 2.94 (t, J = 6.5 Hz1 2H), 3.98 (br s, 2H), 4.21 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H)1 6.25 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.37 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.24-7.28 (m, 1 H), 7.37-7.41 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H)1 8.29 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 46.15, 58.05, 67.52, 98.25, 108.03, 113.26, 120.95, 121.93, 123.72, 125.59, 130.97, 135.46, 150.21 , 152.18, 158.04, 163.74.
4-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[2-{2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethoxy]aniline
Figure imgf000103_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-[2-{2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy) ethoxy)ethoxy}-4-nitrophenyl]-1 ,3-benzothiazole (0.15 g, 0.36 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (0.65 g, 2.87 mmol) in EtOH (12 to give the title compound (0.13 g, 92%) as a viscous, yellow oil after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.62- 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.95-3.97 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.28 (m, 4H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 58.99, 68.23, 69.55, 70.54, 70.69, 70.80, 71.89, 98.26, 108.15, 112.79, 121.05, 121.89, 123.73, 125.66, 130.81 , 135.55, 150.75, 152.11 , 158.09, 164.03.
2-Methoxy-5-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-methoxy-5-trifluoromethoxybenzaldehyde (2.0 g, 9.09 mmol) and 50% KOH (4.1 ml) in MeOH (15 ml) at 65 0C was added dropwise hydrogen peroxide (30%, 7.4 ml) over 20 min. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 65°C for 10 min., cooled to room temperature, acidified with 1 M HCI1 and extracted with Et2O (3 x 40 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (35 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow viscous oil which solidified at room temperature overnight to give the title compound (1.95 g, 91%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.07 (S1 3H), 7.07 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H)1 7.41 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H), 8.80-11.0 (vbr s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 57.22, 113.13, 118.95, 120.41 (q, JCF = 258 Hz)1 126.20, 127.83, 143.22, 156.68, 164.82.
The oxidation of aromatic aldehydes to aromatic acids is described by Cong et al. 4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000105_0001
To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.87 g, 21.8 mmol) in DMSO (20 ml) was added trifluoroethanol (3.97 g, 39.7 mmol) at 10-15 "C under an atmosphere of argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature for 20 min then 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (3.0 g, 19.85 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at 10-15 0C for 3 h then at room temperature for 60 h. Brine (100 ml) was added cautiously to the reaction mixture followed by extraction with Et2O (3 x 70 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give an oil which was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give a yellow oil which solidified on standing at room temperature to give the title compound (1.76 g, 43%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.42 (q, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 65.5 (q, JCF = 36 Hz), 115.02, 123.02 (q, JCF = 277 Hz), 131.34, 132.01 , 161.82, 190.62.
The experimental data agreed with those reported previously by Idoux et al. (1983) and Idoux et al. (1985).
4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000105_0002
To a stirred solution of 50% w/v KOH (1.2 ml) and 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-benzaldehyde (0.6 g, 2.94 mmol) in MeOH (5 ml) at 65 0C was added dropwise over 20 min aqueous hydrogen peroxide (30 wt. % in water, 2.4 ml). On completion of the addition the reaction mixture was heated at 65 0C for a further 10 min. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1 M HCI and extracted with Et2O (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.59 g, 91%) as a pale yellow solid which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 4.80 (q, J = 7.9 Hz1 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 66.34 (q, JCF = 35 Hz)1 115.36, 124.72 (q, JCF = 277 Hz), 125.31 , 132.78, 161.79, 167.00.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Cong et al.
4-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropoxy)benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a stirred solution of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.36 g, 2.93 mmol), 3,3,3-trifluoropropanol (0.5 g, 4.39 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.15 g, 4.39 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) at 0 0C under an atmosphere of argon was added dropwise diisopropylazodicarboxylate (0.89 g, 4.39 mmol). On completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (4:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.25 g, 46%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.57-2.75 (m, 2H)1 4.27 (t, J = 6.4 Hz1 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 9.89 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 33.82 (q, JCF = 28.3 Hz), 60.87, 113.87, 123.91 , 125.79 (q, JCF = 276 Hz), 131.78, 161.50, 168.12.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Malamas et al. and Mann et al.
4-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropoxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000106_0002
To a stirred solution of 50% w/v KOH (0.8 ml) and 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)benzaldehyde (0.4 g, 1.83 mmol) in MeOH (4 ml) at 65 0C was added dropwise over 20 min aqueous hydrogen peroxide (30 wt. % in water, 1.5 ml). On completion of the addition the reaction mixture was heated at 65 0C for a further 10 min. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1 M HCI and extracted with Et2O (3 x 25 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (25 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.36 g, 83%) as a colourless solid which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 2.42-2.60 (m, 2H), 4.10 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIj/DMSO-de) δ 33.71 (q, JCF = 29.3 Hz), 60.80, 113.83, 123.84, 125.78 (q, JCF = 276 Hz), 131.67, 161.42, 167.92.
Ethyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzoate
Figure imgf000107_0001
A mixture of ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate (0.46 g, 2.80 mmol), 1-iodo-4,4,4-trifluorobutane (0.67 g, 2.80 mmol) and anhydrous K2CO3 (1.16 g, 8.40 mmol) in methyl ethyl ketone (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h under an atmosphere of argon. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between water (15 ml) and Et2O (30 ml). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous phase extracted with Et2O (2 x 20 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (15 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.67 g, 87%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.36 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.00-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.40 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, J = 5.8 Hz1 2H), 4.33 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 14.36, 22.09 (q, JCF = 2.9 Hz), 30.67 (q, JCF = 29 Hz), 60.70, 66.15, 113.95, 123.30, 127.06 (q, JCF = 276 Hz), 131.61 , 162.22, 166.31.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Pez et al. for the alkylation of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde with iodoalkanes. 4-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutoxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0001
To a stirred solution of ethyl 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzoate (0.60 g, 2.17 mmol) in THF/water (3:1 v/v, 15 ml) at room temperature was added LiOH (0.11 g, 4.34 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, then EtOH (15 ml) was added to give a clear solution and stirring was continued for 48 h. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and to the residue was added water (30 ml). This was extracted with DCM (30 ml) and the aqueous phase was then acidified with 1 M HCI and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.51 g, 95%) as a colourless solid which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 2.03-2.14 (m, 2H)1 2.37-2.56 (m, 2H)1 4.21 (t, J = 5.8 Hz1 2H)1 7.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 21.88 (q, JCF = 1.9 Hz), 30.41 (q, JCF = 29 Hz)1 65.93, 113.77, 123.39, 127.00 (q, JcF = 276 Hz), 131.65, 161.98, 168.03.
4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000108_0002
To a mixture of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.45 g, 11.9 mmol), triphenylphosphine (6.87 g, 26.2 mmol) and 2-fluoroethanol (1.68 g, 26.2 mmol) in dry THF (70 ml) at O0C, was added DIAD (5.29 g, 26.2 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 1 h then allowed to rise to room temperature and stirred for 48 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography
(5:1 DCM/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.807 g, 40%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.28 (dist d of t, JHF = 28 Hz, JHH = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (dist d of t, JHF = 47 Hz, JHH = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 9.87 (S, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 67.33 (d, JCF = 19.5 Hz)1 81.59 (d, JCF = 172 Hz), 114.85, 130.38, 132.06, 163.36, 190.86. The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Malamas et al. and Mann et al.
4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000109_0001
To a stirred solution of 50% w/v KOH (1.3 ml) and 4-(2-fluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (0.5 g, 2.98 mmol) in MeOH (6 ml) at 65 0C was added dropwise over 20 min aqueous hydrogen peroxide (30 wt. % in water, 2.45 ml). On completion of the addition the reaction mixture was heated at 65 °C for a further 10 min. On cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1 M HCI and extracted with Et2O (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.278 g, 63%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCIa/DMSO-de) δ 4.09 (dist d of t, Jn? = 28 Hz, Jm = 3.0 Hz, 2H), 4.59 (dist d of t, JHF = 47 Hz, JHH = 3.0 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 67.06 (d, JCF = 19.5 Hz), 81.64 (d, JCF = 170 Hz), 113.94, 123.73, 131.73, 161.82, 168.08.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Cong et al. for the oxidation of aromatic aldehydes to aromatic acids.
Benzothiazole Compounds
Non-Fluoήnated Methoxy-Amides
2-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-13
pyridine
Figure imgf000109_0002
Figure imgf000109_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above. 1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 3.15 (s, 3H), 6.34 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 1.8 Hz1 1H)1 6.96-7.02 (m, 2H)1 7.07-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 10.08 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIj/DMSO-de) δ 55.26, 103.91, 115.21 , 119.54, 122.79, 123.72, 127.17, 128.52, 128.87, 130.26, 132.52, 133.38, 135.61 , 140.78, 146.08, 147.91 , 157.09, 163.98, 164.10 (split carbonyl).
3-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-23
Figure imgf000110_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.25 g, 0.98 mmol) and 3-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.20 g, 1.07 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.38 g, 96%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCIa/DMSO-de) δ 3.22 (s, 3H)1 6.41 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H)1 6.79 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H)1 7.10 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.34 (m, 4H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (br s, 1H), 10.01 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.31, 103.89, 115.24, 120.38, 122.37, 122.82, 125.69, 127.07, 128.70, 129.31, 133.92, 135.69, 135.92, 140.74, 147.52, 147.97, 157.15, 163.19, 164.13.
4-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-9
Figure imgf000110_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.30 g, 1.17 mmol) and 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.24 g, 1.29 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.369 g, 78%) as fine yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 3.15 (s, 3H), 6.34 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H)1 7.13 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1H), 7.26 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 9.92, (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.25, 103.89, 115.23, 120.26, 122.79, 122.90, 127.01 , 128.64, 128.87, 135.63, 140.02, 140.69, 147.91 , 148.90, 157.09, 163.59, 163.99.
2-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-99
Figure imgf000111_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section above.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 3.31 (s, 3H), 6.08 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.21 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.10 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 9.51 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.39, 103.92, 115.149, 115.211 , 115.47, 116.55, 120.23, 122.85, 127.10, 128.07, 128.58, 132.07, 135.74, 141.50, 148.13, 149.21, 157.15, 164.57, 168.03.
3-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-41
Figure imgf000111_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzo thiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.33 g, 0.81 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.47 g, 6.51 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) give the title compound (0.24 g, 79%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 6.71 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.13 (m, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.31 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.32, 103.89, 113.42, 115.19, 115.85, 117.31 , 119.95, 122.79, 127.06, 128.00, 128.56, 135.64, 141.51, 147.33, 147.46, 148.02, 157.09, 164.41, 166.56. 4-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-21
Figure imgf000112_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 4-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.31 g, 0.765 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.38 g, 6.12 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.212 g, 74%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 5.84 (s, 2H), 6.61 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dist d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (dist d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.06 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) 5 55.18, 103.94, 112.45, 115.07, 119.65, 120.99, 122.59, 126.84, 127.26, 129.14, 135.44, 141.93, 147.85, 151.57, 156.90, 164.23, 165.36.
2-Dimethylamino-A/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-103
Figure imgf000112_0002
Prepared as described in the Amination section.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.84 (s, 6H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.50 (dt, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz1 1 H), 7.80 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 8.03 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.28 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 12.57 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 45.60, 55.84, 104.20, 115.54, 120.00, 120.55, 123.47, 125.32, 127.40, 128.17, 129.12, 131.75, 132.74, 135.31, 141.11, 148.78, 152.21 , 157.63, 164.27, 165.28.
The dimethylation of aniline compounds is described by Ono et al. 3-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-63
Figure imgf000113_0001
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (67 mg, 1.06 mmol) , 3-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (80 mg, 0.213 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (64 mg, 2.13 mmol) in AcOH (2 ml) to give the title compound as colourless plates (53 mg, 62%) after recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.02 (s, 6H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 6.91 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.05-7.12 (m, 2H)1 7.29-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.03 (dist d, J = 8.8 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 40.68, 55.85, 104.20, 111.55, 114.14, 115.61 , 115.96, 120.01 , 123.53, 128.14, 129.46, 129.67, 135.61 , 136.33, 140.25, 148.70, 150.61 , 157.69, 166.48 (1 missing).
The dimethylation of aniline compounds is described by Ono et al.
4-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-61
Figure imgf000113_0002
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (67 mg, 1.06 mmol), 4-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (80 mg, 0.213 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (64 mg, 2.13 mmol) in AcOH (2 ml) to give the title compound (49 mg, 57%) as colourless needles after recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 2.19 (s, 6H)1 3.02 (s, 3H)1 5.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.22 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.66 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.12 (m, 4H), 9.21 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 39.41 , 55.17, 103.95, 110.16, 115.09, 119.68, 120.50, 122.57, 126.82, 127.27, 128.94, 135.41, 141.85, 147.82, 151.99, 156.88, 164.18, 165.22. 4-Acetoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. -. SKT01-155
Figure imgf000114_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.25 g, 0.976 mmol) and 4-acetoxybenzoyl chloride (0.22 g, 1.07 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.385 g, 94%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.55 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 6.30 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 9.66 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 20.56, 55.22, 103.91 , 115.15, 119.96, 121.17, 122.69, 126.95, 128.10, 128.89, 132.01 , 135.55, 141.20, 147.88, 152.66, 157.01 , 164.07, 164.79, 168.19.
4-Hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-161
Figure imgf000114_0002
A mixture of 4-acetoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.31 g, 0.74 mmol) and Na2CO3 (0.24 g, 2.22 mmol) in MeOH (15 ml) and water (7 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Water (25 ml) was added to the reaction mixture followed by acidification with 1 M HCI and the precipitate was collected by filtration. Purification by flash chromatography (3:1 DCM/EtOAc) gave the title compound (0.22 g, 78%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.87 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.86-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.94-8.01 (m, 4H), 10.16 (s, 1 H), 10.27 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.18, 103.91 , 114.53, 115.10, 119.82, 122.62, 124.88, 126.87, 127.62, 129.39, 135.49, 141.62, 147.85, 156.93, 160.44, 164.17, 165.21. 4-Acetoxy-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT04-87
Figure imgf000115_0001
A mixture of 4-acetoxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.44 g, 1.95 mmol) and thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using the acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.50 g, 1.95 mmol) in dry THF (25 ml) containing diisopropylethylamine (0.302 g, 2.34 mmol) to give the title compound (0.728 g, 86%) as a tan-coloured solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.38 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 0.07 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.40 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.8 Hz1 1 H), 8.73 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 10.83 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 20.44, 55.39, 103.91 , 115.32, 120.43, 122.91, 125.02, 127.20, 128.84, 133.17, 134.29, 135.78, 140.72, 140.95, 145.60, 148.03, 157.24, 162.66, 164.31 , 167.69 (1 missing).
4-Hydroxy-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT04-89
Figure imgf000115_0002
A mixture of 4-acetoxy-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.20 g, 0.464 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (0.081 g, 1.45 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was then acidified with 1 M HCI and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 ml), brine (20 ml) and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (3:2 Hexane/THF) to give the title compound (0.052 g, 29%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 1.8 Hz1 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.17 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H)1 8.59 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 10.57 (s, 1 H)1 11.84 (br s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.28, 103.88, 115.21 , 119.15, 120.23, 122.77, 124.95, 125.49, 127.01, 128.33, 134.85, 134.94, 135.63, 141.03, 147.94, 155.36, 157.09, 163.06, 164.20.
Fluorinated Methoxy-Amides
2-Trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-50
Figure imgf000116_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.06 g, 0.23 mmol) and 2-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (0.054 g, 0.26 mmol) in dry pyridine (7.5 ml) give the title compound (0.093 g, 93%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-cfe) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H)1 7.69-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.79-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 3H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d,, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1, 10.87 (S1 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 56.19, 105.32, 116.29, 120.33, 123.66, 124.23 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 126.30 (q, JCF = 31.1 Hz), 126.86 (q, JCF = 4.6 Hz),
128.12, 128.96, 129.02, 130.71 , 133.15, 136.32, 141.68, 148.53, 157.85, 164.71 , 166.29 (1 missing).
3-Trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-49
pyridine
Figure imgf000116_0002
Figure imgf000116_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.06 g, 0.23 mmol) and 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride
(0.054 g, 0.26 mmol) in dry pyridine (7.5 ml) to give the title compound (0.085 g, 85%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 2.0 Hz1 1 H), 7.79 (t, J = 7.8 Hz1 1 H)1 7.91 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.97-7.99 (m, 3H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 10.73 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 56.18, 105.32, 116.29, 121.09, 123.64, 124.42 (q, JCF = 272.5 Hz), 124.81 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 127.99, 128.79, 128.99, 129.66 (q, J0? = 32.7 Hz), 130.23, 132.42, 135.98, 136.32, 141.72, 148.53, 157.85, 164.73, 164.75.
4-Trifluoromethyl-W-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-47
Figure imgf000117_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.06 g, 0.23 mmol) and 4-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (38 μl, 0.054 g, 0.26 mmol) in dry pyridine (8 ml) give the title compound (0.093 g, 93%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.85- 7.97 (m, 3H), 7.97-8.07 (m, 4H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 10.75 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 56.20, 105.33, 114.06, 116.31, 121.04, 123.65, 124.35 (q, JCF = 272.4 Hz), 125.91 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 127.98, 128.79, 129.01 , 129.17, 131.99 (q, J0? = 31.9 Hz), 136.32, 141.69, 148.51, 157.85, 164.75.
3-Trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-
(methoxy)benzamide
Book No. : SKT04-155
Figure imgf000117_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.5 g, 1.95 mmol) and 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (0.47 g, 1.95 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.77 g, 87%) as pale yellow feathery crystals after work-up and recrystallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 10.5 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.46, 56.01 , 103.94, 111.47, 115.33, 117.49 (q, JCF = 31.2 Hz), 120.40, 122.93, 123.12 (q, JCF = 273 Hz), 126.27, 126.87 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 127.23, 128.49, 133.62, 135.81 , 141.25, 148.10, 157.27, 159.55, 164.24, 164.62. 2-Trifluoromethyl-/V-[4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4- (methoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT05-7
pyridine
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000118_0002
A stirred mixture of 4-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.27 mmol) and thionyl chloride (9 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude 4-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzo thiazole (0.58 g, 2.27 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.478 g, 46%) as pale yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.81 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.35, 55.45, 103.91 , 112.08 (q, JCF = 4.9 Hz), 115.26, 116.02, 119.65, 122.85, 122.99 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 127.20, 128.04, 128.40 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 128.45, 130.13, 135.71 , 141.08, 148.02, 157.16, 159.91 , 164.32, 165.64.
2-Methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5- (trifluoromethoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT05-9
Figure imgf000118_0003
A stirred mixture of 2-methoxy-5-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.12 mmol) and thionyl chloride (9 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.54 g, 2.12 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.607 g, 60%) as pale yellow crystals after recrystallisation from dioxane. 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz1 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (br s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.55 (S, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.82, 56.91 , 104.14, 112.80, 115.63, 120.40, 120.52 (q, JCF = 258 Hz), 122.77, 123.52, 125.33, 126.14, 128.10, 129.73, 136.33, 140.11 , 143.38, 148.69, 155.50, 157.69, 161.73, 165.00.
Λ/-[3-Trifluoromethyl-4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4- (methoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT04-173
pyridine
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000119_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl phenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.31 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (0.053 g, 0.31 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml)°C give the title compound (0.12 g, 85%) as a cream solid after work-up and recyrstallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.56, 55.88, 103.61 , 114.15, 116.00, 118.11 (q, JCF = 4.9 Hz), 122.45, 123.32 (q, JCF = 274 Hz)1 124.22, 126.14, 127.94, 129.15, 129.69 (q, JCF = 31 Hz), 133.36, 137.63, 139.84, 147.92, 157.99, 161.81 , 162.95, 165.49.
2-Methoxy-Λ/-[3-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5- (trifluoromethoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT05-33
Figure imgf000119_0003
A stirred mixture of 2-methoxy-5-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid (0.248 g, 1.05 mmol) and thionyl chloride (4 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 3-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.05 mmol) in dry pyridine (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.389 g, 73%) as an almost colourless solid after work-up and recrystallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.79 (2 x C), 56.89, 103.46, 103.63, 112.26, 112.80, 115.41 , 118.37, 120.51 (q, JCF = 258 Hz), 122.68, 123.00, 125.21 , 126.20, 129.23, 137.29, 141.02, 143.34, 146.78, 155.52, 157.21 , 157.72, 160.59, 161.85.
2-Trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[3-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4- (methoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKTOS-31
Figure imgf000120_0001
A stirred mixture of 4-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.23 g, 1.05 mmol) and thionyl chloride (4 ml) was heated under reflux for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 3-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.05 mmol) in dry pyridine (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.398 g, 78%) as very pale yellow feathery crystals after work-up and recrystallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.86 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 6.99 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H)1 9.98 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.49 (2 x C), 55.57, 102.90,
103.22, 112.10, 112.28 (q, JCF = 5 Hz), 115.19, 116.06, 117.32, 122.55, 123.14 (q, J0? = 274 Hz), 128.19, 128.76 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 128.84, 130.29, 136.76, 142.15, 146.17, 156.90, 157.13, 160.13, 160.25, 166.00.
2-Trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[2-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-
(methoxy)benzamide
Book No. : SKT05-21 pyridine
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000121_0002
A stirred mixture of 4-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.15 g, 0.69 mmol) and thionyl chloride (4 ml) was heated under reflux for 3.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 3-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)aniline (0.20 g, 0.69 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.13 g, 38%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 7.65 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 9.73 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-ds) δ 55.40, 55.46, 55.74, 103.92, 108.01 , 112.32 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 115.23, 116.33, 119.81 , 120.16, 122.88, 122.97 (q, JCF = 273 Hz), 127.40, 128.14 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 129.23, 129.37, 130.21, 135.75, 147.79, 148.81 , 157.24, 160.13, 164.34, 165.31.
3-Trifluoromethyl-/V-[2-methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4- (methoxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT04-175
pyridine
Figure imgf000121_0003
Figure imgf000121_0004
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-amino-3-methoxyphenyl) -6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.13 g, 0.45 mmol) 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (0.11 g, 0.45 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.18 g, 79%) as a colourless solid after work-up and and recyrstallisation from acetic acid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.83, 56.32 (2 x C), 104.17, 107.96, 111.98, 115.69, 119.05 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 119.56, 121.16, 123.12 (q, JCF = 273 Hz), 123.44, 126.55 (q, JCF = 4.9 Hz), 126.68, 129.37, 129.88, 132.55, 136.33, 148.30, 148.45, 157.75, 160.25, 163.62, 165.30. 4-Nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-103
pyridine
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000122_0002
A mixture of 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.46 g, 1.95 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.47 g, 4.0 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.50 g, 1.95 mmol) in dry pyridine (25 ml) to give the title compound (0.84 g, 91%) as an orange solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 2.1, 8.8 Hz1 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H)1 7.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H)1 8.35 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H)1 10.94 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 56.23, 105.42, 116.26, 121.24, 121.88 (q, JCF = 33.5 Hz), 122.37 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 123.67, 126.13, 127.86 (q, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 127.99, 129.45, 134.37, 136.39, 139.16, 141.28, 148.60, 149.24, 157.95, 163.12, 164.64.
4-Nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-(2-dimethylaminoethoxy)-benzothiazol-2-yl)- phenyl]-benzamide
Book No. : SKT03-171
Figure imgf000122_0003
To a stirred mixture of 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide (0.05 g, 0.109 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.043 g, 0.163 mmol) and N,N- dimethylethanolamine (0.015 g, 0.163 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) at 0 °C was added dropwise DIAD (0.033 g, 0.163 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h, then left to rise to room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc followed by 3:1 EtOAc/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.029 g, 50%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.50 (s, 6H), 2.70 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.09 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.36 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H), 8.51 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 10.96 (s, 1H). A/-[4-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-{2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy}phenyl]-4-fluoro-3- nitrobenzamide
Book No. : SKT04-163
pyridine
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
A mixture of 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.030 g, 0.128 mmol) and thionyl chloride (1.5 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 4-(1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[2- (dimethylamino)ethoxy]aniline (0.040 g, 0.128 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.045 g, 66%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (12:1 DCM/MeOH).
IR 3437, 3058, 2951, 2831, 2784, 1681, 1602, 1540, 1460, 1429, 1359, 1320, 1253, 1184, 1145, 1047, 967, 923, 856, 760, 731 cm"1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.39 (s, 6H), 2.97 (t, J = 6.0 Hz12H), 4.33 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.87 (m, 3H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H)1 8.29 (s, 1 H), 8.44 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H).
4-Nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-/V-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01 -137
pyridine
Figure imgf000123_0003
Figure imgf000123_0004
A mixture of 4-nitro-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.13 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.46 g, 3.83 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.54 g, 2.13 mmol) in dry pyridine (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.84 g, 83%) as a yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.90 (s, 3H), 7.09 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (S, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.51 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.54, 103.97, 115.46, 120.13, 121.58, 122.23 (q, JCF = 274 Hz)1 123.11, 126.62, 127.52, 128.71 (q. JCF = 33 Hz), 129.42, 130.24, 135.97, 140.32, 141.31, 147.61, 148.20, 157.43, 163.86, 164.40.
4-Amino-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-157
Figure imgf000124_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.35 g, 0.74 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.33 g, 5.91 mmol) in EtOH (7 ml) to give the title compound (0.24 g, 73%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:2 Hexane/EtOAc).
IR 3385, 3328, 3069, 2939, 2837, 1661 , 1607, 1523, 1488, 1463, 1437, 1407, 1314, 1264, 1225, 1173, 1137, 1056, 1027, 968, 829 cm"1. 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 3.94 (s, 3H), 5.88 (br s, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 8.03-8.11 (m, 5H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 9.72 (s, 1 H).
4-Amino-2-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-t4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-149
Figure imgf000124_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 4-nitro-2-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.50 g, 1.05 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.90 g, 8.40 mmol) in EtOH (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.32 g, 69%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
IR 3365-3050 (br), 3446, 3261, 3007, 2966, 2936, 2831, 1660, 1631, 1607, 1530, 1490, 1464, 1406, 1325, 1266, 1225, 1168, 1122, 1045, 1024, 969, 831 crτϊ1. 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 5.62 (br s, 2H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz1 1H)1 7.32 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H)1 7.43 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79-7.92 (m, 4H), 7.96 (S1 1H)1 10.36 (S1 1H). 4-Dimethylamino-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide
Book No. : SKT02-31
Figure imgf000125_0001
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (71 mg, 1.13 mmol), 4-amino-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide (100 mg, 0.226 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (68 mg, 2.26 mmol) in AcOH (3 ml to give the title compound (54 mg, 51%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.91 (s, 6H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.91-7.96 (m, 3H)1 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 44.44, 55.84, 104.20, 115.66, 120.26, 120.41, 121.51 (q, JCF = 30.3 Hz), 123.50, 124.08 (q, JCF = 273.4 Hz), 126.37, 127.74 (q, JCF = 5.9 Hz), 128.11 , 129.77, 131.22, 136.33, 140.05, 148.61 , 155.33, 157.72, 164.40, 164.97.
4-Dimethylamino-2-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide
Book No. : SKT01-159
Figure imgf000125_0002
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (66 mg, 1.05 mmol), 4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide (100 mg, 0.226 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (63 mg, 2.11 mmol) in AcOH (3 ml) to givethe title compound (39 mg, 37%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.97 (s, 6H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.93-6.95 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.57 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 40.24, 56.25, 105.49, 109.20 (q, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 114.41 , 116.18, 120.25, 122.91, 123.60, 124.45 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 127.99, 128.07 (q, JCF = 30.4 Hz), 128.58, 130.59, 136.32, 142.29, 148.63, 151.35, 157.89, 164.87, 166.74. 4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)-W-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-25
Figure imgf000126_0001
A mixture of 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (0.30 g, 1.35 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.32 g, 2.72 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.34 g, 1.35 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.56 g, 91%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.82 (q, J = 9.0 Hz1 2H), 7.06 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dist d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.94-7.98 (m, 4H), 10.38 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 56.38 (q, JCF = 8 Hz), 65.21 (q, JCF = 34 Hz), 105.50 (q, JCF = 6 Hz), 115.19, 116.45, 121.12, 123.82, 124.55 (q, JCF = 278 Hz), 128.09, 128.74, 128.81 , 130.50 (q, JCF= 6 Hz), 136.46, 142.32, 148.69, 158.00, 160.19, 165.10, 165.63.
4-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropoxy)-N-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-39
Figure imgf000126_0002
A mixture of 4-(313,3-trifluoropropoxy)benzoic acid (0..32 g, 1.39 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.33 g, 2.78 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.36 g, 1.39 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.59 g, 90%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.74-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H)1 7.07 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.92-7.99 (m, 6H), 10.33 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 33.40 (q, JCF = 27 Hz), 56.40, 61.85, 105.56, 114.85, 116.44, 121.85, 123.79, 127.34 (q, JCF = 277 Hz), 127.78, 128.09, 128.65, 130.47, 136.48, 142.48, 148.75, 158.01 , 161.34, 165.07, 165.70.
4-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutoxy)-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-169
Figure imgf000127_0001
A mixture of 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzoic acid (0.20 g, 0.806 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.42 g, 3.54 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 8 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2- (4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.206 g, 0.806 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.343 g, 87%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 1.89-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.45 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.30 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 22.03 (q, JCF = 6.3 Hz), 29.97 (q, JCF = 28.05 Hz), 56.24, 66.60, 105.46, 114.66, 116.16, 120.86, 123.58, 127.38, 127.85, 128.05 (q, JCF = 276.4 Hz), 128.51, 130.21, 136.32, 142.32, 148.63, 157.86, 161.63, 164.89, 165.54.
Monohalo Methoxy-Amides
4-Fluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-135
pyridine
Figure imgf000127_0003
Figure imgf000127_0002
A mixture of 4-fluorobenzoic acid (0.20 g, 1.43 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.93 g, 7.81 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 3.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.36 g, 1.43 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound as (0.26 g, 48%) as colourless needles after recrystallisation from EtOAc.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H)1 7.12 (dd, J = 2.1 , 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H)1 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.00-8.10 (m, 2H), 10.55 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.22, 103.89, 114.73 (d, JCF = 21.5 Hz)1 115.16, 120.01 , 122.68, 126.93, 128.10, 130.03 (d, JCF = 8.8 Hz), 130.67 (d, JCF = 2.9 Hz), 135.53, 141.16, 147.86, 156.99, 163.97 (d, JCF = 251 Hz), 164.06, 164.38.
6-Fluoro-Λ/-(4-[6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT04-137
Figure imgf000128_0001
A mixture of 6-fluoronicotinic acid (0.125 g, 0.647 mmol) and thionyl chloride (3 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.166 g, 0.647 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) containing diisopropylethylamine (0.10 g, 0.776 mmol to give the title compound (0.195 g, 79%) as colourless crystals after work-up and recrystallistion from dioxane.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.80, (s, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.47 (dt, J = 8.5, 2.7 Hz1 1H), 8.79 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 56.40, 105.52, 110.22 (d, JCF = 37 Hz), 116.51 , 121.14, 123.85, 128.20, 129.20, 129.77 (d, v7CF = 3.8 Hz), 136.51 , 141.79, 142.72 (d, JCF = 9.2 Hz), 148.58 (d, JCF = 16.8 Hz), 148.69, 158.04, 163.79, 164.90, 165.04 (d, JCF = 241 Hz). 6-Chloro-Λ/-(4-[6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT04-111
base
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000129_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.75 g, 2.93 mmol) and 6-chloronicotinoyl chloride (0.515 g, 2.93 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) containing diisopropylethylamine (0.45 g, 3.52 mmol) to give the title compound (0.784 g, 68%) as small, colourless crystals after work-up and recrystallistion from dioxane.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.73 (s, 3H), 6.93 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J =
2.4 Hz1 1 H), 7.25 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J =
8.5 Hz, 1H)1 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.13 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.77, (d, J = 1.8 Hz1 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.22, 103.86, 115.21 , 120.16, 122.76,
123.53, 127.00, 128.55, 129.14, 135.58, 138.39, 140.63, 147.86, 148.97. 153.08, 157.05, 162.68, 163.95.
6-Bromo-Λ/-(4-[6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT05-63
Figure imgf000129_0003
To a solution of 6-bromonicotinic acid (0.16 g, 0.78 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) was added under an atmosphere of argon 1 ,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (0.13 g, 0.78 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 5 h. To the reaction mixture was added 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.2 g, 0.78 mmol) over 2 mins, stirring continued at room temperature for 1 h, then heated under reflux for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (30 ml) and the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with Et2O (50 ml) and dried under high vacuum to give the title compound (0.101 g, 29%) as an orange solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1 H), 7.72 (s, 1 H)1 7.87 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (s, 1H)1 10.78 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 55.17, 103.91 , 115.18, 120.07, 122.69, 126.95, 127.32, 128.44, 129.42, 135.50, 138.02, 140.60, 144.14, 147.79, 149.31 , 156.98, 162.71 , 163.81. The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Boschelli et al. for the coupling of 6-bromonicotinic acid with N-methylpiperazine using CDI.
4-Fluoro-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-99
Figure imgf000130_0001
A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.36 g, 1.95 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.93 g, 7.81 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.50 g, 1.95 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.28 g, 2.15 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.49 g, 59%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.80 (s, 3H), 7.06 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (dd, J = 11.3, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.72 (dd, J = 7.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H) ; 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 56.38, 105.52, 116.48, 119.54 (d, JCF = 21 Hz), 121.30, 123.84, 126.53, 128.16, 129.33, 132.02 (d, JCF = 3.8 Hz), 136.42, 136.53, 137.31 (d, JCF = 8 Hz), 141.69, 148.72, 157.13 (d, JCF = 267 Hz), 158.06, 163.27, 164.87.
Λ/-[4-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-methoxyphenyl]-4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzamide Book No. : SKT04-127
Figure imgf000130_0002
A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.062 g, 0.336 mmol) and thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, 2-(4-amino-2-methoxyphenyl)benzothiazole (0.086 g, 0.336 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.052 g, 0.403 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.105 g, 74%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 4.02 (s, 3H), 7.34-7.38 (m, 1 H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 1H)1 7.58 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.9 Hz1 1 H), 7.73-7.78 (m, 2H)1 9.97 (d, J = 7.8 Hz1 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.36-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (dd, J = 7.1, 2.2 Hz1 1 H), 10.77 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 61.14, 108.85, 117.97, 122.11 , 124.08 (d, JCF = 19.4 Hz)1 126.89 (d, JCF = 10.9 Hz), 127.32 (d, JCF = 8.5 Hz), 129.80, 131.03, 131.35, 134.28, 136.44 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 140.29, 141.05, 141.82 (d, JCF = 7.8 Hz), 147.69, 156.79, 161.72 (d, JCF = 267 Hz), 162.43, 167.07, 167.86.
Λ/-[4-(1,3-Benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[2-{2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethoxy]phenyl]-4- fluoro-3-nitrobenzamide Book No. : SKT04-143
Figure imgf000131_0001
A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.048 g, 0.257 mmol) and thionyl chloride (2 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section above using the crude acid chloride, 4-(1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-[2-{2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy} ethoxy]aniline (0.10 g, 0.257 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.040 g, 0.308 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.140 g, 98%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.57 (m, 2H)1 3.62- 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.76 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.06 (m, 2H)1 4.42-4.44 (m, 2H)1 7.45 (dt, J = 7.0, 1.2 Hz1 1 H), 7.55 (dt, J = 7.0, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz 1 H), 7.82 (dd, J = 10.9, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 1.9 Hz1 1H)1 8.06 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1H)1 8.11 (d, J = 7.8 Hz1 1 H), 8.44-8.48 (m, 1 H)1 8.48 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.82 (dd, J = 7.0, 2.3 Hz1 1 H), ; 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 58.44, 68.87, 69.15, 70.07, 70.35, 70.48, 71.69, 104.85, 113.38, 117.62. 119.39 (d, JCF = 21 Hz)1 122.05, 122.59, 125.07, 126.28, 126.58, 129.63, 131.72 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz)1 135.76, 136.26 (d, JCF = 10 Hz), 137.10 (d, JCF = 7.7 Hz), 142.82, 152.02, 156.93, 156.98 (d, JCF = 267 Hz)1 162.49, 163.14. 4-Chloro-3-nitro-/V-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-93
Figure imgf000132_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.50 g, 1.95 mmol), 4-chloro-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.43 g, 1.95 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.28 g, 2.15 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.83 g, 97%) as a yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.79 (s, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.00, dd, J = 8.8, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.14, 103.92, 115.21 , 120.13, 122.57, 124.50, 126.90, 128.28, 131.34, 132.44, 133.98, 135.38, 140.57, 146.87, 147.47, 156.96, 161.95, 163.84 (1 missing).
4-Bromo-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT04-33
Figure imgf000132_0002
A mixture of 4-bromo-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.24 g, 0.976 mmol) and thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.25 g, 0.976 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.151 g, 1.17 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.368 g, 78%) as small yellow crystals after work-up and recrystallisation from DMF.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H)1 7.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.15 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.39, 103.89, 115.32, 117.01 , 120.44, 122.91 , 124.53, 127.18, 128.92, 132.46, 134.71 , 134.85, 135.77, 140.58, 148.03, 149.15, 157.24, 162.35, 164.24. 4-lodo-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT04-29
Figure imgf000133_0001
A mixture of 4-iodo-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.286 g, 0.976 mmol) and thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.25 g, 0.976 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.151 g, 1.17 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.403 g, 78%) as a yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1H)1 7.94-7.99 (m, 3H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 8.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H)1 8.52 (d, J = 1.8 Hz1 1H)1 10.78 (s,1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.29, 91.17, 103.88, 115.26, 120.33, 122.82, 123.86, 127.06, 128.73, 132.15, 135.35, 135.67, 140.58, 141.37, 147.94, 152.64, 157.13, 162.50, 164.06.
4-Dimethylamino-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-141
Figure imgf000133_0002
A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.10 g, 0.237 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.039 g, 0.474 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.085 g, 0.616 mmol) in DMSO (4 ml) and water (1 ml) was stirred and heated under reflux for 3 d. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and water (10 ml) added and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. Purification by flash chromatography (2:1) EtOAc/Hexane gave the title compound (0.029 g, 27%) as an orange solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.94 (s, 6H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.27 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1 H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H)1 7.91 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), .7.96 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1 8.10 (dd, J = 9.1 , 2.1 Hz1 1 H), 8.50 (d, J = 1.5 Hz1 1H), 10.46 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 41.68, 55.31 , 103.86, 115.19, 116.56, 120.12, 121.93, 122.77, 126.50, 127.03, 128.13, 132.44, 135.66, 136.31 , 141.29, 147.15, 148.00, 157.09, 163.47, 164.34.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Ermert et al. for the introduction of dimethylamino group by nucleophilic substitution in DMSO.
3,4-Dinitro-/V-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-137
Figure imgf000134_0001
A mixture of 3,4-dinitrobenzoic acid (0.21 g, 0.976 mmol) and thionyl chloride (1 ml) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.25 g, 0.976 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) containing diisopropylethylamine (0.14 g, 1.07 mmol to give the title compound (0.334 g, 76%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc followed by (1 :1) EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.09 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.54 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.79 (s, 1 H), 11.08 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 55.18, 103.88, 115.21 , 120.32, 122.74, 124.45, 125.21, 126.96, 128.83, 133.42, 135.55, 139.06, 140.25, 141.50, 143.19, 147.79, 157.02, 161.18, 163.75.
4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-75
Figure imgf000134_0002
A mixture of 4-(2-fluoroethoxy)benzoic acid (0.20 g, 1.11 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.53 g, 4.44 mmol) in chloroform (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the excess reagent and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride, and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.28 g, 1.11 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.34 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.29 (dist d of t, JHF = 30 Hz, JHH = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 4.73 (dist d of t, JHF = 48 Hz1 JHH = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (m, 3H)1 7.65 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1H)1 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.91-7.98 (m, 6H), 10.33 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 56.40, 67.97 (d, JCF = 19 Hz), 82.70 (d, JCF = 167 Hz), 105.56, 114.86,
116.44, 121.04, 123.79, 127.63, 128.09, 128.64, 130.47, 136.47, 142.48, 148.73, 158.01 , 161.65, 165.08, 165.75; LRMS (ESI-) 421 (M+-H, 100%).
4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-33
Figure imgf000135_0001
A mixture of 4-hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.20 g, 0.53 mmol), chloroethanol (0.064 g, 0.80 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.26 g, 1.86 mmol) was heated at 100°C in dry DMF (10 ml) for 18 h. On cooling to room temperature, water (30 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (7 x 40 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (80 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.17 g, 76%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.70 (q, J = 4.8 Hz1 2H)1 3.80 (s, 3H)1 4.03 (t, J = 4.8 Hz1 2H)1 4.87 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1H)1 7.86 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.98 (m, 6H), 10.33 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 56.40, 60.11 , 70.48, 105.56, 114.78, 116.42, 121.00, 123.78, 127.18, 128.06, 128.59, 130.43, 136.47, 142.56, 148.75, 158.00, 162.25, 165.09, 165.79.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Zhang et al. for the reaction of phenolic compounds with chloroalcohols. 4-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-benzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-19
Figure imgf000136_0001
A mixture of (4-dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.20 g, 0.51 mmol), chloroethanol ( 0.05 g, 0.62 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.23 g, 1.63 mmol) was heated at 100 0C in dry DMF (10 ml) for 18 h. On cooling to room temperature, water (30 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (7 x 40 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (80 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (0.117 g, 53%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.96 (s, 6H), 3.71 (m, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 4.86 (br s, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H)1 7.07 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.64 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 3H), 7.93 (m, 4H)1 10.08 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 39.50, 59.55, 69.79, 104.70, 110.21 , 115.58, 119.77, 120.55, 122.60, 126.89, 127.40, 128.98, 135.44, 141.85, 147.88, 152.04, 156.39, 164.32, 165.39.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Zhang et al. for the reaction of phenolic compounds with chloroalcohols.
4-Fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-A/-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT05-37
Figure imgf000136_0002
A mixture of 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.32 g, 1.56 mmol) and thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.40 g, 1.56 mmol) in dry pyridine (12 ml) to give the title compound (0.502 g, 72%) as a colourless solid after recrystallisation from AcOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-cfe) δ 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.38 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.30-8.43 (m, 1H), 10.71 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz1 DMSO-d6) 5 56.22, 105.42, 116.21 , 117.13 (d of q, JCF = 32.7, 13.3 Hz), 117.99 (d, JCF = 21.0 Hz), 121.14, 122.84 (q, JCF = 272.5 Hz), 123.63, 127.54 (d of q, JCF = 4.6, 1.5 Hz), 127.92, 129.14, 131.97 (d, JCF = 3.8 Hz), 135.58 (d, JCF = 10.1 Hz), 136.37, 141.60, 148.61 , 157.92, 161.19 (d of q, JcF = 258.5, 1.6 Hz), 163.74, 164.71.
Non-Fluorinated Hydroxy-Amides
2-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-101
Figure imgf000137_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using2-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxy benzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry DCM (3 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 0.67 ml, 0.67 mmol)to give the title compound (31 mg, 64%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (6:1 Et2O/Hexane).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 6.42 (br s, 2H), 6.65 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 9.89 (S, 1H), 10.30 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 107.25, 115.16, 115.31 , 116.46, 116.91, 120.96, 123.65, 127.69, 128.50, 129.29, 132.85, 136.26, 142.13, 147.69, 150.38, 156.04, 163.75, 168.48.
3-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-77
Figure imgf000137_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 3-amino-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry DCM (3 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 0.67 ml, 0.67 mmol) to give the title compound (29 mg, 60%) as a pale brown solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc followed by EtOAc). 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-(J6) δ 5.37 (s, 2H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.93- 8.00 (m, 4H), 9.92 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 106.80, 112.92, 114.87, 116.04, 117.19, 135.65, 123.21, 147.20, 155.60, 128.88, 163.35, 166.72, 141.71 , 147.20, 148.85, 155.60, 163.35, 166.72
4-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-57
Figure imgf000138_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-amino-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry DCM (3 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 0.67 ml, 0.67 mmol) to give the title compound (27 mg,
56%) as a tan solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc followed by EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.84 (s, 2H), 6.62 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 6.98 (dd, J = 1.5, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (br s, 4H), 9,90 (vbr s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 106.17, 112.65, 115.54, 119.82, 121.00, 122.60, 126.79, 127.48, 129.15, 135.38, 141.64, 146.88, 151.51 , 155.11 , 163.30, 165.56.
2-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-111
Figure imgf000138_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 2-dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (40 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dry DCM (3 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 0.5 ml, 0.5 mmol) to give the title compound (23 mg, 59%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/EtOAc followed by EtOAc)
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.82 (s, 6H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (m, 1 H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (s, 1 H), 7.44 (m, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 -7.85 (m, 3H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 9.69 (s, 1H), 11.81 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO- d6) δ 44.88, 107.08, 116.46, 119.91, 120.32, 123.21, 123.58, 127.73, 127.98, 129.00, 130.88, 132.48, 136.35, 141.74, 147.85, 152.12, 156.14, 163.74, 165.87.
4-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-177
Figure imgf000139_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.50 g, 1.24 mmol) in dry DCM (50 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 6.2 ml, 6.2 mmol) to give the title compound (0.45 g, 93%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/EtOAc followed by EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.00 (s, 6H)1 6.75 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.92-8.02 (m, 5H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 40.59, 107.23, 111.20, 116.50, 120.68, 121.07, 123.51 , 127.61 , 128.10, 129.87, 136.11 , 142.63, 147.57, 152.98, 156.21 , 163.68, 165.85
Fluorinated Hydroxy-Amides
4-Nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-A/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-7
Figure imgf000139_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.10 g, 0.21 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 1.1 ml, 1.1 mmol) to give the title compound (0.07 g, 71%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:1 EtOAc/Hexane).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 6.93 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.30 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.44 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 8.48 (s, 1 H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 10.86 (S, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 107.46, 116.74, 121.20, 121.35, 122.01 (q, J = 33 Hz), 123.92, 126.44, 128.09, 129.69, 134.65, 136.52, 139.39, 141.32, 147.82, 149.38, 156.33, 163.41 , 163.66 (1 missing).
4-Amino-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-45
Figure imgf000140_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-amino-3-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.30 g, 0.68 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 5.42 ml, 5.42 mmol) to give the title compound (0.064 g, 22%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:1 DCM/EtOAc).
IR 3610-2880 (br), 3378, 3259, 1650, 1611 , 1525, 1502, 1486, 1456, 1439, 1406, 1318, 1277, 1243, 1181 , 1144, 1110, 1051 , 974, 907, 832 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 5.85 (S, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.45 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.98-8.08 (m, 5H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.81 (br s, 1 H), 9.71 (s, 1 H);.
4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)-yV-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-149
Figure imgf000140_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.20 g, 0.437 mmol) in dry DCM (15 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 2.18 ml, 2.18 mmol) to give the title compound (0.174 g, 89%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:1 EtOAc/Hexane).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.90 (q, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.40 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.95-8.04 (m, 6H)1 9.86 (s, 1 H), 10.42 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 64.81 (q, JCF = 35 Hz), 106.24, 113.94, 115.63, 120.10, 122.74, 123.07 (q, JCF = 278 Hz), 126.95, 128.30, 128.36, 129.62, 135.63, 141.19, 147.12, 155.28, 159.27, 163.28, 164.90. 4-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropoxy)-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-41
Figure imgf000141_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy)-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.30 g, 0.63 mmol) in dry DCM (30 ml) and BBr3 (LO M solution in DCM, 3.2 ml, 3.2 mmol) to give the title compound (0.103 g, 35%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.74-2.83 (m, 2H), 4.26 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.91-7.97 (m, 6H), 9.81 (s, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 33.22 (q, JCF = 28 Hz), 60.67 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 106.27, 113.61, 115.63, 120.10, 122.76, 125.73 (q, JCF = 276 Hz)1 126.96, 127.31 , 128.27, 129.54, 135.64, 141.26, 147.16, 155.28, 160.36, 163.34, 165.14.
4-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutoxy)-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-171
Figure imgf000141_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)-Λ/-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.10 g, 0.206 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 1.0 ml, 1.0 mmol) to give the title compound (17 mg g, 17%) as a yellow solid after work-up, flash chromatography (3:1 EtOAc/Hexane) and recrystallisation from EtOAc.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.94-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.55 (m, 2H), 4.13 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H)1 6.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1 H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H)1 7.91-8.05 (m., 6H), 9.84 (s, 1H), 10.35 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 22.01 (q, JCF = 3.1 Hz), 29.95 (q, JCF = 28.0 Hz)1 66.60, 107.24, 114.69, 116.53, 120.94, 123.64, 127.34, 127.73, 128.04 (q, JCF = 276 Hz), 128.68, 130.20, 136.27, 142.06, 147.70, 156.03, 161.63, 163.79, 165.63. 2-Hydroxy-Λ/-[3-hydroxy-4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5-
(trifluoromethoxy)benzamide
Book No. : SKT05-39
Figure imgf000142_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 2-methoxy-Λ/-[3-methoxy-4-(6- methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5-(trifluoromethoxy)benzamide (0.30 g, 0.595 mmol) in dry DCM (12 ml) and BBr3 (LOM in DCM, 1.9 ml, 1.9 mmol) at -78°C under an atmosphere of argon. Additional BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM, 1.9 ml, 1.9 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 dto give the title compound (88 mg, 32%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:2:0.3 Hexane/EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 6.98 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J = 8.6, 0.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H)1 11.68 (s, 1H), 11.2-12.2 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 106.96, 108.30, 112.56, 114.88, 116.55, 119.08, 120.39, 120.70 (q, JCF = 255 Hz), 122.50, 122.91, 126.76, 129.05, 135.54, 140.87, 141.67, 145.45, 155.96, 156.69, 157.00, 162.73, 164.92.
4-Fluoro-/V-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT02-163
Figure imgf000142_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-fluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxybenzo thiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 1.3 ml, 1.3 mmol) to give the title compound (96 mg, 99%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.93 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz1 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 106.30, 114.86 (d, JCF = 22.5 Hz), 115.69, 120.23, 122.80, 127.04, 128.56, 130.12 (d, JCF = 8.8 Hz), 130.84 (d, JCF = 1.9 Hz), 135.71, 141.03, 147.18, 155.33, 163.34, 164.21 (d, JCF = 252 Hz), 164.74.
The title compound is set out in WO 2006/014382.
2-Trifluoromethyl-/V-[4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4- (hydroxy)benzamide Book No. : SKT05-17
Figure imgf000143_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 2-trifluoromethyl-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-(methoxy)benzamide (0.30 g, 0.655 mmol) in dry DCM (15 ml) and BBr3 (1.0M in DCM, 1.4 ml, 1.4 mmol) at -78 0C under an atmosphere of argon. Stirring was continued at -78 0C for 1 h, and then the reaction mixture was allowed to rise to room temperature overnight. A further volume of BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM, 1.4 ml, 1.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 24 h to give the title compound (0.175 g, 62%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.99 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.13 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H)1 7.41 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H)1 7.59 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 7.88 (S1 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 9.60-10.64 (vbr s, 2H), 10.70 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 106.16, 112.96 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 115.55, 117.77, 119.43, 122.71 , 123.04 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 126.37, 126.93, 128.04 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 128.31, 129.99, 135.52, 140.98, 147.01, 155.25, 158.48, 162.94, 165.78.
Synthesis of 2-hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5-
(trifluoromethoxy)benzamide
Book No. : SKT05-13
Figure imgf000143_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using (2-methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methoxy- 1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-5-(trifluoromethoxy)benzamide (0.30 g, 0.633 mmol) in dry DCM (15 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM, 1.4 ml, 1.4 mmol) at -78 0C under an atmosphere of argon. A further volume of BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM1 1.4 ml, 1.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 24 h to give the title compound (0.255 g, 90%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.93 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.05 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (m, 1H)1 7.84 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 9.83 (s, 1H)1 10.58 (s, 1 H), 11.35-12.08 (vbr s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 107.44, 116.73, 119.21 , 120.65, 120.85 (q, JCF = 256 Hz1), 121.39, 122.79, 123.94, 127.10, 128.10, 129.50, 136.50, 140.92, 140.99, 147.82, 156.31 , 156.87, 163.69, 165.09.
4-Hydroxy-/V-[4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] benzamide
Book No. : SKT04-179
Figure imgf000144_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section usingΛ/-[3-trifluoromethyl-4-(6- methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-(methoxy)benzamide (90 mg, 0.196 mmol) in dry DCM (5 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM, 0.413 ml, 0.413 mmol) at -78 0C to give the title compound (68 mg, 81%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.90 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (d; J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 7.85 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1 H)1 7.88 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 106.20, 115.32, 116.22, 118.31 (q, JCF = 2.9 Hz), 122.54, 123.54 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 123.83, 125.41 , 126.98, 128.87 (q, JCF = 31 Hz), 129.87, 132.86, 137.44, 141.06, 147.06, 155.69, 161.01 , 161.17, 166.43.
4-Fluoro-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-hydroxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT03-129
Figure imgf000144_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using4-fluoro-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.10 g, 0.24 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 (1.0 M solution in DCM1 1.2 ml, 1.2 mmol) to give the title compound (0.062 g, 63%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc, then 2:1:0.1 EtOAc/Hexane/MeOH and finally eluting with 4:1 EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.99 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.97 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.40-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.79 (dd, JHH = 1.2, JHF = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 9.91 (s, 1H)1 10.83 (S1 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 106.24, 115.68, 118.18 (d, JCF = 21.5 Hz)1 120.46, 122.77, 125.68, 126.90, 128.92, 131.16 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 135.52 (d, JCF = 11 -7 Hz), 135.61 , 136.36 (d, JCF = 7.8 Hz), 140.43, 147.09, 155.33, 156.41 (JCF = 269 Hz), 162.18, 162.97.
Non-Fluorinated Methyl-Amides
Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK696-32
pyridine
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000145_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methylbenzothiazole (1.0 g, 4.16 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (0.58 g, 4.16 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) containing triethylamine (0.46 g, 4.58 mmol) to give the title compound (1.23 g, 86%) as a colourless solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 7.34 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz1 1H)1 7.53-7.56 (m, 2H)1 7.59-7.63 (m, 1 H)1 7.89-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 4H), 8.06 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 10.55 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 21.47, 120.95, 122.19, 122.65, 128.12, 128.21 , 128.45, 128.64, 128.87, 132.21 , 135.00, 135.19, 135.48, 142.38, 152.32, 166.29, 166.32. 2-Nitro-A/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-51
pyridine
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000146_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methylbenzothiazole (0.59 g, 2.45 mmol) and 2-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.50 g, 2.69 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.94 g, 98%) as tan-coloured crystals after recrystallisation from 1,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1 H), 7.75-7.93 (m, 7H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.9 Hz1 1 H), 10.99 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-c/6) δ 21.15, 119.73, 121.11 , 121.949, 123.83, 127.55, 128.98, 130.29, 132.76, 133.47, 134.48, 134.80, 141.08, 146.17, 151.68, 164.38, 165.80.
3-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-46
pyridine
Figure imgf000146_0003
Figure imgf000146_0004
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 2-(4-aminophenyl)-6- methylbenzothiazole (0.5 g, 2.08 mmol) and 3-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.77 g, 4.06 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.75 g, 93%) after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc, then 1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc, then EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.41-8.43 (m, 2H), 8.80 (S, 1 H), 10.82 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 21.1 , 120.46, 121.09, 121.95, 122.46, 125.77, 127.38, 127.57, 128.73, 129.32, 134.49, 134.79, 136.00, 141.02, 147.60, 151.68, 163.31 , 165.78.
4-Nitro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-67 pyridine
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000147_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 1 ,2-dichloroethane 2-(4- aminophenyl)-6-methylbenzothiazole (2.5 g, 10.4 mmol) and 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (2.12 g, 11.4 mmol) in dry pyridine (30 ml) to give the title compound (4.0 g, 99%) as small tan- coloured needles after recrystallisation from DMF/water.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCIj/DMSO-de) δ 1.79 (s, 3H)1 6.59 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 7.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.54 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 9.96 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 20.98, 120.27, 121.05, 121.86, 122.91 , 127.27, 127.48, 128.59, 128.89, 134.35, 134.65, 140.04, 140.94, 148.92, 151.60, 163.65, 165.53.
For reference, see Weisswange et al.
2-Amino-A/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-55
Figure imgf000147_0003
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.5 g, 1.28 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.45 g, 6.42 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) to give the title compound (0.063 g, 14%) as a tan needles after recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 6.57-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.19-7.25 (m, 1 H)1 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1H)1 7.89- 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 10.30 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 21.40, 116.00, 116.22, 116.99, 120.46, 121.25, 122.17, 127.71(C x 2), 128.55, 128.70, 132.40, 134.82, 134.94, 141.64, 148.98, 152.05, 166.49, 168.25.
3-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-72
Figure imgf000147_0004
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.30 g, 0.77 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.39 g, 6.16 mmol) in EtOH (25 ml) to give the title compound (0.131 g, 47%) as a pale yellow solid after flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.39 (s, 3H)1 5.31 (s, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.37 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 20.96, 113.13, 115.38, 117.03, 119.85, 121.02, 121.76, 127.17, 127.41 , 127.79, 128.42, 134.29, 134.51 , 135.49, 141.78, 147.83, 151.62, 165.76, 166.53.
4-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : LS-T107
Figure imgf000148_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 4-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.39 g, 1.0 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.13 g, 5.0 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.30 g, 83%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 5.85 (s, 2H), 6.61 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.80-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.97 (d, J - 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 10.07 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 20.98, 112.73, 119.73, 121.02, 121.48, 121.73, 127.17, 127.38, 129.23, 134.29, 134.45, 142.18, 151.33, 151.65, 165.58, 165.87 (1 missing).
2-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SKT01-5
Figure imgf000148_0002
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (0.35 g, 5.55 mmol), 2-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.40 g, 1.11 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (0.34 g, 11.13 mmol) in AcOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.312 g, 73%) as pale yellow crystals after recrystallisation from EtOH. 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.86 (s, 6H), 7.25-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.55 (m,1H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.28 (dd, J = 7.6, 1.5, Hz 1 H), 12.58 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 21.60, 45.60, 120.01, 120.57, 121.39, 122.43, 125.35, 127.40, 127.93, 128.41, 129.01, 131.76, 132.76, 135.04, 135.19, 141.34, 152.18, 164.31 , 166.74 (1 missing).
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Ono et al. for the dimethylation of aniline compounds.
3-Dimethylamino-W-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-93
Figure imgf000149_0001
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (0.44 g, 6.95 mmol), 3-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.50 g, 1.39 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (0.42 g, 13.9 mmol) in AcOH (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.15 g, 28%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 6.88 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.1Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) 6 21.60, 40.54, 111.38, 113.91 , 115.82, 120.02, 121.41 , 122.52, 127.94,
128.33, 129.45, 129.60, 135.13, 135.26, 135.55, 140.50, 150.75, 152.29, 166.45, 166.63.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Ono et al. for the dimethylation of aniline compounds.
4-Dimethylamino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide Book No. : SK2033-71
Figure imgf000149_0002
Prepared as described in the Amination section using sodium cyanoborohydride (0.44 g, 6.95 mmol), 4-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.50 g, 1.39 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (0.42 g, 13.9 mmol) in AcOH (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.04 g, 7%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.84-7.92 (m, 4H), 7.98 (dist d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.03 (dist d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 10.17 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3ZDMSOd6) δ 39.42, 110.04, 110.15, 119.64, 120.49, 120.99, 121.61, 127.03, 127.17, 127.31, 128.92, 129.06, 134.11, 134.31, 142.10, 151.50, 151.96, 165.22, 165.64.
The reaction conditions employed were based on the methods described by Ono et al. for the dimethylation of aniline compounds.
3-Hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SK696-54
Figure imgf000150_0001
To a stirred solution of 3-hydroxybenzoic acid (0.69 g, 5.0 mmol) in 1 :1 THF/DCM (20 ml) was added thionyl chloride (0.65 g, 5.5 mmol) and a drop of DMF. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the mixture was transferred by cannula to a stirred solution of dehydrothiotoluidine (1.20 g, 5.0 mmol) in THF (20 ml) at 0 0C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h then left to rise to room temperature overnight. The yellow precipitate was collected by filtration under vacuum and washed with THF and water (600 ml). The solid was dried at 80 °C in the oven for 5 h to give the title compound (0.59 g, 33%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 7.02 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1 H)1 7.32 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H)1 7.35-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 9.69 (br s, 1 H), 10.38 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 21.47, 115.14, 118.77, 119.23, 120.90, 122.16, 122.64, 128.09, 128.43, 128.57, 129.89, 134.99, 135.46, 136.61, 142.42, 152.33, 157.89, 166.33 (1 missing).
3-(Methylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SK2033-94
Figure imgf000151_0001
To a stirred mixture of 3-amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (0.50 g, 1.39 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (0.059 g, 1.95 mmol) in MeOH (15 ml) at 0 °C was added dropwise a solution of sodium methoxide in MeOH (0.5 M, 3.9 ml, 1.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, sodium borohydride (0.081 g, 2.09 mmol) was added and heating was continued under reflux for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 "C amd 1 M NaOH solution (10 ml) was added, followed by extraction with DCM (3 x 70 ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give an almost colourless solid. This was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.096 g, 18%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H), 5.82 (q, J = 5.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.75 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (m, 1 H), 7.14 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.21-7.25 (m, 1 H), 7.33 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H)1 7.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 10.31 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 21.47, 30.20, 111.07, 115.16, 115.47, 120.87, 122.19, 122.63, 128.09, 128.44, 129.27, 134.98, 135.46, 136.08, 142.56, 150.45, 152.33, 166.36, 167.100.
Imidazof2.1-t)iri ,31thiazole Intermediates
2-Methyl-6-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]thiazole
Figure imgf000151_0002
A mixture of 2-amino-5-methylthiazole (0.24 g, 2.11 mmol) and 2-bromo-4'- nitroacetophenone (0.5 g, 2.05 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) was heated under reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and sodium bicarbonate (200 mg, 2.38 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 1 h. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in DCM (75 ml) and washed with water (30 ml), brine (30 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (50:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.143 g, 26%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz), 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.20, 108.67, 111.25, 124.54, 125.67, 128.65, 141.43, 144.53, 146.37, 150.06.
4-(2-Methylimidazo[2,1-ϋ][1,3]thiazol-6-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000152_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-methyl-6-(4-nitrophenyl) imidazo[2,1 -jb][1, 3]thiazole (0.10 g, 0.386 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.69 g, 3.09 mmol) in EtOH (15 ml) to give a pale orange solid (66 mg, 75%) after work-up and flash chromatography (1:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.44 (br s, 2H), 6.70 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (s, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 14.09, 106.20, 115.15, 115.30, 125.04, 125.80, 126.25, 145.69, 146.98, 149.29.
3-Methyl-6-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[2,1 -£>][1 ,3]thiazole
Figure imgf000152_0002
A mixture of 2-amino-4-methylthiazole (0.24 g, 2.11 mmol) and 2-bromo-4'-nitroaceto phenone (0.5 g, 2.05 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) was heated under reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and sodium bicarbonate (200 mg, 2.38 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 1 h. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and DCM (75 ml) was added to the residue. The insoluble material was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography (50:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.266 g, 50%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.40 (s, 3H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz), 2H), 8.21 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.37 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.07, 112.53, 117.16, 124.54, 125.60, 127.20, 141.38, 143.56, 146.29, 149.82 4-(3-Methylimidazo[2,1-b][1,3]thiazol-6-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000153_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 3-methyl-6-(4- nitrophenyl)imidazo[2,1-6][1 ,3]thiazole (0.20 g, 0.772 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.87 g, 3.86 mmol) in EtOH (20 ml) to give the title compound (88 mg, 50%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 6.70 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.97, 107.10, 114.38, 117.08, 122.91 , 124.78, 126.07, 146.98, 148.04, 148.22.
Imidazof2,1-/3lf1 ,31thiazole Compounds
4-(Dimethylamino)-/V-[4-(2-methylimidazo[2,1-d][1,3]thiazol-6-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT05-149
Figure imgf000153_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(2-methylimidazo[2,1- b][1,3]thiazol-6-yl)aniline (53 mg, 0.231 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (42 mg, 0.231 mmol) in dry pyridine (4 ml) to give the title compound (76 mg, 87%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 6.89 (S1 1H), 7.81 (s, 4H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.21 (s, 1H)1 9.94 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.31 , 40.16, 107.21 , 107.64, 111.22, 120.68, 121.53, 125.27, 128.59, 129.56, 129.65, 139.10, 146.74, 148.81, 152.82, 165.55. 4-(Dimethylamino)-Λ/-[4-(3-methylimidazo[2,1-fa][1,3]thiazol-6-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT05-143
Figure imgf000154_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(2-methylimidazo[2,1-6] [1 ,3]thiazol-6-yl)aniline (68 mg, 0.297 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (55 mg, 0.297 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (74 mg, 66%) as a colourless solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.41 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 6H)1 6.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.77 (m, 4H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 9.92 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.06, 40.17, 109.00, 111.22, 117.15, 120.66, 121.54, 125.17, 125.63, 129.56, 129.60, 139.00, 145.72, 148.55, 152.81 , 165.54.
ImidazoH ,2-alpyrimidine Intermediates
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrimidine hydrobromide
Figure imgf000154_0002
A mixture of 2-aminopyrimidine (0.40 g, 4.22 mmol) and 2-bromo-4'-nitroacetophenone (1.03 g, 4.22 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) was stirred at rt for 16 h. EtOAc (15 ml) was added to the resulting yellow, viscous mixture and the precipitate collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc (50 ml). After drying under high vacuum, a yellow solid was obtained (0.67 g, 51%).
IR 3107, 3073, 1601, 1522, 1508, 1345, 1313, 1241, 1209, 1110, 855, 799, 745 cm"1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.09 (dd, J = 6.6, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.32 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (dd, J = 3.9, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.99 (dd, J = 6.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H)
4-lmidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000154_0003
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyrimidine hydrobromide (0.673 g, 2.18 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (2.46 g, 10.89 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) to give the title compound (0.337 g, 74%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 5.35 (s, 2H)1 6.64 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 6.95-7.00 (m, 1H)1 7.67 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.41-8.44 (m, 1H)1 8.86-8.89 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 105.57, 108.98, 114.48, 121.50, 127.49, 134.86, 147.49, 148.58, 149.67, 149.83.
ImidazoH ,2-alPyrimidine Compounds
4-(Dimethylamino)-Λ/-(4-imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)benzamide Book No. : SKT05-95
pyridine
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000155_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrimidin-2- yl)aniline (80 mg, 0.381 mmoland 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (70 mg, 0.381 mmol) in dry pyridine (8 ml) flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (49 mg, 36%) as an almost colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.00 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 7.01-7.06 (m, 1H)1 7.87-7.98 (m, 6H)1 8.31 (s, 1 H)1 8.49 (bs, 1 H), 8.95 (d, J = 6.4 Hz1 1 H), 9.99 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 40.15, 107.22, 109.15, 111.28, 120.73, 121.59, 126.46, 128.59, 129.62, 135.18, 140.34, 145.99, 148.55, 150.37, 152.95, 165.68
Imidazof 1 ,2-alpyridine Intermediates
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Figure imgf000155_0003
A mixture of 2-aminopyridine (0.20 g, 2.11 mmol) and 2-bromo-4'-nitroacetophenone (0.5 g, 2.05 mmol) in EtOH (25 ml) was heated under reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and sodium bicarbonate (88 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 2 h. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in DCM (40 ml), washed with water (40 ml), and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.27 g, 54%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.82-6.87 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (S1 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.12-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 112.07, 113.31 , 117.46, 124.55, 126.28, 126.78, 127.67, 141.02, 142.53, 145.75, 147.02.
4-(lmidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000156_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridine (0.216 g, 0.90 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.02 g, 4.52 mmol) in EtOH (25 ml) to give the title compound (0.144 g, 76%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (9:1 EtOAc/DCM).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.21 (br s, 2H), 6.60 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 107.11 , 112.06, 114.40, 116.52, 122.24, 124.46, 126.80, 127.07, 145.06, 146.26, 149.01
6-Methyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Figure imgf000156_0002
A mixture of 2-amino-5-picoline (0.88 g, 8.19 mmol) and 2-bromo-4'-nitroacetophenone (2.0 g, 8.19 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) was heated under reflux for 17 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and sodium bicarbonate (840 mg, 9.99 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 18 h. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.84 g, 40%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.16 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1 H), 7.52 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.34 (s, 1 H)1 8.54 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-(J6) δ 17.94, 111.74, 116.85, 122.60, 124.50, 124.92, 126.61 , 129.29, 141.19, 142.34, 144.84, 146.87.
4-(6-Methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000157_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 6-methyl-2-(4- nitrophenyl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine (0.423 g, 1.67 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (1.89 g, 8.36 mmol) in EtOH (45 ml) to give the title compound (0.216 g, 58%) as a pale orange solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 17.47, 105.99, 113.97, 115.21, 120.74, 122.06, 123.24, 126.23, 126.79, 143.56, 145.25, 147.55.
6-Fluoro-2-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Figure imgf000157_0002
To a stirred mixture of 2-amino-5-fluoropyridine (0.80 g, 7.13 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.60 g, 7.14 mmol) was added a slurry of 2-bromo-4'-bromoacetophenone (1.74 g, 7.13 mmol) in chloroform (10 ml). The stirred reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 20 h. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitate was collected by filtration under vacuum and washed with chloroform (2 x 40 ml). The solid was then purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.596 g, 32%) as a brown solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.13-7.21 (m, 1 H), 7.59-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.07- 8.10 (m, 3H), 8.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 113.43 (d, JCF = Hz), 114.30 (d, JCF = 42.0 Hz), 118.17 (d, JCF = 26.4 Hz), 118.23 (d, JCF = 10.2 Hz), 124.51 , 126.77, 140.61 , 143.66, 143.75 (d, JCF = Hz)1 147.08, 153.26 (d, JCF = 233.6 Hz). 4-(6-Fluoroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000158_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 6-fluoro-2-(4- nitrophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (0.45 g, 1.75 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (1.97 g, 8.75 mmol) in EtOH (25 ml) to give the title compound (0.325 g, 82%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 EtOAc/DCM).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 5.26 (s, 2H), 6.61 (d J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.28 (m, 1 H), 7.51-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.68 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 108.73 (d, JCF = 1.5 Hz)1 113.48 (d, JCF = 41 Hz), 114.39, 115.90 (d, JCF = 25.7 Hz), 117.00 (d, JCF = 10.1 Hz), 121.90, 142.99, 147.63, 149.18, 152.80 (d, JCF = 231 Hz).
6-lodo-2-(4-nitrophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Figure imgf000158_0002
To a stirred mixture of 2-amino-5-iodopyridine (0.80 g, 3.64 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.34 g, 3.99 mmol) was added a slurry of 2-bromo-4'-bromoacetophenone (0.89 g, 3.64 mmol) in chloroform (15 ml). The stirred reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitate was collected by filtration under vacuum and washed with chloroform (2 x 40 ml), water (40 ml) and then dried at 90°C for 24 h to give the title compound (0.827 g, 62%) as a pale green solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 7.49 (s, 2H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.31 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 77.10, 111.73, 118.66, 124.53, 126.88, 132.22, 133.78, 140.43, 142.73, 144.27, 147.13.
4-(6-lodoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline
Figure imgf000158_0003
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 6-iodo-2-(4- nitrophenyl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine (0.45 g, 1.23 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (1.39 g, 6.16 mmol) in EtOH (25 ml) to give the title compound (0.301 g, 73%) as a yellow solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 EtOAc/DCM).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.27 (s, 2H), 6.60 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (s, 2H), 7.60 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (s, 1 H)1 8.82 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 75.32, 107.03, 114.40, 117.79, 121.57, 127.19, 131.37, 131.93, 143.66, 146.62, 149.28.
6-Methyl-2-phenylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Book No. : SK2033-32
Figure imgf000159_0001
A stirred mixture of 2-amino-5-picoline (0.56 g, 5.22 mmol) and 2-bromoacetophenone (1.0 g, 5.02 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) was heated under reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was left to cool to room temperature and then sodium bicarbonate (0.76 g, 9.04 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 15 h. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (70 ml) and washed with water (40 ml). The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an orange solid. This solid was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.753 g, 70%) as a pale orange solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.30 (s, 3H), 7.01 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.39-7.45 (m, 2H)1 7.53 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1 H)1 7.76 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.5 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 18.09, 107.91 , 116.75, 121.99, 123.36, 125.92, 127.80, 127.85, 128.72, 133.95, 144.73, 145.39.
2-Fluoroethyl-p-toluenesulphonate
Figure imgf000159_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-fluoroethanol (1.92 g, 29.97 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) under an atmosphere of argon at 0°C was added p-toluenesulphonyl chloride over 15 min, maintaining the temperature below 5°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 0°C for 4 h, then at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to O0C and ice (15 g) was added followed by water (40 ml) and EtOAc (50 ml). The organic extract was washed with water (30 ml), 1 M HCI (until aqueous extracts were acidic), 10% sodium carbonate (2 x 30 ml), brine (40 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (5.10 g, 78%) as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.44 (s, 3H)1 4.25 (dist d of t, JHF = 27 Hz, JHH = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 4.56 (dist d of t, JHF = 47 Hz, JHH = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 21.68, 68.52 (d, JCF = 21.5 Hz), 80.57 (d, JCF = 174 Hz), 127.99, 129.98, 132.65, 145.21.
Imidazof1.2-alpyridine Compounds
4-(Dimethylamino)-Λ/-[4-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT05-123
pyridine
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000160_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.335 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (62 mg, 0.335 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (70 mg, 59%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.98 (s, 6H)1 6.75 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 2H), 6.85 (dd, J = 6.7, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 9.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1H), 7.84 (d. J = 8.7 Hz, 2H)1 7.88 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.7 Hz1 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 40.16, 108.88, 111.23, 112.55, 116.91 , 120.68, 121.49, 125.16, 126.22, 127.20, 129.10, 129.61, 139.81 , 144.90, 145.23, 152.85, 165.62.
4-(Dimethylamino)-A/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT05-93
Figure imgf000160_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.314 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (58 mg, 0.314 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (63 mg, 54%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH). 1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (S1 3H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.92 (m, 6H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.97, 40.15, 108.62, 111.23, 116.26, 120.67, 121.44, 121.81, 124.60, 126.10, 128.23, 129.16, 129.60, 139.66, 144.24, 144.58, 152.85, 165.64.
Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-4-carboxamide Book No. : SKT05-107
Figure imgf000161_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a] pyridin-2-yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.314 mmol) and isonicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (56 mg, 0.314 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (92 mg, 89%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (S, 1H), 8.80 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 2H), 10.60 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO- d6) δ 17.24, 107.80, 115.41 , 120.12, 120.89, 121.09, 123.58, 125.30, 127.26, 129.46, 137.62, 141.48, 143.48, 143.58, 149.62, 163.30.
Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT05-171
pyridine
Figure imgf000161_0002
Figure imgf000161_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.314 mmol) and nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (56 mg, 0.314 mmol in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (62 mg, 60%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc followed by 20:1 EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.22 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (dd, J = 7.9, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1 H), 8.25-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.72 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 9.07 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 18.17, 109.05, 116.59, 121.08, 122.02, 124.17, 124.83, 126.45, 128.45, 130.45, 131.27, 136.12, 138.93, 144.52, 144.63, 149.33, 152.76, 164.66.
Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-2-carboxamide No. : SKT06-5
pyridine
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000162_0002
To a stirred suspension of picolinic acid (56 mg, 0.45 mmol) in DCM (1 ml) was added thionyl chloride (2 ml) followed by a drop of DMF. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and the excess reagent and solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a green solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.314 mmol) in dry pyridine (4.5 ml) to give the title compound (65 mg, 44%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.05-8.11 (m, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H)1 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.31 (S, 1 H), 8.76 (d, J = 4.6 Hz1 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.94, 108.81 , 116.42, 120.80, 121.76, 122.77, 124.61, 126.29, 127.31 , 128.16, 130.34, 138.17, 138.55, 144.38, 144.58, 148.87, 150.41 , 162.84.
6-Fluoro-Λ/-t4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT05-169
Figure imgf000162_0003
A stirred suspension of 6-fluoronicotinic acid (80 mg, 0.414 mmol) in thionyl chloride (2 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)aniline (92 mg, 0.414 mmol) in dry THF (13 ml) and diisopropylethylamine (106 μl, 0.608 mmol) to give the title compound (86 mg, 60%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.22 (s, 3H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz1 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.46 (dt, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.78 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 18.17, 109.06, 109.97, 110.34, 116.58, 121.11 , 122.03, 124.84, 126.47, 128.47, 130.00 (d, JCF = 3.8 Hz), 130.51, 138.80, 142.58 (d, JCF = 9.1 Hz), 144.56 (d, JCF = 7.6 Hz), 148.42 (d, JCF = 16.0 Hz), 163.43, 164.95 (d, JCF = 239 Hz).
6-Fluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-2-carboxamide Book No. : SKT06-53
base
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000163_0002
A stirred suspension of 2-fluoropyridine-6-carboxylic acid (86 mg, 0.448 mmol) in thionyl chloride (2 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid, 4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)aniline (100 mg, 0.448 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) and diisopropylethylamine (94 μl, 0.539 mmol) to give the title compound (85 mg, 55%) as a colourless solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 EtOAc/Hexane).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.7 Hz1 1H)1 7.87-7.92 (m, 4H), 8.04 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.24 (m, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.94, 108.86, 113.54 (d, JCF = 36.5 Hz), 116.43, 121.05 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 121.17, 121.76, 124.61 , 126.23, 128.17, 130.58, 137.97, 144.30, 144.38, 144.53, 149.23 (d, JCF = 11.7 Hz), 161.77, 162.12 (d, JCF = 240.6 Hz).
Λ/-[4-(6-Methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzamide Book No. : SKT06-63
pyridine
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000164_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.20 g, 0.897 mmol) and 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (0.166 g, 0.897 mmol) in dry pyridine (13 ml) to give the title compound (0.266 g, 80%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H)1 7.04 (dd, J = 9.3, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.15 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 10.62 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 17.95, 108.85, 116.42, 121.09, 121.78, 123.94, 124.63, 126.28, 128.20, 129.66, 130.56, 138.60, 141.12, 144.52, 149.66, 164.27.
Λ/-[4-(6-Methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitro-3-
(trifluoromethyl)benzamide
Book No. : SKT05-165 pyridine
Figure imgf000164_0003
Figure imgf000164_0004
A stirred suspension of 4-nitro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.239 g, 0.986 mmol) in thionyl chloride (4 ml) was heated under reflux for 5 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6- methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.20 g, 0.897 mmol) in dry pyridine (8 ml) to give the title compound (0.337 g, 85%) as a yellow solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H)1 8.35 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1H), 8.49 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 10.76 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 17.94, 108.91, 116.43, 121.19, 121.80, 121.86 (JCF = 34 Hz)1 122.72 (JCF = 273 Hz), 124.63, 126.12, 126.33, 127.75 (JCF = 5.5 Hz), 128.22, 130.80, 134.26, 138.31 , 139.47, 144.40, 144.45, 149.14, 162.81 ; LRMS (ESI+) 486 (M++2Na, 100%), 441 (M++H, 34). Λ/-[4-(6-Methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-4-hydroxylamino-3-
(trifluoromethyl)benzamide
Book No. : SKT05-173
Figure imgf000165_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using Λ/-[4-(6-Methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (0.25 g, 0.568 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dehydrate (0.64 g, 2.84 mmol) in EtOH (30 ml) to give the title compound (0.20 g, 87%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.13-8.18 (m, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 9.04 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H); 13C NMR
(67.5 MHz, CDCI3/DMSO-d6) δ 17.67, 107.55, 111.42 (q, JCF = 31.2 Hz), 112.94, 115.83, 120.49, 121.47, 123.42, 123.97 (q, JCF = 272 Hz), 124.62, 125.63, 125.97 (q, JCF = 5.9 Hz), 127.57, 129.08, 132.51, 138.55, 144.09, 144.40, 150.91, 164.29.
4-Amino-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-71
Figure imgf000165_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzamide (0.10 g, 0.269 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.30 g, 1.34 mmol) in EtOH (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.072 g, 78%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.29 (s, 3H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 6.62 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 9.85 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz DMSO-dβ) δ 17.97, 108.54, 113.00, 116.33, 120.56, 121.53, 121.69, 124.58, 126.08, 128.08, 129.17, 129.82, 139.75, 144.27, 144.73, 152.61 , 165.69. 4-(Methylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-67
Figure imgf000166_0001
To a stirred solution of 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.10 g, 0.448 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.06g, 0.448 mmol), 4-methylaminobenzoic acid (0.068 g, 0.448 mmol) and triethylamine (62 μl, 0.045 g, 0.448 mmol) in dry DMF (5 ml) at 0 0C was added 1-ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylaminopropyl]-carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.086 g, 0.448 mmol) under an atmosphere or argon. After 10 min the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 d. The reaction mixture was then added to water (150 ml) with stirring and the precipitate was collected by filtration. Purification by flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH) gave the title compound (0.053 g, 33%) as an almost colourless solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.69 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H)1 6.30 (q, J = 4.9 Hz1 1H), 6.54 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.3, 1.5 Hz1 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 7.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H)1 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 9.82 (S, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.93, 29.79, 108.51, 110.94, 116.34, 120.66, 121.48, 121.65, 124.56, 126.10, 128.03, 129.27, 129.73, 139.75, 144.33, 144.83, 153.10, 165.71.
4-Methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-7
pyridine
Figure imgf000166_0002
Figure imgf000166_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (70 mg, 0.314 mmol) and 4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (54 mg, 0.314 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (89 mg, 79%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H)1 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H)1 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1H)1 10.19 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.94, 55.90, 108.65, 114.10, 116.39, 120.89, 121.71 , 124.59, 126.18, 127.54, 128.10, 129.81 , 130.04, 139.30, 144.37, 144.72, 162.42, 165.32. 4-Hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-11
Figure imgf000167_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section using 4-methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6- methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.07 g, 0.196 mmol) in dry DCM (5 ml), boron tribromide in DCM (1.0 M1 0.24 ml, 0.24 mmol) at -78°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h then left to rise to room temperature. After 18 h at room temperature a further volume of boron tribromide in DCM (1.0 M, 0.7 ml, 0.7 mmol) was added and stirring was continued at room temperature to give the title compound (0.043 g, 64%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.22 (s, 3H)1 6.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H)1 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 10.02 (s, 1H) 9.80-10.81 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 18.17, 108.86, 115.57, 116.53, 120.93, 121.96, 124.79, 126.00, 126.32, 128.37, 129.72, 130.37, 139.60, 144.49, 144.80, 161.25, 165.72.
3)4,5-Trifluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-25 pyridine
Figure imgf000167_0002
Figure imgf000167_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.50 g, 2.24 mmol) and 3,4,5-trifluorobenzoyl chloride (0.436 g, 2.24 mmol) in dry pyridine (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.617 g, 72%) as a colourless solid, after work-up and recrystallisation from AcOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 7.45 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.65 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90-7.96 (m, 2H)1 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.43 (s, 1 H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H). 4-(Dimethylamino)-3,5-difluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide
Book No. : SKT06-29
Figure imgf000168_0001
A stirred mixture of 3,4,5-trifluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl) phenyl]benzamide (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.087 g, 1.07 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.147 g, 1.07 mmol) in dry DMSO (3 ml) was heated at 120°C for 22.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was added to water (100 ml) and the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, and washed with water (40 ml). The solid was dried in an oven at 95°C, and then purified by flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.084 g, 80%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 6H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, JH,F = 10.1 Hz1 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 10.22 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 17.53, 42.72 (t, JcF = 3.9 Hz)1 107.60, 111.59 (m), 115.67, 120.26, 121.22, 123.45, 125.46, 126.98 (t, JCF = 7.8 Hz), 127.40, 129.22, 131.58 (t, JCF = 12.7 Hz), 138.16, 143.89, 144.14, 155.84 (dd, JCr= 246 Hz, JCF = 7.8 Hz), 162.68.
4-Fluoro-W-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide Book No. : SKT06-15
Figure imgf000168_0002
To a stirred solution of 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.103 g, 0.493 mmol) in thionyl chloride (3 ml) was added a drop of DMF and the reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 2 h. On cooling to room temperature the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude residue. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude residue and 4-(6-methyl imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.10 g, 0.448 mmol) in dry pyridine/THF (1:1 , 10 ml) to give the title compound (0.146 g, 79%) as a colourless solid, after work-up and flash chromatography (DCM/EtOAc 1 :1). 1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 2.26 (S1 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H)1 7.46 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H)1 7.68-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (d. J = 9.0 Hz, 2H)1 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.29 (br s, 1H)1 8.33-8.37 (m, 2H)1 10.52 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.96, 108.85, 116.39, 117.02 (d of q, JCF = 32.7, 12.5 Hz), 117.99 (d, JCF = 21.0 Hz), 121.04, 121.80, 122.85 (q, JCF = 272.4 Hz), 124.63, 126.25, 127.42 (d of q, JCF = 4.6, 1.6 Hz), 128.23, 130.35, 132.19 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 135.53 (d, JCF = 10.2 Hz), 138.62, 144.32, 144.43, 161.08 (d of q, JCF = 258.4, 1.6 Hz), 163.44 17.96, 108.85, 116.39.
6-Chloro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide Book No. : SKT06-13
pyridine
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000169_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.08 g, 0.359 mmol) and 6-chloronicotinoyl chloride (0.063 g, 0.359 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.087 g, 67%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 7.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.32 (S1 1H)1 8.36 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.97, 108.86, 116.40, 120.92, 121.79, 124.59, 124.63, 126.27, 128.23, 130.42, 130.43, 138.51 , 139.50, 144.32, 144.41 , 149.77, 153.19, 163.27.
3,4,-Difluoro-Λ/-I4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-35
pyridine
Figure imgf000169_0003
Figure imgf000169_0004
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo
[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.50 g, 2.24 mmol) and 3,4-difluorobenzoyl chloride (0.395 g, 2.24 mmol) in dry pyridine (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.556 g, 68%) as a colourless solid after work-up and recrystallisation from AcOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 7.09 (d. J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H)1 7.46 (d, J = 9.2 Hz1 1 H)1 7.57-7.68 (m, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.83-7.92 (m, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.00-8.08 (m, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.94, 108.79, 116.39, 117.57 (d, JCF = 18.7 Hz), 118.04 (d, JCF = 18.1 Hz)1 121.04, 121.76, 124.62, 125.68 (dd, JCF = 7.0 Hz, JCF = 3.1 Hz), 126.24, 128.18, 130.34, 132.77 (m), 138.69, 144.37, 144.55, 149.57 (dd, JCF = 237 A Hz, JCF = 12.5 Hz), 152.04 (dd, JCF = 242.1 Hz, JCF = 13.3 Hz), 163.60.
3-Fluoro-4-(dimethylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide
Book No. : SKT06-55
— NH2.HCI
Figure imgf000170_0002
Figure imgf000170_0001
A stirred mixture of 3,4,-difluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.10 g, 0.275 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (0.37 g, 5.50 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.76 g, 5.50 mmol) in dry DMSO (2 ml) was heated at 120°C for 60 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was added to water (100 ml) and the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, and washed with water (40 ml). The solid was dried in an oven at 95°C, then purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.077 g, 75%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.74 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H), 6.19-6.21 (m, 1H), 6.68 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 13.2, 1.7 Hz1 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 9.91 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.95, 29.72, 108.61 , 110.39 (d, JCF = 4.6 Hz), 113.89 (d, JCF = 19-5 Hz), 116.38, 120.78, 121.21 (d, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 121.70, 124.59, 125.86 (d, JCF = 1.6 Hz), 126.15, 128.09, 129.58, 139.44, 141.41 (d, JCF = 12.5 Hz), 144.36, 144.76, 150.29 (d, JCF = 238 Hz)1 164.68 (d, JCF = 2.3 Hz).
3,5-Difluoro-4-(methylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-59
Figure imgf000170_0003
A stirred mixture of 3,4,5-trifluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (0.44 g, 6.50 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.90 g, 6.50 mmol) in dry DMSO (3 ml) was heated at 1200C for 47 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was added to water (150 ml) and the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, and washed with water (40 ml). The solid was dried in an oven at 95"C1 then purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane 3:1) to give the title compound (0.046 g, 63%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.93-2.95 (m, 3H), 5.88-5.91 (m, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (dist dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (dist dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 0.49 Hz, 1H), 9.99 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.97, 32.31 (t, JCF = 3.8 Hz), 108.71 , 111.93 (m), 116.36, 120.55 (t, JCF = 7.8 Hz), 120.78, 121.75, 124.62, 126.17, 128.16, 129.79, 130.91 (t, JCF = 14 Hz), 139. 03, 144.29, 144.55, 150.97 (dd, JCF = 239 Hz, JCF = 10.1 Hz), 163.40.
4-(Dimethylamino)-3-fluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-39
Figure imgf000171_0001
A stirred mixture of 3,4,-difluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.10 g, 0.275 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.045 g, 0.551 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.080 g, 0.577 mmol) in dry DMSO (3 ml) was heated at 100°C for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was added to water (100 ml) and the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, and washed with water (50 ml). The air-dried solid was then purified by flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.066 g, 62%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 6H), 7.01 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 10.10 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.94, 42.36 (d, J = 4.7 Hz)1 108.65, 115.92 (d, JCF = 23.3 Hz), 116.37, 117.20 (d, JCF = 4.7 Hz), 120.86, 121.71 , 124.59, 125.13, 125.15, 125.77 (d, JCF = 6.2 Hz), 126.17, 128.10, 129.82, 139.19, 143.20 (d, JCF = 7.7 Hz), 144.52 (d, JCF = 34.3 Hz), 152.81 (d, JCF = 243 Hz), 164.30. 3-Fluoro-4-methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : S KT 06 -49
VHO- pyridine
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000172_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.34 mmol) and 3-fluoro-4-methoxybenzoyl chloride (0.25 g, 1.34 mmol) in dry pyridine (14 ml) to give the title compound (0.357 g, 71%) as small, colourless needles after work-up, flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH 18:1) and recrystallisation from 1 ,4-dioxane.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.96, 56.70, 108.74, 113.71 (d, JCF = 2.3 Hz), 115.66 (d, JCF = 19.5 Hz)1 116.37, 120.89, 121.75, 124.60, 125.40 (d, JCF = 3.1 Hz), 126.17, 127.65 (d, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 128.16, 129.94, 138.98, 144.31, 144.54, 150.39 (d, JCF = 10.8 Hz), 151.28 (d, J0? = 244.4 Hz), 164.13.
3,5-Difluoro-4-methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1I2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-45
Figure imgf000172_0003
To a stirred solution of 3,5-difluoro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (0.25 g, 1.34 mmol) in thionyl chloride (4 ml) was added a drop of DMF and the reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 5 h. On cooling to room temperature the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude residue. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude residue and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.34 mmol) in dry pyridine (14 ml) to give the title compound (0.33 g, 62%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH 20:1).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.22 (s, 3H)1 3.98 (s, 3H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.2, 1.5 Hz1 1 H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.2 Hz1 1H), 7.78-7.85 (m, 2H)1 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H)1 7.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H)1 8.21 (S1 1H), 8.26 (s, 1 H), 10.44 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 18.18, 62.42, 109.06, 113.04 (m), 116.58, 121.22, 121.97, 124.84, 126.35, 128.41 , 129.87 (t, JCF = Hz)1 130.42, 138.87, 139.09 (t, JCF = Hz), 144.50, 144.63, 154.86 (dd, JCF = 246 Hz, JCF = 6 HZ), 163.12.
2,6-Difluoro-4-methoxy-A/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-79
Figure imgf000173_0001
To a stirred solution of 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (0.25 g, 1.34 mmol) in thionyl chloride (7 ml) was added a drop of DMF and the reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 3 h. On cooling to room temperature the excess reagent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude residue. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using of the crude residue and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin- 2-yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.34 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.24 g, 45%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 EtOAc/Hexane followed by EtOAc then MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.90 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 17.98, 56.88, 98.98 (d, JCF 28.7), 108.58 (t, JCF 22.6), 108.85, 116.39, 119.98, 121.80, 124.63, 126.40, 128.23, 130.31, 138.55, 144.31, 144.38, 158.57, 160.34 (dd, JCf 246 and 11.7), 162.21 (t, JCF 14.8).
3,5-Difluoro-4-hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-51
Figure imgf000173_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using3,5-difluoro-4-methoxy- Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.20 g, 0.509 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and boron tribromide in DCM (1.0 M, 0.62 ml, 0.62 mmol) at -78"C to give the title compound (0.057 g, 29%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (12:1 DCM/MeOH). 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H)1 8.31 (S1 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H), 11.05 (brs, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.95, 108.76, 112.08 (m), 116.39, 120.99, 121.77, 124.63, 125.10 (t, JCF = 7.0 Hz), 126.23, 128.18, 130.16, 137.61 (t, JCF = 16.3 Hz), 138.81, 144.37, 144.58, 152.20 (dd, JCF = 242 Hz, JCF = 7.0 Hz), 163.31.
3-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-A/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-57
Figure imgf000174_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-Λ/- [4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.20 g, 0.53 mmol) in dry DCM (15 ml) and BBr3 (LO M, 1.3 ml, 1.3 mmol) at -78 °C to give the title compound (0.07O g, 36%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H), 7.01 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.3, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.75-7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.77 d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H)1 8.27 (s, 1H), 10.08 (s, 1H), 10.57 (s, 1H); (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.97, 108.71, 116.17 (d, JCF = 19.5 Hz), 116.36, 117.73 (Cl1 JcF = 3.1 Hz), 120.85, 121.77, 124.60, 125.38 (d, JCF = 2.3 Hz), 126.17, 126.33 (d, JCF = 4.6 Hz), 128.18, 129.81 , 139.12, 144.31, 144.57, 148.76 (d, JCF = 12.5 Hz), 150.83 (d, JCF = 241.3 Hz), 164.38 (d, JCF = 1.6 Hz).
4-Methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-W-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-61
p !yr→idine
Figure imgf000174_0002
Figure imgf000174_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.20 g, 0.897 mmol) and 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (0.21 g, 0.897 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound as a colourless solid (0.147 g, 38%) after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 EtOAc/Hexane). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1 H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (S, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 10.7, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 CDCIs/DMSO-de) δ 17.80, 56.05, 107.66, 111.53, 115.97, 117.63 (q, JCF = 31 Hz), 120.77, 121.73, 123.20 (q, JCF = 272 Hz), 123.45, 125.85, 126.58, 126.90 (q, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 127.79, 129.37, 133.45, 138.38, 144.28, 144.43, 159.49, 164.26.
6-(Dimethylamino)-/V-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3- carboxamide
Book No. : SKT06-155
Figure imgf000175_0001
A stirred mixture of 6-chloro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3- carboxamide (0.15 g, 0.414 mmol), dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.845 g, 10.36 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.43 g, 10.36 mmol) in dry DMSO (10 ml) was heated at 1700C for 16 h under an atmosphere of argon. The cooled reaction mixture was added to water (200 ml) and the precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in the air. The solid was purified by flash chromatography (12:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.113 g, 73%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.11 (s, 6H), 6.71 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H)1 7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (dd, J = 1.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H)1 10.03 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 17.98, 38.04, 105.05, 108.64, 116.36, 117.89, 120.68, 121.72, 124.60, 126.14, 128.12, 129.53, 136.99, 139.35, 144.29, 144.63, 148.99, 160.48, 164.66.
6-(Methylamino)-/V-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3- carboxamide Book No. : SKT06-153
Figure imgf000175_0002
A stirred mixture of 6-chloro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyhdine-3- carboxamide (0.15 g, 0.414 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (0.69 g, 10.36 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.43 g, 10.36 mmol) in dry DMSO (10 ml) was heated at 1700C for 17.5 h under an atmosphere of argon. The cooled reaction mixture was added to water (150 ml) and the precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in the air. The solid was purified by flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.059 g, 40%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.82 (d, J = 4.7 Hz1 3H)1 6.49 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1H)1 7.08 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.6 Hz1 1H), 7.13 (q, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H)1 7.45 (d, J = 9.4 Hz1 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H)1 7.93 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 8.22 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (S1 1H)1 8.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 17.98, 28.30, 108.64, 116.36, 118.21, 120.66, 121.73, 124.60, 126.13, 128.12, 129.46, 136.41 , 139.41 , 144.29, 144.65, 149.38, 161.36, 164.80 (1 missing).
4-Methoxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-2- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide Book No. : SKT06-141
Figure imgf000176_0001
A stirred solution of 4-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (0.197 g, 0.897 mmol) in thionyl chloride (5 ml) containing a drop of DMF was heated under reflux for 3 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.20 g, 0.897 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.087 g, 23%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1:0.1 DCM/EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.25 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H)1 7.07 (dd, J = 9.4, 1.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.30-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 9.4 Hz1 1 H)1 7.64 (d, J = 9.4 Hz1 1 H)1 7.74 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 7.91 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H)1 10.51 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.97, 56.38, 108.77, 112.59 (q, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 116.38, 117.65, 120.16, 121.77, 123.92 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 124.61 , 126.29, 128.12 (q, JCF = 32 Hz), 128.19, 129.05 (q, JCF = 2.3 Hz)1 130.05, 131.04, 138.98, 144.31 , 144.48, 160.39, 165.82.
Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-4-hydroxybenzamide Book No. : SKT06-137
Figure imgf000177_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy- Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide (0.10 g, 0.254 mmol) in dry DCM (9 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.3 ml, 1.3 mmol) at O °C to give the title compound (0.055 g, 57%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/MeOH followed by 10:1 DCM/MeOH and finally 5:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 6.53 (d, JHF = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.31 (S1 1 H), 10.60 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.97, 99.73 (d, JCF = 25.7 Hz), 107.07 (t, JCF = 22.6 Hz), 108.84, 116.36, 119.93, 121.81 , 124.63, 126.38, 128.26, 130.18, 138.62, 144.29, 144.36, 158.85, 160.34 (dd, JCF = 246 and 11.7 Hz), 160.91 (t, JcF = 14.8 Hz).
2-Fluoro-4-methoxy-W-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-81
pyridine
Figure imgf000177_0002
Figure imgf000177_0003
A stirred solution of 2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (0.23 g, 1.34 mmol) in thionyl chloride (7 ml) containing a drop of DMF was heated under reflux for 4 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6- methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.30 g, 1.34 mmol) in dry pyridine (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.323 g, 80%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 6.91 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 13.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 10.26 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.94, 56.44, 102.34 (d, JCF = 26.4 Hz), 108.71 , 110.99 (d, JCF = 2.3 Hz)1 116.39, 117.28 (d, JCF = 14.1 Hz), 120.45, 121.73, 124.59, 126.28, 128.12, 130.06, 131.63 (d, JCF = 4.7 Hz), 138.90, 144.48 (d, JCF = 24.8 Hz), 160.82 (d, JCF = 249 Hz), 162.79, 163.00, 163.10. 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxy-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-103
Figure imgf000178_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using2-fluoro-4-methoxy-Λ/-[4- (6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide (100 mg, 0.267 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M1 1.4 ml, 1.4 mmol) at -78°C to give the title compound (30 mg, 31%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 6.63-6.73 (m, 2H)1 7.09 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J - 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1 H), 10.47 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) 5 17.95, 103.31 (d, JCF = 24.9 Hz), 108.70, 112.15, 115.68 (d, JCF = 13.2 Hz), 116.39, 120.43, 121.73, 124.60, 126.27, 128.13, 129.94, 131.83 (d, JCF = 4.6 Hz), 139.01 , 144.50 (d, JCF = 28.8 Hz), 160.92 (d, JCF = 248 Hz), 161.73, 161.86, 163.01.
4-(Methylamino)-/V-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide Book No. : SKT06-99
Figure imgf000178_0002
A stirred mixture of 4-fluoro-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (0.05 g, 0.121 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (0.20 g, 3.02 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.42 g, 3.02 mmol) in dry DMSO (5 ml) was heated at 1600C for 22 h under an atmosphere of argon. The cooled reaction mixture was added to water (100 ml) and the precipitate was collected by filtration under vacuum and dried in the air. The solid was purified by flash chromatography (5:1 EtOAc/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.032 g, 62%) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.86 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 3H), 6.29-6.31 (q, J = 3.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.84 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (br s, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1 H)1 8.31 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.96, 30.40, 108.74, 110.86 (q, JCF = 29.6 Hz), 111.25, 116.20, 119.99, 120.58, 120.87, 121.94, 124.66, 125.21 (q, JCF = 270 Hz), 126.16, 126.94 (q, JCF = 6.1 Hz), 128.41 , 129.36, 130.80, 133.71 , 139.34, 144.17, 144.34, 149.07, 164.60.
4-(Dimethylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-fluoroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-131
Figure imgf000179_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-fluoroimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (100 mg, 0.44 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (81 mg, 0.44 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (59 mg, 36%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.01 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 9.2, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.82-7.93 (m, 6H), 8.33 (s, 1 H), 8.75 (br s, 1 H), 9.95 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 40.15, 110.42 (d, JCF = 1.5 Hz), 111.28, 113.85 (d, JCF = 41.2 Hz), 116.75 (d, JCF = 25.6 Hz), 117.53 (d, JCF = 9.3 Hz), 120.75, 121.62, 126.26, 128.87, 129.60, 139.99, 143.21 , 146.30, 152.94, 152.98 (d, JCF = 232.8 Hz), 165.66.
4-(Dimethylamino)-Λ/-[4-(6-iodoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : SKT06-165
pyridine
Figure imgf000179_0002
Figure imgf000179_0003
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using 4-(6-iodoimidazo[1,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (100 mg, 0.298 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (55 mg, 0.298 mmol) in dry pyridine (5 ml) to give the title compound (45 mg, 31%) as a pale yellow solid after flash chromatography (20:10:1 DCM/EtOAc/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.01 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.42 (s, 2H), 7.84- 7.89 (m, 6H), 8.26 (s, 1H)1 8.90 (s, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 76.19, 108.72, 111.21, 118.13, 120.57, 121.44, 126.33, 128.46, 129.61 , 131.76, 132.68, 140.06, 143.80, 145.13, 152.85, 165.64 (1 missing).
4-Bromo-/V-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3-nitrobenzamide Book No. : SKT08-153 pyridine
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000180_0002
To a stirred suspension of 4-bromo-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.330 g, 1.344 mmol) in thionyl chloride (7 ml) was added a drop of DMF and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a crude solid. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude solid and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.300 g, 1.344 mmol) in dry pyridine (16 ml) to give the title compound (0.448 g, 74%) as a yellow solid after workup and recrystallisation from DMF/water (1 :0.76 v/v).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.09-8.18 (m, 2H), 8.26 (s, 1 H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1 H)1 10.60 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.95, 108.90, 116.33, 116.87, 121.10, 121.89, 124.67, 124.97, 126.32, 128.36, 130.46, 133.06, 135.49, 135.96, 138.48, 144.30, 144.34, 149.99, 162.93.
4-Fluoro-W-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3-nitrobenzamide Book No. : SKT08-165
pyridine
Figure imgf000180_0003
Figure imgf000180_0004
To a stirred suspension of 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.254 g, 1.344 mmol) in thionyl chloride (7 ml) was added a drop of DMF and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 3 h. The excess reagent was then removed under reduced pressure to give the crude acid chloride. The amide was prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section using the crude acid chloride and 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (0.300 g, 1.344 mmol) in dry pyridine (16 ml) to give the title compound (0.334 g, 64%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,4-dioxane/water (3.75:1 v/v).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.47 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 8.35-8.47 (m, 1H), 8.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1 H), 10.61 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 17.94, 108.85, 116.42, 119.24 (d, JCF = 21.8 Hz), 121.15, 121.78, 124.63, 126.16, 126.29, 128.19, 130.57, 132.23 (d, JCF = 3.9 Hz), 136.08 (d, JCF = 10.2 Hz)1 137.18 (d, JCF = 7.7 Hz)1 138.49, 144.392, 144.51, 156.77 (d, JCF = 266 Hz)1 162.77. Compounds where -Q- is -CH=CH-; -CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; or-CR1=CR1-
Benzothiazole Intermediates
5-Methyl-2-aminobenzenethiol
Figure imgf000181_0001
A mixture of 2-amino-6-methylbenzothiazole (15 g, 91.3 mmol), ethylene glycol (22.26 g, 0.36 mol) and 50% w/v KOH (180 ml) was heated under reflux for 62 h. On cooling to room temperature, toluene (60 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-bath and acidified with acetic acid (final pH 5-6). The reaction mixture was extracted with toluene (5 x 300 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 200 ml), dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give the title compound (11.1 g, 86%) as a yellow solid which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.13 (s, 3H), 4.19 (br s, 2H), 6.64 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (S, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 20.09, 115.35, 118.92, 127.54, 132.37, 137.09, 146.22.
2-(4-Bromomethyl)phenyl-6-methylbenzothiazole
Figure imgf000181_0002
A mixture of 2-amino-5-methylbenzenethiol (0.518 g, 3.73 mmol), 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid (0.80 g, 3.73 mmol) and trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (11.2 ml) was heated under reflux in toluene (20 ml) under an atmosphere of argon for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and water (100 ml) was added followed by extraction with chloroform (3 x 60 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (60 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a pale brown solid, which was washed with Et2O (60 ml) to give the title compound (0.816 g, 69%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.49 (s, 3H)1 4.52 (s, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 21.62, 32.70, 121.42, 122.82, 127.85, 128.11 , 129.71 , 133.70, 135.22, 135.66, 140.39, 152.16, 166.17; LRMS (ESI) 319.9 (M+(81Br)+H, 100%), 317.9 (M+(79E3r)+H, 93%).
2-(4-Bromomethyl)phenyl-6-methoxybenzothiazole
Figure imgf000182_0001
A mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzenethiol (9.25 g, 59.7 mmol) and 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid (12.8 g, 59.7 mmol) in trimethylsilylpolyphosphate (70 ml) was thoroughly mixed then heated at 110°C under an atmosphere of argon for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 60°C and water (25 ml) was added followed by extraction with chloroform (5 x 80 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (150 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/hexane) to give the title compound (10.9 g, 55%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H)1 4.52 (s, 2H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz1 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 1H)1 8.00 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 32.75, 55.85, 104.16, 115.85, 123.84, 127.63, 129.70, 133.78, 136.50, 140.13, 148.69, 157.94, 164.66.
The synthesis is described by Yoshino et al.
Diethyl 4-(6-methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate
Figure imgf000182_0002
A mixture of 2-(4-bromomethyl)phenyl-6-methylbenzothiazole (0.30 g, 0.94 mmol) and triethyl phosphite (3.5 ml) was heated at 170°C for 15 min under an atmosphere of argon. On cooling to room temperature, the excess triethyl phosphite was removed by distillation to give a brown oil which solidified on cooling. This solid was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 EtOAc/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.319 g, 90%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.22 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, JHP = 22 Hz1 2H), 4.01 (m, 4H), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 16.41 (d, JCP = 5.8 Hz)1 21.57, 33.86 (d, JCP = 138 Hz), 62.29 (d, JCP = 6.8 Hz), 121.37, 122.66, 127.54, 127.94, 130.40 (d, JC-P = 6.8 Hz), 132.44 (d, JCP = 1.9 Hz), 134.74 (d, JCP = 9 8 Hz), 135.28 (d, JCp = 12.7 Hz)1 135.38, 152.23, 166.60.
The synthesis is described by Yoshino et al.
Diethyl 4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate
Figure imgf000183_0001
A mixture of 2-(4-bromomethyl)phenyl-6-methoxybenzothiazole (10.0 g, 29.95 mmol) and triethyl phosphite (20 ml) was heated at 130°C for 4 h under an atmosphere of argon. On cooling to room temperature, the resulting solid was recrystaHised from cyclohexane to give the title compound (11.25 g, 96%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.23 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H), 3.18 (d, JHP = 22 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.01 (m, 4H)1 7.06 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.32 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 16.39 (d, JCp = 6.2 Hz)1 33.83 (d, JC,P = 138 Hz)1 55.79, 62.26 (d, JC.P = 7.0 Hz), 104.15, 115.65, 123.65, 127.35 (d, JCP = 3.1 Hz), 130.38 (d, JCP = 6.2 Hz)1 132.43 (d, JCp = 3.1 Hz)1 134.48 (d, JCP = 9.3 Hz), 136.37, 148.64, 157.78, 165.16 (d, JCP = 2.3 Hz).
2-Bromo-1-ferf-butyldimethylsiloxyethane
Br/\^OH TBDMSCI Br^^,OTBDMS DCM, NEt3
To a stirred solution of bromoethanol (9.912 g, 79.32 mmol) in dry DCM (25 ml) was added in one portion terf-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (13.212 g, 85.03 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature. A solution of triethylamine (8.865 g,
12.3 ml, 87.61 mmol) in dry DCM (40 ml) was then added dropwise over 1 h and 20 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 d, then water (30 ml) was added. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 20 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 ml), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow oil. Distillation under reduced pressure gave the title compound (10.54 g, 55%) as a colourless oil.
1 H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 0.08 (S1 6H), 0.90 (s, 9H)1 3.34 (t, J = 6.41 Hz1 2H), 3.88 (t, J = 6.4 Hz); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ -5.23, 18.35, 25.85, 33.31 , 63.54. Prepared according to method adapted from Kuwabe et al.
4-([2-tert-butyldimethylsiloxy]ethoxy)benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000184_0001
To a stirred suspension of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.500 g, 4.012 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (0.833 g, 6.019 mmol) in dry MeCN (15 ml) at room temperature was added 2-bromo-1-terf-butyldimethylsiloxyethane (83%, 1.730 g, 6.019 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 20.5 h. Water (25 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with Et2O (4 x 25 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (50 ml), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow oil that was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 Hexane/Et2O) to give the title compound (0.895 g, 79.5%) as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 0.08 (s, 6H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 3.98 (t, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (t, J = 4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 9.87 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ -5.20, 18.42, 25.90, 61.81 , 69.67, 114.88, 129.96, 131.99, 164.09, 190.78.
Prepared according to method adapted from Kuwabe et al.
6-Methoxy-2-(4-{(£)-2-[4-(2-fert-butyldimethylsiloxyethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)- 1 ,3-benzothiazole Book No. : SKT08-101
Figure imgf000184_0002
DMS
To a flame-dried RB flask under argon was added sodium hydride (68 mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.71 mmol). This was washed with dry hexane (3 x 8 ml) and the flask was then place under high vacuum for 5 min. After placing the flask under argon, dry THF (35 ml) was then added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 5 min. Diethyl [4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)benzyl]phosphonate (0.558 g, 1.43 mmol) was then added as a solid in several portions over 1 min and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min before 4-([2-tert- butyldimethylsiloxy]ethoxy)benzaldehyde (0.400 g, 1.43 mmol) was added dropwise over 1 min. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 16.5 h. On cooling to room temperature water (1 ml) was added and the solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid which was recrystallised from DMF/water (15:1) to give the title compound (0.549 g, 74%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 0.06 (s, 6H)1 0.86 (S1 9H)1 3.85 (s, 3H)1 3.91 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H)1 4.06 (t, J = 4.7 Hz1 2H)1 6.95 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H)1 7.32 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H).
Methanesulphonic acid 2-(4-{(£)-2-[4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2- yl)phenyl]vinyl}phenoxy)ethyl ester Book No. : SKT08-179
Figure imgf000185_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2- yl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenoxy)ethanol (55.2 mg, 0.137 mmol) in dry pyridine (10 ml) at room temperature was added methanesulphonyl chloride (22.4 μl, 0.287 mmol). After 15 h at room temperature, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0-5°C and ice water (25 ml) was added resulting in a yellow precipitate which was collected by vacuum filtration and washed with water (4 x 30 ml) and then dried in the oven at 85°C for 1.5 h. The yellow solid was then washed with Et2O (40 ml) and dried at 85°C for 2 h to give the title compound (53.5 mg, 81%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.25 (s, 3H)1 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 2H),
7.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 7.15 (m, 1H)1 7.21 (d, J = 16.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.37 (d, J = 16.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.62 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (m, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H),
8.03 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H).
Benzothiazole Compounds
Non-Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
2-{4-[2-(2-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-71 NaOMe1 MeOH
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000186_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.07-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.72-7.79 (m, 1 H), 7.93-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.85, 104.14, 115.83, 123.81 , 124.95, 127.65, 128.28, 128.33, 132.80, 132.89, 133.25, 133.72, 136.51, 138.61, 148.05, 148.79, 157.89, 164.88 (2 missing).
2-{4-[2-(3-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-73
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000186_0003
Figure imgf000186_0004
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.10 g, 0.25 mmol) and 3-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.39 g, 0.25 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) and 0.5 M sodium methoxide (1.02 ml, 0.51 mmol) to give the title compound as (0.079 g, 80%) yellow, feathery crystals after work-up and recrystallisation from CHCI3.
IR 3120, 1603, 1560, 1521 , 1489, 1464, 1403, 1358, 1287, 1264, 1225, 1062, 1026, 967, 815 cm-1; 1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dist d, J = 18 Hz, 1H)1 2.27 (dist d, J = 18 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.50-7.57 (m, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.11 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H).
2-{4-[2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT02-67
Figure imgf000186_0005
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (3.0 g, 7.66 mmol) in dry MeOH (60 ml) and 0.5 M sodium methoxide (30.6 ml, 15.3 mmol) to give the title compound (2.189 g, 74%) as an orange solid after work-up. 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dist d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dist d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 7.95 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIs/DMSO-cfe) δ 55.79, 104.09, 115.83, 123.66, 124.12, 127.09, 127.55, 127.71, 132.21, 133.73, 136.40, 138.24, 143.45, 146.84, 148.61 , 157.86, 164.58 (1 missing)
2-{4-[2-(2-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT01-109
Figure imgf000187_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(2-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methoxylbenzothiazole (0.03 g, 0.077 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.139 g, 0.618 mmol) in EtOH (3 ml) to give the title compound as a colourless solid (0.019g, 68%) after work-up and flash chromatography (DCM followed by 6:3:1 DCM/Hexane/EtOAc).
13C NMR (I OO MHZ, DMSO-cfe) δ 56.23, 97.72, 105.34, 109.42, 116.51 , 120.44, 120.96, 122.85, 123.39, 123.89, 127.52, 128.53, 132.37, 133.57, 136.18, 136.30, 136.53, 148.56, 158.03, 164.61.
2-{4-[2-(3-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT01-107
Figure imgf000187_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(3-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methoxylbenzothiazole (0.046 g, 0.118 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.214 g, 0.947 mmol) in EtOH (3 ml) to give a colourless solid (0.023g, 54%) after work-up and flash chromatography (3:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.71 (br s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 6.71 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz1 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.84, 104.16, 113.02, 115.10, 115.71 , 117.52, 123.67, 126.98, 127.58, 129.71 , 130.36, 132.68, 136.42, 138.05, 139.68, 146.73, 148.79, 157.77, 165.24 (1 missing).
2-{4-[2-(4-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT01-189
Figure imgf000188_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.5 g, 2.23 mmol) in EtOH (7 ml) to give the title compound (0.04 g, 43%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.79 (br s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (dist d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H)1 7.07 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dist d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1 H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCIa/DMSO-de) δ 55.20, 103.84, 113.98, 115.24, 121.72, 122.77, 124.70, 125.80, 126.75, 127.51 , 130.32, 130.78, 135.58, 140.04, 147.89, 148.06, 157.05, 164.13.
2-{4-[2-(4-Dimethylaminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT03-57
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000188_0002
Figure imgf000188_0003
)2
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.50 g, 1.28 mmol) and 4- dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (0.21 g, 1.41 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) and 0.5 M sodium methoxide (3.48 ml, 1.74 mmol) to give the title compound (0.187 g, 38%) as a yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.99 (s, 6H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.72 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 6.93 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H). 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenoxy)ethanol Book No. : SKT08-143
Figure imgf000189_0001
To a stirred solution of 6-methoxy-2-(4-{(£)-2-[4-(2-tert-butyldimethylsiloxyethoxy) phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1 ,3-benzothiazole (0.200 g, 0.386 mmol) in dry DMF (5 ml) and dry THF (15 ml) at room temperature was added dropwise TBAF (1 M in THF, 0.85 ml, 0.85 mmol) over 2 min. After 2 h at room temperature, saturated NH4CI (30 ml) was added to give a yellow precipitate which was collected by vacuum filtration. The yellow solid was washed with water (2 x 20 ml) and then left to dry in the air for 2 h. Further drying at 650C over 17 h gave the title compound (0.136 g, 87%) as a yellow solid.
IR 3500-3100 (br), 3017, 2941, 2864, 1601, 1558, 1513, 1485, 1462, 1435, 1299, 1252, 1225, 1175, 1083, 1052, 1022, 967, 830, 816 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.69- 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.88 (m, 1H)16.97 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.8 Hz11H)17.189d. J= 15.6 Hz11H), 7.35 (d, J= 15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.2 Hz12H), 7.70-7.78 (m, 3H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz11H)18.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz12H).
Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
2-{4-[2-(2-Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SK2033-44
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000189_0002
Figure imgf000189_0003
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (100 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml), 2-trifluorobenzaldehyde (44 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) and potassium f-butoxide (32 mg, 0.280 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (77 mg, 73%) as pale yellow plates after work-up, flash chromatography (3:1 DCM/Hexane) and recrystallisation from acetone.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.07-7.09 (m, 1 H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H)1 7.39 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.68 (d, J = 7.9 Hz,' 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 8.04 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI+) m/z 412 (M++H, 100%).
2-{4-[2-(4-Chloro-3-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT03-91
Figure imgf000190_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.077 g, 1.92 mmol), diethyl 4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2- yl)benzylphosphonate (0.5 g, 1.28 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.26 g, 1.41 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.251 g, 46%) as pale orange needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H)1 7.13 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 17.7 Hz1 1H)1 7.60 (O1 J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.81 (m, 4H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.34 (S1 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 56.23, 105.35, 116.42, 123.38, 123.80, 123.87, 127.20, 127.70, 128.08, 131.55, 131.81 , 132.29, 133.21 , 136.55, 138.16, 139.10, 148.53, 148.60, 158.09, 164.51.
2-{4-[2-(3-Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SK2033-42
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000190_0002
Figure imgf000190_0003
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (100 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml), potassium f-butoxide (32 mg, 0.280 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) and 3-trifluorobenzaldehyde (44 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (78 mg, 74%) as a colourless solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/Hexane).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 acetone-d6) δ 3.87 (s, 3H)1 7.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H)1 7.36 (s, 2H), 7.47-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.80-7.90 (m, 3H)1 8.06 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.86, 104.19, 115.83, 123.25, 123.73, 124.40, 127.24, 127.68, 128.56, 129.25, 129.59, 129.76, 131.23 (q, JCF = 33.2 Hz), 133.22, 136.40, 137.79, 138.90, 148.65, 157.89, 165.02 (1 missing). 2-{4-[2-(4-Trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole : Book No. : SK2033-40
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000191_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxy benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (100 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml), potassium f-butoxide (32 mg, 0.280 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) and 4-trifluorobenzaldehyde (44 mg, 0.255 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (51 mg, 49%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up, flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/Hexane) and recrystallisation from acetone.
IR 3022, 2942, 2839, 1606, 1556, 1487, 1462, 1437, 1418, 1326, 1268, 1215, 1164, 1120, 1068, 1028, 1014, 966, 844, 829, 812 cm"1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.86 (S13H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H).
2-{4-[2-(4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-17
Figure imgf000191_0003
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.15 g, 0.38 mmol) in dry MeOH (5 ml), a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (1.54 ml, 0.77 mmoland 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy) benzaldehyde (0.078 g, 0.38 mmol) to give the title compound (0.132 g, 78%) as small yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.80 (q, J = 9.0 H, 2H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H)1 7.71 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H)1 8.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 56.28, 65.26 (q, JCF = 34.3 Hz), 105.46, 115.75, 116.38, 123.79, 126.63, 127.47, 127.67, 128.64, 129.97, 131.54, 132.26, 136.46, 140.30, 148.64, 157.37, 158.04, 164.78 (1 missing).
2-{4-[2-(4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-11
Figure imgf000192_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.15 g, 0.38 mmol) in dry MeOH (5 ml), a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (0.92 ml, 0.46 mmoland 4-(4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy)benzaldehyde (0.089 g, 0.38 mmol) to give the title compound (0.108 g, 60%) as small yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
IR 3019, 2942, 2878, 2837, 1603, 1558, 1510, 1462, 1437, 1386, 1247, 1227, 1176, 1151, 1061, 1025, 966, 832 cm"1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 1.90-2.00 (m, 2H)1 2.36-2.51 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.08 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)17.11- 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J= 16.8Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 7.93 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H);.
2-{4-[2-(4-(A/-Trifluoroacetyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-117
Figure imgf000192_0002
To a stirred suspension of 2-{4-[2-(4-aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.20 g, 0.558 mmol) in toluene (10 ml) was added TFAA (0.26 g, 1.23 mmol) and the reaction mixture heated at 800C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and DCM (15 ml) and Et2O (40 ml) were added and the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with Et2O and dried under vacuum at room temperature for 6 h to give the title compound (0.183 g, 72%) as a pale orange solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 7.15 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.32 (dist d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1 H), (7.41 (dist d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.67-7.76 (m, 5H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 11.34 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (I OO MHZ, DMSO-Cf6) δ 56.28, 105.45, 116.25 (q, JCF = 289 Hz), 116.40, 121.69, 123.83, 127.68, 127.69, 127.76, 127.97, 129.84, 132.53, 134.67, 136.49, 140.03, 148.64, 154.88 (q, JCF = 36.5 Hz), 158.06, 164.71 (1 missing).
2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- methoxy benzoth iazole Book No. : SKT02-153
Figure imgf000193_0001
To a stirred suspension of 2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-trifluoroacetyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- methoxybenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.22 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at room temperature was added portionwise lithium aluminium hydride (0.033 g, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, then heated under reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0-5°C and diluted with Et2O (5 ml). Water (1 ml) was added slowly followed by addition of 15% NaOH (0.2 ml) and the reaction mixture was left to rise to room temperature. To the reaction mixture was added MgSO4 (30 mg) and after 15 mins the salts were collected by fitration. The filtrate was concentrated to give a solid which was stirred with a catalytic amount of iodine in DCM (5 ml). The reaction mixture was washed with water (10 ml), 5% sodium sulphite solution (10 ml) and brine (10 ml) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound (0.060 g, 62%) as an orange solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.76-3.88 (m, 2H)1 3.89 (s, 3H)1 4.04 (t, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 6.95 (dist d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz1 1 H), 7.12 (dist d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H)1 7.35 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H)1 8.00 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 44.49 (q. JCF = 32.7 Hz), 56.26, 105.45, 113.09, 116.31 , 123.38, 123.72, 126.24 (q, JCF = 281 Hz)1 126.49, 127.00, 127.64, 128.40, 131.07, 131.59, 136.39, 140.97, 148.25, 148.66, 157.99, 164.91.
2-{4-[2-(4-(/V-3,3,3-Trifluoropropyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-119
MeO. -& >-NH2
Figure imgf000193_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-{4-[2-(4-aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.30 g, 0.838 mmol) in THF (13 ml) at room temperature was added 3,3,3-trifluoropropanal (0.094 g, 0.838 mmol) in one portion. Acetic acid (48 μl, 0.838 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred for 5 mins before sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.25 g, 1.17 mmol) was added portionwise over 15 min. Stirring was then continued at room temperature. After 48 h, a further addition of 3,3,3- trifluoropropanal (0.094 g, 0.838 mmol) was made and stirring was continued for 24 h. Sodium bicarbonate (15 ml) was then added and the reaction mixture extracted with EtOAc (4 x 30 ml), and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (40 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.149 g, 39%) as an orange solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.47-2.59 (m, 2H), 3.33 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 5.99 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.62 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1 H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 32.97 (q, JCF = 26.4 Hz), 36.49 (q, JCF = 3.1 Hz), 105.43, 112.70, 116.29, 122.78, 123.70, 125.59, 126.91 , 127.44 (q, JCF = 277 Hz)1 127.63, 128.59, 131.28, 131.46, 136.38, 141.08, 148.67, 148.80, 157.97, 164.92.
2-{4-[2-(4-(/V-4,4,4-Trifluorobutyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- methoxybenzothiazole
Book No. : SKT02-81
* CH0 NaBH(OAc) 3
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000194_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-{4-[2-(4-aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichlorethane (5 ml) at room temperature was added 4,4,4- trifluorobutanal (0.035 g, 0.28 mmol) in one portion. Acetic acid (48 μl, 0.28 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture stirred for 10 mins before sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.083 g, 0.39 mmol) was added portionwise over 15 min. Stirring was then continued at room temperature. After 24 h, a further addition of 4,4,4- trifluorobutanal (0.035 g, 0.28 mmol) was made and stirring was continued for 72 h. Sodium bicarbonate (15 ml) was then added and the reaction mixture extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (30 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The crude solid was dissolved in CHCI3 (8 ml) and stirred with a catalytic amount of iodine for 24 h. The reaction mixture was washed with water (10 ml), 10% sodium sulphite solution (10 ml) and brine (10 ml) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a solid which was purified by flash chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound (0.06 g, 46%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.72-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.40 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.84 (S, 3H), 5.85-5.97 (m, 1 H), 6.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 6.97 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 7.64 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1H)1 7.96 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 21.85 (q, JCF = 6.2 Hz), 30.89 (q, JCF = 28.0 Hz), 41.81 , 56.25, 105.43, 112.55, 116.27, 122.42, 123.68, 125.07, 126.84, 127.61 , 128.55, 129.59, 131.37, 131.39, 136.36, 141.15, 148.66, 149.44, 157.95, 164.93.
2-{4-[2-(4-Fluorophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-137
Figure imgf000195_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using NaH (60% dispersion, 0.050 g, 1.02 mmol), diethyl 4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.25 g, 0.64 mmol) and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (0.08 g, 0.64 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.122 g, 53%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
IR 3021 , 2963, 2941 , 2837, 1600, 1556, 1507, 1487, 1460, 1435, 1319, 1266, 1237, 1212, 1065, 1026, 966, 840, 822, 807 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.00-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.17 (dist d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1H)1 7.35 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H).
2-{4-[2-(4-Hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT03-107
Figure imgf000195_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.286 g, 7.15 mmol), diethyl 4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2- yl)benzylphosphonate (0.5 g, 1.28 mmol) and 4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.24 g, 1.41 mmol) in a mixture of dry DMF (5 ml) and THF (20 ml) to give the title compound (0.10 g, 19%) as a red solid after work-up and flash chromatography (DCM).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.80 (s, 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz1 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.25 (d, J = 16.4 Hz1 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz1 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.81 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 8.09 (d, J = 2.4 Hz1 1H)1 11.2 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 56.41 , 105.52, 116.65, 120.18, 123.84, 124.01 , 127.82, 127.88, 128.65, 129.23, 132.63, 133.45, 136.64, 137.74, 140.11 , 148.75, 152.36, 158.19, 164.89 (1 missing).
2-{4-[2-(4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)-phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT03-77
Figure imgf000196_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.06 g, 0.153 mmol), sodium methoxide (0.5 M solution in MeOH, 0.46 ml, 0.23 mmol) and 4-(2-fluoroethoxy)-benzaldehyde (0.028 g, 0.168 mmol) in dry MeOH (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.048 g, 77%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.27 (dist d of t, JHF = 30.1 Hz, JHH = 3.9 Hz1 2H), 4.74 (dist d of t, JHF = 48.1 Hz, JHH = 3.9 Hz1 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H)1 7.13 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.7 Hz1 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H).
6-Methoxy-2-(4-{(E)-2-[2-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1,3- benzothiazole No. : SKT04-187
Figure imgf000196_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.75 g, 1.92 mmol), a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (7.7 ml, 3.84 mmol)and 2-methoxy-5-trifluoromethoxybenzaldehyde (0.42 g, 1.92 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.732 g, 83%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.87 (s, 3H)1 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (d, J = 17 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 55.81, 55.98, 104.16, 111.61 , 115.71, 119.26, 120.67 (q, JCΨ = 256 Hz), 121.39, 123.58, 123.69, 127.21 , 127.40, 127.54, 129.53, 132.96, 136.45, 139.57, 142.88, 148.81 , 155.46, 157.82, 165.13.
6-Methoxy-2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-methoxy-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1,3- benzothiazole Book No. : SKT04-159
Figure imgf000197_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methoxylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.89 g, 2.28 mmol), a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (9.2 ml, 4.56 mmol) and 4-methoxy-2-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (0.47 g, 2.28 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.67 g, 67%) as a yellow/green solid after work-up.
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 6.99 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.05-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 16.2 Hz1 1 H)1 7.58 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.62, 55.84, 104.16, 111.61 (q. JCF= 5.9 Hz), 115.72, 117.51 , 123.73, 124.16 (q, JCF= 274 Hz), 125.32, 127.18, 127.60, 128.31 , 128.49, 128.79 (q, JCF= 29.8 Hz), 129.77, 133.03, 136.47, 139.35, 148.83, 157.82, 158.98, 165.08.
6-Methoxy-2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1,3- benzothiazole
Book No. : SKT03-167
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000198_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methoxyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.89 g, 2.28 mmol), a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (9.2 ml, 4.56 mmol) and 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (0.47 g, 2.28 mmol) in dry MeOH (15 ml) to give the title compound (0.683 g, 68%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J - 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.86-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 56.28, 56.83, 105.46, 113.91 , 116.39, 117.87 (q, JCF = 30.4 Hz), 123.81, 124.14 (q, JCF = 272 Hz), 125.51 (q, JCF = 5.4 Hz), 127.51 , 127.60, 127.68, 128.96, 128.98, 129.87, 132.45, 132.51 , 136.48, 140.06, 148.63, 157.18, 158.06, 163.79, 164.74.
Monofluoro and Fluohnated Hydroxy-Alkenes
2-{4-[2-(4-Fluorophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-hydroxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-165
Figure imgf000198_0003
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 2-{4-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)- vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.080 g, 0.222 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.10 ml, 1.10 mmol) to give the title compound (0.087 g, 78%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.11 (br s, 1 H), 6.96-7.09 (m, 4H), 7.17 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1 H), 7.48-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 107.24, 116.13 (d, JCF = 21.0 Hz),
116.67, 123.91 , 127.54, 127.63, 127.86 (d, JCF = 2.3 Hz), 129.06, 129.14, 129.32, 132.59, 133.86 (d, JCF = 3.1 Hz), 136.43, 139.78, 147.68, 156.28, 162.31 (d, JCF = 242.9 Hz). 2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- hydroxybenzothiazole
Book No. : SKT02-155
Figure imgf000199_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.049 g, 0.111 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 0.6 ml, 0.60 mmol) to give the title compound (0.037 g, 78%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (15:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 3.90-4.02 (m, 2H)1 6.50 (t, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (dd, J = 1.6, 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.38-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H)1 7.95 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 9.88 (S1 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 44.49 (q, JCF = 32.8 Hz), 107.24, 113.10, 116.61 , 123.41 , 123.77, 126.24 (q, JCF = 281 Hz), 126.51 , 126.98, 127.51 , 128.38, 130.95, 131.75, 136.36, 140.75, 147.77, 148.23, 156.20, 163.72.
2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-3,3,3-Trifluoropropyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- hydroxybenzothiazole
Book No. : SKT02-127
Figure imgf000199_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-3,3,3- trifluoropropyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.22 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 Jn DCM (1.0 M, 1.10 ml, 1.10 mmol) to give the title compound (0.050 g, 52%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:3 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.53-2.66 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.51 (m, 2H), 6.14 (br s, 1H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 16.5 Hz1 1 H)1 7.30 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H)1 7.47 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1H), 7.47 (S1 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 7.89 (d, J = 9.0 Hz1 1 H)1 8.01 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 2H), 9.95 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 32.98 (q, JCF = 27.2 Hz)1 36.49 (q, JCF = 3.8 Hz)1 107.24, 112.71 , 116.60, 122.82, 123.76, 125.62, 126.89, 127.44 (q, JCF = 277 A Hz), 127.51 , 128.57, 131.17, 131.62, 136.35, 140.88, 147.78, 148.77, 156.19, 163.74. 2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-4,4,4-Trifluorobutyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6- hydroxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-111
Figure imgf000200_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using2-{4-[2-(4-(Λ/-4,4,4- trifluorobutyl)aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.138 g, 0.295 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.50 ml, 1.50 mmol) to give the title compound (0.095 g, 71%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (3:2 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 1.71-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.40 (m, 2H), 3.13 (q, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 5.94 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 9.76 (S, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 21.84 (q, J = Hz)1 30.89 (q, J = 28.05 Hz), 41.81, 107.23, 112.55, 116.58, 122.45, 123.74, 125.09, 126.82, 127.50, 128.53, 131.27, 131.53, 136.33, 140.94, 147.77, 149.42, 156.17, 163.74.
2-{4-[2-(4-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-hydroxybenzothiazole Book No. : SKT02-51
Figure imgf000200_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using2-{4-[2-(4-(2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy)phenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methoxybenzothiazole (0.097 g, 0.22 mmol) in dry DCM (5 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.10 ml, 1.10 mmol) to give the title compound (0.078 g, 83%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (100:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-cfe) δ 4.72 (q, J = 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.01-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.23 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J = 15.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.83 (s, 1 H) 2-(4-{(£)-2-[2-Hydroxy-5-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1,3-benzothiazol-
6-ol
Book No. : SKT05-5
Figure imgf000201_0001
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using6-methoxy-2-(4-{(£)-2- [2-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1 ,3-benzothiazole (0.097 g, 0.22 mmol) in dry DCM (20 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.90 ml, 1.90 mmol) at -78°C give the title compound (0.308 g, 82%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.01 (d , J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 107.24, 116.69, 117.39, 119.69, 120.80 (q, JCF = 255 Hz), 121.92, 123.89, 124.45, 125.42, 127.58, 127.62, 129.21 , 132.75, 136.49, 140.06, 141.56, 147.79, 154.65, 156.33, 163.54.
2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-Hydroxy-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-1,3- benzothiazol-6-ol
Book No. : SKT04-169
Figure imgf000201_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 6-methoxy-2-(4-{(£)-2- [4-methoxy-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] ethenyl}phenyl)-1 ,3-benzothiazole (0.30 g, 0.68 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 1.40 ml, 1.40 mmol) at -78°C give the title compound (0.229 g, 81 %) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 6.99 (dd, J = 2.1 , 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.44 (m, 2H)1 7.70 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.83- 7.91 (m, 2H)1 8.03 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 9.97 (br s, 1H), 10.30 (br s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 107.24, 112.97 (q, JCF = 6.2 Hz), 116.72, 120.06, 123.92, 124.70 (q, JCF = 274 Hz), 124.97 (q, JCF = 1.6 Hz), 126.30 (q, JCF = 1.6 Hz), 127.62, 127.70, 127.72 (q, JCF = 29.6 Hz), 129.60, 129.73, 132.93, 136.48, 139.55, 147.75, 156.32, 157.86, 163.44.
Non-Fluorinated Methyl-Alkenes
6-Methyl-2-{4-[(£)-2-phenylethenyl]phenyl}-1,3-benzothiazole Book No. : SK696-39
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000202_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.1O g, 0.88 mmol) and benzaldehyde (0.085 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.16 g, 60%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.47 (s, 3H), 7.28-7.42 (m, 6H), 7.65 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H).
2-{4-[2-(2-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-15
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000202_0003
Figure imgf000202_0004
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol), 2-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.12 g, 0.80 mmol) and a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (3.2 ml, 1.60 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.185 g, 62%) as small yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.46 (s, 3H), 7.36 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (br s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.99 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 21.51 , 122.28, 122.92, 124.97, 125.14, 128.00, 128.27, 128.65, 128.74, 129.37, 132.00, 132.85, 133.24, 133.93, 135.16, 135.91 , 139.53, 148.50, 152.30, 166.05. 2-{4-[2-(3-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT01-53
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000203_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.16 g, 0.43 mmol), 3-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.064 g, 0.43 mmol) and a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (1.7 ml, 0.85 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.149 g, 94%) as small yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H)1 8.08 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.11-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.47 (s, 1H);
13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 21.54, 121.49, 122.31 , 122.79, 122.88, 127.92, 128.12, 128.49, 128.65, 130.69, 130.79, 132.90, 133.23, 135.09, 135.86, 139.22, 139.67, 148.83, 152.24, 166.12.
2-{4-[2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole : Book No. : SKT01-3
NaOMe, MeOH
Figure imgf000203_0004
Figure imgf000203_0003
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.324 g, 0.86 mmol), 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.13 g, 0.86 mmol) and a solution of 0.5 M sodium methoxide (3.5 ml, 1.75 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.221 g, 69%) as small yellow needles after work-up and recrystallisation from 1 ,2-dichloroethane.
IR 3023, 1635, 1596, 1587, 1502, 1483, 1332, 1258, 1194, 1109, 968, 943, 873, 834, 825, 810, 748, 722 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.47 (s, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.90-7.97 (m, 4H), 8.12 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H). 2-{4-[2-(2-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-55
Figure imgf000204_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(2-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole (0.10 g, 0.268 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.48 g, 2.15 mmol) in EtOH (3 ml) to give the title compound (0.036g, 39%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 2.49 (s, 3H)1 3.84 (br s, 2H)1 6.73 (d, J = 7.9 Hz1 1 H)1 6.79- 6.85 (m, 1 H)1 7.02 (d, J = 16.2 Hz1 1H)1 7.09-7.15 (m, 1 H)1 7.27 (d, J = 16.2 Hz1 1 H)1 7.29 (d, J = 7.6 Hz1 1H)1 7.43 (d, J = 7.6 Hz1 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H)1 8.05 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 21.62, 116.47, 119.29, 121.39, 122.65, 125.64, 125.78, 126.92, 127.29, 127.77, 128.00, 129.11, 129.32, 132.69, 135.19, 135.39, 140.10, 144.18, 152.35, 166.63.
2-{4-[2-(3-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-69
Figure imgf000204_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(3-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole (0.12 g, 0.322 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.58 g, 2.58 mmol) in EtOH (3 ml) to give the title compound (0.078g, 71%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.49 (s, 3H)1 3.71 (br s, 2H), 6.63 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (S1 1 H), 6.95 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1 H)1 7.05-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.29 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz1 CDCI3) 6 21.63, 113.02, 115.12, 117.54, 121.41 , 122.66, 126.98, 127.58, 127.76, 127.99, 129.71 , 130.46, 132.66, 135.19, 135.38, 138.03, 139.90, 146.73, 152.37, 166.68.
2-{4-[2-(4-Aminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole Book No. : SKT01-17
Figure imgf000205_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-{4-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-vinyl]- phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole (0.15 g, 0.403 mmol) and tin (II) chloride dihydrate (0.73 g, 3.22 mmol) in EtOH (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.113 g, 82%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (20:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.48 (s, 3H), 3.73 (br s, 2H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1 6.94 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.12 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.22-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.69 (S, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H).
2-{4-[2-(4-Dimethylaminophenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole Book No. : SK2033-30
Figure imgf000205_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6-methyl benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.05 g, 0.133 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.03 g, 0.266 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (0.02 g, 0.133 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.037 g, 75%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 Hexane/Et2O).
IR 3020, 2915, 1605, 1591 , 1554, 1523, 1479, 1452, 1415, 1359, 1309, 1256, 1224, 1190, 1180, 1164, 1115, 1062, 965, 949, 827, 812 cm'1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 2.49 (S1 3H)1 3.00 (s, 6H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 16.4 Hz1 1H)1 7.32 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.4 Hz1 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (S, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H).
2-{(E)-2-[4-(6-Methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenol Book No. : SK696-62
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000205_0003
Figure imgf000205_0004
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (25 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.19 g, 1.68 mmol) and 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.097 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.16 g, 60%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (1 :1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 6.81-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (O1 J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 9.87 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 21.54, 116.39, 119.81, 122.29, 122.79, 123.87, 126.01 , 127.23, 127.42, 127.92, 128.59, 129.63, 131.96, 135.00, 135.72, 141.02, 152.27, 155.76, 166.29 (1 missing).
3-{(E)-2-[4-(6-Methyl-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenol Book No. : SK696-57
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000206_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.30 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (25 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.19 g, 1.68 mmol) and 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.097 g, 0.80 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.12 g, 44%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 2.43 (s, 3H), 6.72 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 9.48 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 21.53, 113.79, 115.78, 118.26, 122.26, 122.82, 127.65, 127.71, 127.83, 128.59, 130.16, 130.98, 132.27, 135.03, 135.75, 138.51, 140.33, 152.26, 158.13, 166.23.
4-{(E)-2-[4-(6-Methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}phenol Book No. : SK696-43
KOtBu, THF
Figure imgf000206_0004
Figure imgf000206_0003
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- methylbenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.10 g, 0.266 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.063 g, 0.559 mmol) and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.033 g, 0.266 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.061 g, 67%) as a pale orange 5 solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/EtOAc).
1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H)1 7.08 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J = 16.5 Hz1 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.3 Hz1 2H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 8.02 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H)1 9.57 (s, 10 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 21. 49, 116.14, 122.21 , 122.77, 124.61 , 127.19,
127.71 , 127.85, 128.33, 128.53, 128.69, 130.96, 131.76, 135.67, 140.98, 152.33, 158.25, 166.34.
15 2-{4-[2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-6-methylbenzothiazole : Book No. : SK2033-29
Figure imgf000207_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using diethyl 4-(6- 20 methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate (0.05 g, 0.133 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml), potassium f-butoxide (0.03 g, 0.266 mmol) and 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.018 g, 0.133 mmol) in dry THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (0.016 g, 34%) as a yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 Hexane/Et2O).
25 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.49 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.85 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H)1 8.06 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 21.6, 55.31 , 111.90, 113.81, 119.46, 121.39, 122.68, 127.04, 127.77, 128.00, 129.76, 130.18, 132.82, 135.21 , 135.41 , 138.44, 139.71 , 152.35, 159.96, 166.62.
30
ImidazoH .2-alpyridine Intermediates
4-Bromomethylacetophenone Book No. : SKT05-187
Figure imgf000207_0002
To a stirred solution of 4-methylacetophenone (2.16 g, 15.32 mmol) in MeCN (20 ml) was added N-bromosuccinimide (3.00 g, 16.85 mmol) and AIBN (0.25 g, 1.53 mmol) under an atmosphere of argon. The reaction mixture was then heated at 90°C for 1.5 h. On cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and toluene (25 ml) was added to the residue which was then filtered under vacuum. The filtrate was then concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (10:1 Hexane/EtOAc followed by 5:1 Hexane/EtOAc) to give the title compound (2.80 g, 86 %) as a colourless oil.
IR 3034, 3003, 2969, 1683, 1606, 1573, 1412, 1358, 1267, 1229, 1202, 1181 , 1102, 1075, 1017, 959, 843, 821 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.59 (s, 3H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 26.77, 32.22, 128.89, 129.29, 136.87, 142.85, 197.50.
(4-Acetylbenzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester Book No. : SKT05-191
Figure imgf000208_0001
A stirred mixture of 4-bromomethylacetophenone (2.50 g, 11.74 mmol) and triethyl phosphite (10 ml) was heated at 140"C for 3 h. On cooling to room temperature, the excess triethyl phosphite was removed by distillation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) to give the title compound (2.49 g, 79%) as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.19 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3.15 (d, JHP = 22.2 Hz1 2H), 3.91-4.02 (m, 4H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.9 Hz1 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 16.37 (d, JCP = 5.9 Hz), 26.62, 33.94 (d, JCP = 137.7 Hz)1 62.27 (d, JCP = 6.8 Hz), 128.56, 129.99 (d, JCP = 5.9 Hz), 135.73 (d, JCP = 2.9 Hz), 137.43 (d, JCp = 9.8 Hz), 197.70.
(4-Bromoacetylbenzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester Book No. : SKT06-87
Figure imgf000208_0002
To a stirred solution of (4-acetylbenzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester (2.56 g, 9.48 mmol) in DCM (100 ml) and MeOH (40 ml) at room temperature was added tetra-n- butylammonium tribromide (5.03 g, 10.43 mmol) followed by a drop of concentrated hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvents were then removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between Et2O (100 ml) and sat. NaHCO3 (60 ml). The aqeous phase was separated and the organic phase was washed with brine (60 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow oil which was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 EtOAc/DCM) to give the title compound (2.01 g, 61%) as a colourless oil.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.23 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 3.19 (d, JHP = 22.3 Hz, 2H), 3.95- 4.10 (m, 4H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 16.38 (d, JCP = 5.9 Hz), 31.01, 34.08 (d, JCP = 137 Hz), 39.78, 62.35 (d, JCP = 6.8 Hz), 129.17, 129.94, 130.24, 130.33, 132.58 (d, JCP = 2.9 Hz), 138.55 (d, JCp = 8.8 Hz), 139.21 (d, JCP = 8.8 Hz), 190.84.
Diethyl[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)benzyl]phosphonate Book No. : S KTO 6 -31
Figure imgf000209_0001
To a stirred mixture of 2-amino-5-picoline (0.62 g, 5.76 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.48 g, 5.76 mmol) in CHCI3 (35 ml) was added a solution of (4-bromoacetylbenzyl)- phosphonic acid diethyl ester in CHCI3 (8 ml). The stirred reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 17 h. After cooling to room temperature, CHCI3 (20 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and this was then washed with water (60 ml). The separated aqeous phase was then extracted with CHCI3 (2 x 50 ml) and the combined organics were washed with brine (80 ml) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an orange, viscous oil which was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc followed by EtOAc/MeOH 20: 1 ) to give the title compound (1.29 g, 63%) as a colourless solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 1.23 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H)1 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, JH,p = 21.7 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ
16.41 (d, JC.P = 5.8 Hz), 18.15, 33.65 (d, JC,P = 138.7 Hz), 62.24 (d, JC,P = 6.8 Hz), 107.87, 116.76, 122.10, 123.33, 126.05, 127.96, 130.15 (d, JC,P = 6.8 Hz), 131.13 (d, Jc.p = 8.8 Hz), 132.57 (d, JC,P = 3.9 Hz), 144.73, 145.08.
2-Hydroxy-4-nitrobenzaldehyde
Figure imgf000209_0002
Prepared as described in the Demethylation section above using 2-methoxy-4- nitrobenzaldehyde (1.0 g, 5.52 mmol) in dry DCM (25 ml) and BBr3 in DCM (1.0 M, 16 ml, 16 mmol) to give the title compound (0.70 g, 78%) as tan plates after recrystallisation from EtOH.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.76-7.85 (m, 3H), 10.04 (s, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 113.49, 114.36, 123.70, 134.79, 152.47, 161.91 , 196.01.
2-(2-Fluoroethoxy)-4-nitrobenzaldehyde
Figure imgf000210_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.50 g, 2.99 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml) was added K2CO3 (1.24 g, 8.98 mmol) at room temperature under an atmosphere of argon. To this stirred suspension was added dropwise 2-fluoroethyl-(4- methylbenzene)sulphonate (0.78 g, 3.59 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 6 h. The cooled reaction mixture was added to water (250 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 ml). The combined organics were washed with brine (50 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a brown solid., which was purified by flash chromatography (3:1 DCM/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.493 g, 77%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.47 (dist d of t, JHF = 27 Hz, Jm = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (dist d of t, JHF = 47 Hz, JHH = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.91 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 68.58 (d, JCF = 20.5 Hz), 81.15 (d, JCF = 173 Hz), 108.05, 116.25, 128.87, 129.70, 152.05, 160.64, 188.11.
2-([2-tert-Butyldimethylsiloxy]ethoxy)-4-nitrobenzaldehyde
Figure imgf000210_0002
To a stirred suspension of 2-hydroxy-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (0.500 g, 2.992 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (0.621 g, 4.488 mmol) in dry MeCN (20 ml) at room temperature was added 2-bromo-1-tert-butyldimethylsiloxyethane (83%, 1.293 g, 4.488 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 40 min which resulted in the appearance of a thick, dark red precipitate. The reaction mixture was left to cool to room temperature and dry DMF (10 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 4 h and on cooling was added to water (250 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 80 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a light brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography (2:1 Hexane/Et2O). Recrystallisation from hexane gave the title compound (0.621 g, 64%) as pale yellow crystals.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 0.08 (s, 6H), 0.87 (s, 9H), 4.05 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.83-7.98 (m, 3H)1 10.54 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ -5.34, 18.32, 25.79, 61.61 , 71.08, 108.64, 115.63, 128.81 , 129.37, 152.12, 161.53, 188.43.
Method adapted from Kuwabe et al.
4-[2-(Hydroxyethyl)(methyl)amino]benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000211_0001
To a stirred solution of 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (5.0 g, 40.29 mmol)and 2- (methylamino)ethanol (3.63 g, 48.34 mmol) in dry DMSO (35 ml) was added K2CO3 (6.68 g, 48.34 mmol) under an atmosphere of argon. The reaction mixture was then heated at 120°C for 3 d. The cooled reaction mixture was then added to water (400 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (7 x 100 ml). The combined organics were washed with brine (2 x 100 ml), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a viscous orange oil which slowly solidified at room temperature. This solid was dissolved in DCM (40 ml) and this solution was then added to hexane (200 ml) to precipitate a yellow solid that was collected by filtration under vacuum. Recrystallisation from toluene gave the title compound (4.47 g, 62%) as small yellow plates.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 2.73 (br s, 1 H), 3.07 (s, 3H)1 3.58 (t, J = 5.5 Hz1 2H)1 3.82 (t, J = 5.5 Hz1 2H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 9.60 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 39.25, 54.38, 59.92, 111.16, 125.05, 132.24, 153.96, 190.58.
Method adapted from Lo Meo et al. 4-[/V-(2-tert-butyldimethylsilylsilanyloxyethyl)-/V-methyl)amino]benzaldehyde
Figure imgf000212_0001
To a stirred solution of 4-[2-(hydroxyethyl)(methyl)amino]benzaldehyde (1.50 g, 8.38 mmol) in dry DMF (35 ml) was added imidazole (1.71 g, 25.14 mmol) under an atmosphere of argon. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until everything was in solution then terf-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (2.53 g, 16.76 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 d, added to water (300 ml) and extracted with Et2O (3 x 40 ml). The combined organics were washed with water (3 x 60 ml), brine (60 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. This was purified by flash chromatography to give the title compound (2.22 g, 90%) as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ -0.01 (s, 6H), 0.85 (s, 9H), 3.09 (s, 3H)1 3.57 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 9.72 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ -5.42, 18.23, 25.85, 39.56, 54.52, 60.43, 111.03, 125.16, 132.10, 153.64, 190.31.
4-[Λ/-(2-fert-butyldimethylsilylsilanyloxyethyl)-W-methyl-4-{(£)-2-[4-(6- methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}aniline
Book No. : SKT07-107
Figure imgf000212_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 27 mg, 0.67 mmol), diethyl[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)benzyl phosphonate (200 mg, 0.559 mmol) and 4-[Λ/-(2-tert-butyldimethylsilylsilanyloxyethyl)-Λ/- methyl)amino]benzaldehyde (164 mg, 0.559 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) to give the title compound (210 mg, 75%) as a pale yellow solid after work-up and flash chromatography (4:1 DCM/EtOAc).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 0.02 (s, 6H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.49 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H)1 3.77 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H)1 6.91 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.08 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.92 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ -5.32, 18.20, 18.32, 25.95, 39.30, 54.78, 60.51 , 107.79, 111.86, 116.65, 122.15, 123.35, 123.73, 125.29, 126.11 , 126.33, 127.74, 127.99, 128.80, 131.89, 137.86, 144.65, 145.19, 148.81.
6-Methyl-2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-nitro-2-(2-fert- butyldimethylsiloxyethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Book No. : SKT08-115
Figure imgf000213_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (40 mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.00 mmol), diethyl [4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)benzyl]phosphonate (0.300 g, 0.837 mmol) and 2-([2-terf-butyldimethyisiloxy]ethoxy)-4- nitrobenzaldehyde (0.272 g, 0.837 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) to give the title compound (0.285 g, 64%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 EtOAc/Hexane).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 0.13 (s, 6H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 3.96 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J = 16.4 Hz1 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (br s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ - 5.20, 18.17, 18.40, 25.90, 61.78, 70.57, 107.17, 108.19, 116.27, 116.82, 121.30, 122.32, 123.33, 126.08, 126.19, 127.51, 128.17, 132.89, 133.58, 133.97, 136.40, 144.85, 147.37, 156.20 (1 missing).
Methanesulphonic acid 2-(2-{(E)-2-[4-(6-methyl-1 H-imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]vinyl}-5-nitrophenoxy)ethyl ester Book No. : SKT08-175
Figure imgf000213_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-(2-{(E)-2-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}- 5-nitrophenoxy)ethanol (40.2 mg, 0.0968 mmol) in dry pyridine (4 ml) at room temperature was added methanesulphonyl chloride (15.9 μl, 0.203 mmol). After 2.25 h at room temperature, water (25 ml) was added to give a yellow precipitate which was collected by vacuum filtration, washed with water (2 x 10 ml) and then dried in the oven at 85°C for 3 h. The yellow solid was purified by flash chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/DCM) to give the title compound (31 mg, 65%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 4.49-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.71 (m, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H)1 7.55 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H)1 7.60-8.00 (m, 1 H), 8.31 (br s, 1 H), 8.35 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.95, 37.54, 67.63, 68.98, 108.18, 109.72, 116.46, 116.99, 121.30, 122.09, 124.70, 126.31 , 127.54, 127.87, 128.59, 133.61 , 133.93, 134.67, 136.42, 144.14, 144.45, 147.39, 155.69.
lmidazoH .2-aipyridine Compounds
6-Methyl-2-{4-[(£)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethenyl]phenyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Book No. : SKT06-117
Figure imgf000214_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 7 mg, 0.307 mmol), diethyl[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)benzyl phosphonate (100 mg, 0.279 mmol) and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (42 mg, 0.279 mmol) in THF (5 ml) to give the title compound (24 mg, 24%) as a yellow solid after workup and flash chromatography (100:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.29 (s, 3H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.33 (s, 1 H), 8.37 (s, 1H).
6-Methyl-2-{4-[(E)-2-pyridin-4-ylethenyl]phenyl}imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Book No. : SKT06-161
Figure imgf000214_0002
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 25 mg, 0.615 mmol), diethyl[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)benzyl phosphonate (0.20 g, 0.559 mmol) and pyridine-4-aldehyde (0.06 g, 0.559 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) to give the title compound (0.074 g, 42%) as a pale orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (7:7:1 DCM/EtOAc/MeOH).
IR 3132, 3022, 2919, 1629, 1606, 1590, 1417, 1340, 1273, 1213, 1186, 980, 971, 874, 844, 813, 803, 750 cm"1; 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.29 (s, 3H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.5, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 9.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.73 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 8.34 (dd, J = 8.9, 0.6 Hz, 2H), 8.53-8.56 (m, 2H).
2-{4-[(£)-2-(2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)ethenyl]phenyl}-6-methylimidazo[1,2- a]pyridine
Book No. : SKT07-81
Figure imgf000215_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 33 mg, 0.838 mmol), diethyl[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)benzyl phosphonate (250 mg, 0.698 mmol) and 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (126 mg, 0.698 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) to give the title compound (199 mg, 74%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (25:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (br s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 18.17, 56.08, 105.99, 108.18, 116.27, 116.78, 121.28, 122.45, 123.35, 126.16, 126.27, 127.51 , 128.31 , 133.03, 133.39, 133.86, 136.45, 144.73, 147.49, 156.81 (1 missing). 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-nitro-2-(2-fluoroethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-methylimidazo[1,2- a]pyridine
Book No. : SKT07-115
Figure imgf000216_0001
Prepared as described in the Alkene Formation section using sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 27 mg, 0.67 mmol), diethyl[4-(6-methylirnidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)benzyl phosphonate (200 mg, 0.559 mmol) and 2-(2-fluoroethoxy)-4-nitrobenzaldehyde (119 mg, 0.559 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) to give the title compound (174 mg, 74%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (50:1 DCM/MeOH).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 4.39 (dist d of t, JHF = 28 Hz, JHH = 3.7 Hz1 2H), 4.89 (dist d of t, JHF = 47 Hz, JHH = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.71- 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.91 (m, 2H)1 7.96 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 18.22, 68.25 (d, JCF = 20.5 Hz), 81.52 (d, JCF = 172 Hz), 96.13, 107.15, 108.24, 116.79, 116.92, 121.05, 122.46, 123.36, 126.28, 126.56, 127.60, 128.35, 133.52, 133.86, 136.33, 144.74, 147.23, 155.53 (1 missing).
3-(2-fluoroethoxy)-4-{(£)-2-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]ethenyl}aniline
Book No. : SKT07-131
Figure imgf000216_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section using 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-nitro-2-(2- fluoroethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)-6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyhdine (81 mg, 0.194 mmol) and tin (II) dichloride dihydrate (219 mg, 0.970 mmol) in EtOH (12 ml) to give the title compound (36 mg, 48%) as an orange solid after work-up and flash chromatography (2:1 EtOAc/DCM).
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.79 (br s, 2H), 4.22 (dist d of t, JHF = 27 Hz, JHH = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 4.81 (dist d of t, JHF = 48 Hz, JHH = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.23 (s, 1 H), 6.34 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1 H)1 7.44 (d, J = 3.7 Hz1 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.91 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-CZ6) δ 17.97, 68.02 (d, JCF = 18.7 Hz), 82.76 (d, JCF = 166.5 Hz), 98.94, 107.89, 109.04, 114.47, 116.42, 121.81, 123.63, 124.21, 124.63, 126.24, 126.33, 128.18, 128.24, 132.55, 138.34, 144.69, 150.64, 157.41 (1 missing).
Λ/-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-Λ/-methyl-4-{(£)-2-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]ethenyl}aniline
Book No. : SKT07-113
Figure imgf000217_0001
To a stirred suspension of 4-[Λ/-(2-terf-butyldimethylsilylsilanyloxyethyl)-Λ/-methyl-4-{(E)- 2-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}aniline (0.18 g, 0.362 mmol) in a mixture of dry THF (5 ml) and dry DMF (3 ml) at 0-5°C was added a solution of TBAF in THF (1 M, 800 μl, 0.800 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0-5'C for 5 min and then left to rise to room temperature and stirred for a further 50 min. A solution of saturated ammonium chloride (25 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and this was extracted with DCM/MeOH (1 :1 , 5 x 30 ml). The combined organics were washed with brine (40 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil that slowly solidified at room temperature. The solid was purified by flash chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to give the title compound (0.136 g, 98%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 3.42 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.71 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H)1 8.29 (s, 2H); 13C NMR (100.5 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.96, 39.04, 54.66, 58.68, 109.09, 112.24, 116.44, 121.80, 123.47, 124.60, 124.99, 126.19, 126.53, 128.07, 128.23, 129.13, 132.75, 137.70, 144.42, 144.69, 149.42
2-(2-{(£)-2-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]ethenyl}-5- nitrophenoxy)ethanol
Book No. : SKT08-137
Figure imgf000217_0002
To a stirred solution of 6-methyl-2-(4-{(£)-2-[4-nitro-2-(2-terf- butyldimethylsiloxyethoxy)phenyl]ethenyl}phenyl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridine (0.200 g, 0.377 mmol) in dry THF (7 ml) at 0-5°C was added dropwise TBAF (1 M in THF, 0.83 ml, 0.83 mmol) over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0-5°C for 5 min, and then the cooling bath was removed. After 1.5 h, saturated NH4CI (15 ml) was added and the mixture was transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with DCM/MeOH (3:1 , 5 x 40 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 60 ml) and dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an orange residue which was purified by flash chromatography (10:1 EtOAc/Hexane) to give the title compound (0.102 g, 65%) as an orange solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 2.27 (s, 3H)1 3.81-3.88 (m, 2H)1 4.19-4.24 (m. 2H), 5.11 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H)1 7.11 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H)1 7.49 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H)1 7.57 (s, 2H), 7.70 (d, J = 7.8 Hz1 2H)1 7.81 (s, 1 H)1 7.85 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 1 H)1 7.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz1 1 H)1 7.98 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H)1 8.30 (s, 1H)1 8.34 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-Cf6) δ 17.99, 59.95, 71.52, 107.75, 109.72, 116.41 , 116.53, 121.44, 122.02, 124.69, 126.25, 127.27, 127.95, 128.50, 133.51, 133.67, 134.67, 136.40. 144.18, 144.45, 147.35, 156.44.
Compounds where -Q- is -N=N-
Benzothiazole Intermediates
N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-nitrobenzamide Book No. : LS-T203
Figure imgf000218_0001
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section.
Orange solid (87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.83 (s, 3H)1 6.74 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz1 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H)1 7.28-7.38 (m, 1 H)1 7.38 (S1 1H)1 7.86 (s, 1H)1 8.03 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.35 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI-) m/z 271.09 (M+-H1 41%), 325.03 (100%). 4-Nitro-N-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : LS-T204
pyridine
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000219_0002
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section.
Off-white solid (98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.05 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (m, 1 H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI-) m/z 325.02 (M+-H, 100%).
4-Nitro-N-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]benzamide Book No. : LS-T197
pyridine
Figure imgf000219_0003
Figure imgf000219_0004
Prepared as described in the Amide Coupling section.
Off-white solid (97%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.20-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (bs, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.35 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H).
4-Nitro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)benzenecarbothiamide Book No. : LS-T205
Lawesson's reagent
Figure imgf000219_0005
Figure imgf000219_0006
Column chromatography (1 :5 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a red/orange solid (82%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 6.91-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.95-8.11 (m, 2H), 8.11-8.29 (m, 2H), 9.09 (s, 1H). 4-Nitro-N-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]benzenecarbothiamide Book No. : LS-T206
Lawesson's reagent
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000220_0002
Prepared as described in the Thioamide Formation section.
Column chromatography (1 :5 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (87%). LRMS (ESI-) m/z 341.00 (M+-H, 85%), 466.92 (100%).
4-Nitro-N-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]benzenecarbothiamide Book No. : LS-T198
Figure imgf000220_0003
Prepared as described in the Thioamide Formation section.
Column chromatography (1 :5 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (89%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.29 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.3 Hz1 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 9.30 (bs, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 121.3 (2C), 121.9 (2C), 125.2 (2C), 126.1 (2C), 137.4, 147.1 , 147.8, 148.7; LRMS (ESI-) m/z 341.04 (M+-H, 100%).
5-Methoxy-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1,3-benzothiazole Book No. : LS-T232
Figure imgf000220_0004
Prepared as described in the Potassium Ferhcyanide Benzothiazole Formation section.
Column chromatography (100% toluene) to give the product as a yellow solid (13%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1603, 1517, 1457, 1344, 1311 , 1281 , 1159, 1149, 852; 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.90 (S, 3H), 7.08 (dd, J = Hz, 2.4 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.6, 105.7, 116.8, 122.0, 124.3, 127.4, 128.0, 139.2, 148.9, 155.4, 159.5, 165.9; LRMS (ESI+) m/z 287.42 (M+, 97%), 309.40 (100%).
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazole Book No. : LS-T208
Figure imgf000221_0001
Prepared as described in the Potassium Ferricyanide Benzothiazole Formation section.
Column chromatography (1 :4 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a yellow solid (10%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1607, 1514, 1356, 1302, 1260, 1211 , 1151 , 1109; 1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 7.33 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (s, 1H)1 8.23 (d, J 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H).
2-(4-Nitrophenyl)-6-(trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazole Book No. : LS-T199
Figure imgf000221_0002
Prepared as described in the Potassium Ferricyanide Benzothiazole Formation section.
Column chromatography (1 :5 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a yellow solid
(10%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.43 (dd, J = 1.5 Hz, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 0.9 Hz1 1H)1 8.11 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.36 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI+) m/z 340.94 (M++H, 100%).
4-[5-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]aniline Book No. : LS-T226B
Figure imgf000221_0003
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section. Column chromatography (1 :3 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a yellow solid (45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.91 (bs, 2H), 6.68 (d, J = Hz, 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 55.5, 105.2, 114.4, 114.7, 121.6, 124.0, 126.3, 128.9, 149.2, 155.4, 158.9, 169.8.
4-[4-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]aniline Book No. : LS-T234
Figure imgf000222_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section.
Column chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a yellow solid (39%). IR (KBr)/cnr1: 3345, 3211 , 1620, 1602, 1567, 1433, 1333, 1308, 1262, 1177, 1051, 973, 826, 729; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.92 (bs, 2H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 6.68 (d, J - Hz, 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J = 1.0 Hz, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J = 1.0 Hz, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI+) m/z 257.48 (M++H, 100%).
4-[5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]aniline Book No. : LS-T225
Figure imgf000222_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section.
Column chromatography (1 :2.8 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (33%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.06 (bs, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.77-7.88 (hidden, 1H). 4-[6-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]aniline Book No. : LS-T201
Figure imgf000223_0001
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section.
Yellow solid (37%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.02 (bs, 2H)1 6.72 (d, J = Hz1 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 7.31 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1 H)1 7.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H); LRMS (ESI+) m/z 310.99 (M++H, 20%), 455.95 (100%).
4-[5-(Dimethylamino)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]aniline Book No. : LS-T247
Figure imgf000223_0002
Prepared as described in the Nitro Reduction section.
Yellow solid (47%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.00 (s, 6H), 6.71 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz1 8.9 Hz1 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.85 (m, 1H)1 7.82 (d, J - 8.5 Hz, 2H).
2-(4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenoxy) ethyl methane sulphonate Book No. : SC597
Figure imgf000223_0003
2-(4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenoxy)ethanol (260 mg , 0.642 mmol) was added to pyridine (26 ml) under N2. Cooled to 6°C and methane sulphonyl chloride (441 mg, 3.85 mmol)) was added drop-wise. Allowed to warm to rt and then stirred for 6 h. H2O (60 ml) added and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2 x 5 ml) and then dried under vacuum overnight to give the product as an orange solid. Yield: 251 mg, 81%; 1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 3.26 (s, 3H)1 3.87 (S1 3H), 4.39-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.59 (m, 2H)1 7.12-7.26 (m, 3H)1 7.75 (s, 1 H), 7.88-8.06 (m, 5H)1 8.23 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H). Benzothiazole Compounds
2-(4-{(E)-[4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)phenyl]diazenyl}phenyl)-6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazole Book No. : SC598
Figure imgf000224_0001
Dry THF (6 ml) was added to 2-(4-{(£)-[4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2- yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenoxy) ethyl methane sulphonate (50 mg, 0.103 mmol) under N2. TBAF (310 μl, 1 M in THF) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 50 0C for 1 h. Reaction cooled to rt and poured into H2O (15 ml). Solid collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2 x 2 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight. Column chromatography (3:7 EtOAc/Hexane) gave the product (24 mg, 57%) as an orange solid.
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T192
Figure imgf000224_0002
Prepared as described in the D/azo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :3 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a yellow solid (24%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1616, 1481 , 1326, 1263, 1225, 1167, 1126; 1H NMR (250 MHz, methanol-^) δ 2.52 (s, 3H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (S, 1H), 7.91-7.98 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI+) m/z 413.87 (M++H, 45%), 326.09 (100%).
2-{(E)-[4-(6-Methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T191
Figure imgf000224_0003
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section. Column chromatography (1 :20 EtOAc/40:60 petrol to 100% EtOAc) to give the product as a yellow solid (29%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.50 (s, 3H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.91-8.04 (m, 3H), 8.17- 8.29 (m, 3H), 13.07 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 21.6, 119.2, 121.5, 123.1, 127.9, 128.1 , 128.4, 128.5, 129.0, 130.0 (2C), 130.8 (2C)1 135.5, 136.1 , 136.4, 136.7, 151.3, 152.4, 155.3, 165.2; LRMS (ESI-) m/z 411.99 (M+-H, 100%).
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methyl-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T214
Figure imgf000225_0001
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (3:2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (20%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 2.51 (s, 3H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.62 (S, 1 H), 7.72 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); LRMS (ESI-) m/z 480.00 (M+-H, 100%).
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T209
Figure imgf000225_0002
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :3 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (32%). IR (KBr)/cπϊ1: 1604, 1484, 1326, 1264, 1226, 1165, 1127, 1043, 1029; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-de) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.90 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.25 (U1 J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 9.80 (bs, 1 H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, acetone-dβ) δ 60.7, 109.7, 118.6 (2C), 121.6, 123.5, 125.0, 129.0 (2C), 129.3, 133.4 (2C), 141.4, 142.2, 147.7, 154.2, 159.0, 163.8, 166.1, 168.9; LRMS (ESI+) m/z 429.96 (M++H, 100%). Book No. : LS-T235A and LS-T235B
Figure imgf000226_0001
4-{(E)-[4-(5-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T235A
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (11%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.07 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H).
2-{(E)-[4-(5-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-5- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T235B
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (43%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.91 (s, 3H), 7.03 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04- 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.11 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H), 7.25- 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.75-7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.77 (1 H, d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H). 4-{(E)-[4-(4-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T236
Figure imgf000227_0001
Prepared as described in the D/azo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (40%). IR (KBr)/cm 1: 3121 , 1606, 1465, 1335, 1265, 1226, 1155, 1127; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-c/6) δ 4.04 (s, 3H), 7.06 (dd, J = 0.7 Hz, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 2 7 Hz, 1 H), 7.39 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (dd, J = 1.0 Hz, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, acetone-cfe) δ 55.8, 107.9, 108.1 , 114.0, 118.1 , 119.7, 123.6, 124.0, 128.3 (2C), 128.7 (2C), 130.8, 136.1 , 137.2, 142.5, 144.7, 153.9, 154.4, 161.0, 164.4; LRMS (ESI+) m/z 430.41 (M++H, 70%), 64.42 (100%).
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenol Book No. : LS-T210
NaNO2 HCI
Figure imgf000227_0002
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Material is crystallised from acetone (80 vol) to give the product as an orange solid (70%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-ctø δ 3.85 (s, 3H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.9
Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (S, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.84-7.95 (m, 3H), 8.19 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H);
4-[(E)-{4-[5-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]phenyl}diazenyl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T229
NaNO2 HCI
Figure imgf000227_0003
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (37%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6 and CDCI3) δ 6.92 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.96 (m, 6H), 8.01-8.19 (m, 2H)1 8.44 (bs, 1H).
4-[(E)-{4-[6-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]phenyl}diazenyl]-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T210
Figure imgf000228_0001
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (32%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1633, 1595, 1454, 1324, 1297, 1247, 1219, 1163, 1106; 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.06, (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.14-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.33 (d, J = 8.2 Hz1 2H), 9.38 (bs, 1H); LRMS (ESI-) m/z 413.99 (M+-H, 100%).
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Dimethylamino-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T256
Figure imgf000228_0002
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (26%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 3.07 (s, 6H), 7.08 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H)1 7.88 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 9.1 Hz1 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H). 2-(4-{(E)-[4-(6-Methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenoxy)ethanol Book No. : SC588
2-chloroethanol
Figure imgf000229_0001
4-[(E)-{4-[6-(Trifluoromethoxy)-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2-yl]phenyl}diazenyl]-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol (400 mg, 1.11 mmol) was added to DMF (5 ml). K2CO3 (535 mg, 3.88 mmol) followed by 2-chloroethanol (134 mg, 1.66 mmol) were then added and the reaction mixture heated to 8O0C for 48 h. Cooled to rt and H2O (20 ml) added. Resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2 x 5 ml) and dried under vacuum overnight to yield the product as an orange solid. Yield: 397 mg, 88%; 1H NMR (250 MHz, DMSO-cfe) δ 3.69-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.16 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.20 (m, 3H)1 7.75 (S, 1H), 7.85-8.04 (m, 5H), 8.22 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H).
1H NMR (250 MHz1 DMSO-Cf6) δ 3.69-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.07-4.16 (m, 2H)1 7.08- 7.20 (m, 3H)1 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.85-8.04 (m, 5H), 8.22 (d, J = 8 Hz1 2H).
4-{(E)-[4-(6-Hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No.: LS-T213
Figure imgf000229_0002
Prepared as described in Demethylation section.
Column chromatography (1:2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (36%). IR (KBr)/crrϊ1: 1600, 1481 , 1454, 1327, 1264, 1229, 1158, 1131 , 1043; 1H NMR (400 MHz1 acetone-d6) δ 7.08 (dd, J = 8.9 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz1 8.9 Hz1 1 H)1 7.34 (d, J = 2.7 Hz1 1 H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.24 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 106.9, 113.4, 116.7, 118.6, 119.7, 124.0 (2C), 124.4, 128.3 (2C), 130.8, 136.3, 137.1 , 142.5, 148.5, 153.7, 156.4, 160.9, 163.0; LRMS (ESI-) m/z 414.05 (M+-H, 100%). 4-{(E)-[4-(5-Hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T245
Figure imgf000230_0001
Prepared as described in Demethylation section.
Column chromatography (1 :2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as an orange solid (39%). 1H NMR (250 MHz1 acetone-d6) δ 7.09 (dd, J = 2.1 Hz1 8.5 Hz1 1H)1 7.28 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz1 8.85 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 2.4 Hz1 1H)1 7.53 (d, J = 2.1 Hz1 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H)1 8.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 2H)1 8.83 (s, 1 H), 9.84 (s, 1 H).
4-{(E)-[3-Methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T273
Figure imgf000230_0002
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a pink solid (25%). IR (KBrVCm"1: 1609, 1498, 1476, 1403, 1338, 1263, 1234, 1138, 1123, 1043, 1027; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-cfe) δ 3.89 (s, 3H)1 4.18 (s, 3H)1 7.13 (dd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 1 H)1 7.35 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.68 (dd, J = 1.7 Hz1 8.8 Hz1 1H)1 7.71 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 H, 2H), 8.66 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 55.5, 55.7, 103.6, 105.9, 113.5, 116.3, 118.3, 119.8, 123.7, 124.8, 129.7, 138.0, 142.5, 147.1 , 154.6, 157.8, 158.2, 159.2, 160.9. 4-{(E)-[3-Methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-(4,4,4- trifluorobutoxy)phenol
Book No. : LS-T271
Figure imgf000231_0001
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :2 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a pink solid (3%). 1H NMR (250 MHz1 acetone-d6) δ 2.15-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.68 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.19 (s, 3H), 4.33 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J = 2.1 Hz, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz1 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 8.66 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 9.36 (bs, 1 H).
4-{(E)-[2-Methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T286
Figure imgf000231_0002
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a pink solid (21%). 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.16 (s, 3H)1 7.16 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.65-7.78 (m, 2H)1 7.88-7.98 (m, 3H).
4-{(E)-[2-Methoxy-4-(6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethoxy)phenol Book No. : LS-T287
Figure imgf000232_0001
Prepared as described in the Diazo Coupling section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a pink solid (24%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 6.97-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.13 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.68 (m, 2H)1 7.80 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 1.4 Hz1 1H)1 7.93 (d, J = 8.9 Hz1 1H); NMR (100 MHz, acetone- d6) δ 55.5, 56.1 , 104.5, 109.6, 111.2, 115.5, 116.4, 117.4, 119.0, 119.6, 120.0, 122.2, 124.0, 137.0, 137.3, 139.1 , 143.7, 148.6, 148.9, 157.7, 158.6, 161.8, 163.9.
4-{(E)-[3-Hydroxy-4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenol Book No. : LS-T274
Figure imgf000232_0002
Prepared as described in Demethylation section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a purple solid (31%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1651, 1615, 1486, 1427, 1324, 1226, 1130, 1041; 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.17 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 3H), 7.97 (m, 3H), 9.13 (bs, 1H).
4-{(E)-[3-Hydroxy-4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-(4,4,4- trifluorobutoxy)phenol
Book No. : LS-T272
Figure imgf000232_0003
Prepared as described in Demethylation section. Column chromatography (1 :1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a purple solid (29%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1626, 1564, 1505, 1417, 1271, 1135, 1049, 1012; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-dβ) δ 2.13 (m, 2H, 2.54 (m, 2H), 4.28 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (dd, J = 1.9 Hz, 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.55 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1 H), 9.04 (bs, 1 H), 9.34 (bs, 1 H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 22.4, 30.4, 67.7, 101.8, 107.0, 108.9, 110.6, 114.5, 116.8, 118.3, 123.1 , 129.0, 134.7, 136.5, 145.8, 155.7, 156.6, 158.4, 159.4, 163.3, 165.5.
4-{(E)-[2-Hydroxy-4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenol
Book No. : LS-T288
Figure imgf000233_0001
Prepared as described in Demethylation section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a purple solid (31%). IR (KBr)/crτϊ1: 1603, 1562, 1483, 1323, 1248, 1159, 1126, 1043; 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 7.09-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H)1 7.79 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99-8.13 (m, 1H).
4-{(E)-[2-Hydroxy-4-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}-3- (trifluoromethoxy)phenol Book No. : LS-T289
Figure imgf000233_0002
Prepared as described in Demethylation section.
Column chromatography (1:1 EtOAc/40:60 petrol) to give the product as a purple solid (20%). IR (KBr)/cm 1: 1614, 1564, 1484, 1463, 1383, 1261, 1125, 1101; 1H NMR (250 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 6.97-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 7.70-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.83- 8.09 (m, 3H). lmidazori .2-aipyridine Compounds
Λ/,Λ/-dimethyl-4-{(E)-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}aniline Book No. : SKT05-163
Figure imgf000234_0001
To a stirred solution of concentrated HCI (0.4 ml) in water (20 ml) at 0°C was added a suspension of 4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)aniline (80 mg, 0.359 mmol) in acetone (5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 15 min, then a precooled solution of NaNO2 (26 mg, 0.380 mmol) in water (2 ml) was added dropwise. After 15 min, a few crystals of urea were added. To this bright yellow solution was added dropwise a solution of Λ/,Λ/-dimethylaniline (43 mg, 0.359 mmol) in AcOH (1.5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 10 min at 0°C, then a saturated solution of NaOAc (10 ml) was added and the orange precipitate was collected by filtration under vacuum and dried in air. The solid was purified by flash chromatography (1 :1 DCM/EtOAc) to give the title compound (40 mg, 31%) as a red/orange solid.
1H NMR (250 MHz1 CDCI3) δ 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 6H), 6.76 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.02 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.84-7.92 (m, 7H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (62.5 MHz, CDCI3) δ 18.17, 40.36, 108.39, 111.56, 116.86, 122.31 , 122.77, 123.35, 124.99, 126.45, 128.17, 128.73, 134.76, 143.86, 144.88, 152.40, 152.74.
Diagnostic Ligands
4-[ T]Fluoro-N-[4-(6-methoxy-benzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-nitro-benzamide
Figure imgf000234_0002
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (1.8 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525) and eluted with 5 mg K222 in 0.95 mL MeCN +1 mg K2CO3 in 50 μl water into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 1200C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor 4-bromo-3-nitro-Λ/-[4-(6- methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (SKT04-33) (5 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMSO was added. After heating at 1800C for 20 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5-C18-HL 250mmx10mm, Advanced Chromatography Technologies; Cat.No.: ACE 321-2510; 50% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 80% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min, 20 to 30 min isocratic 80% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid; flow: 4 ml/min; tR = 22.5 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak light C18 cartridge (Waters,
WAT023501), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 1 mL ethanol to deliver 134 MBq of the product (12%, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity >95%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT03-99) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4,6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95%acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 7 min., flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 5.6 min), RCP: >95 %(HPLC).
6-[18F]Fluoro-N-[4-(6-methoxy-benzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide
Figure imgf000235_0001
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (1.8 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 5 mg K222 in 0.95mL MeCN +1 mg K2CO3 in 50 μl water into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 1200C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor 6-chloro-Λ/-(4-[6-methoxy-1 ,3- benzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide (SKT04-111) (5 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMSO was added. After heating at 1800C for 20 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5-C18-HL 250 mm x 10 mm, Advanced Chromatography
Technologies; Cat.No.: ACE 321-2510; 50% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 80% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min; flow: 4 ml/min; tR = 17.5 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak light C18 cartridge (Waters, WAT023501), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 1mL ethanol to deliver 168 MBq of the product (15%, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity > 95%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT04-137) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4,6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 7 min., flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 5.1 min), RCP: >95 %(HPLC). 4-[ F]Fluoro-N-[4-(6-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-nitro-benzamide
Figure imgf000236_0001
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (2.4 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 5 mg K222 In 0.95ml_ MeCN +1 mg K2CO3 in 50 μl water into a Wheaton vial (5 ml_). The solvent was removed by heating at 1200C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 ml_) was added and evaporated as beore. A solution of precursor 4-bromo-Λ/-[4-(6-methylimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]-3-nitrobenzamide (SKT08-153) (5 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMSO was added. After heating at 130 0C for 20 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 ml_ and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5-C18-HL 250mmx10mm, Advanced Chromatography Technologies; Cat. No.: ACE 321-2510; 40% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 70% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min; flow: 4 mL/min; t.R=9 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak light C18 cartridge (Waters, WAT023501), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 1mL ethanol to deliver 80 MBq of the product (5%, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity > 95%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT08-165) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4.6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 7 min., flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 3.8 min), RCP: >95 %(HPLC).
6-[ F]Fluoro-N-[4-(6-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide
Figure imgf000236_0002
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (1.1 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 2 mL TBAOH-solution (8 μL TBAOH (40%) in 1.5 mL MeCN + 0.5 mL water) into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 12O0C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor 6-chloro-Λ/-[4-(6- methylimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)phenyl]pyridine-3-carboxamide (SKT06-13) (5 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMSO was added. After heating at 180 °C for 10 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5-C18-HL 250mmx10mm, Advanced Chromatography Technologies; Cat.No.: ACE 321-2510; 30% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 70% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min; flow: 4 mL/min; tR = 7 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak light C18 cartridge (Waters, WAT023501), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 1 mL ethanol to deliver 296 MBq of the product (38 %, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity >99%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT05-169) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4,6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 0.1 M K2HPO4Jn 7 min., flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 5.0 min), RCP: >99 %(HPLC).
2-(4-{(E)-2-[2-(2-[18F]Fluoro-ethoxy)-4-nitro-phenyl]-vinyl}-phenyl)-6-methyl-3H- imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine
Figure imgf000237_0001
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (0.255 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 1.5 mL K222ZK2CO3-SOlUtJOn (5 mg K222 in 0.95 mL MeCN1 1 mg K2CO3 in 0.05 mL water) into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 120 0C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor methanesulphonic acid 2-(2-{(£)-2-[4-(6-methyl-1 H-imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridin-2- yl)phenyl]vinyl}-5-nitrophenoxy)ethyl ester (SKT08-175) (3 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMF was added. After heating at 130 0C for 15 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5- C18-HL 250mmx10mm, Advanced Chromatography Technologies; Cat.No.: ACE 321- 2510; 40% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 70% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min; flow: 4 ml_/min; tR = 14 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak Plus tC18 cartridge (Waters, WAT036810), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 2 mL ethanol to deliver 55 MBq of the product (40 %, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity >95%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT07-115) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4.6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 10 mM Na2HPO4; (pH 7.4) in 7 min, flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 5.7 min), RCP: >95 %(HPLC). 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-(2-[1BF]Fluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-vinyl}-phenyl)-6-methoxy-benzothiazole
Figure imgf000238_0001
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (0.250 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 1.5 ml_ K222ZK2CO3-SOlUtJOn (5 mg K222 in 0.95 ml. MeCN, 1 mg K2CO3 in 0.05 mL water) into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 120 0C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor methanesulphonic acid 2-(4-{(E)-2-[4-(6-methoxy-1 ,3-benzothiazol-2- yl)phenyl]vinyl}phenoxy)ethyl ester (SKT08-179) (3 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMF was added. After heating at 130 °C for 15 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: ACE 5-C18-HL 250mmx10mm, Advanced Chromatography Technologies; Cat.No.: ACE 321-2510; 60% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 90% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 30 min;30-40 min 100 % acetonitrile (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid), flow: 4 ml_/min; tR=31 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak Plus tC18 cartridge (Waters, WAT036810), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 2 mL ethanol to deliver 13 MBq of the product (9 %, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity >95%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SKT03-77) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4,6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 10 mM Na2HPO4; (pH 7.4) in 7 min, flow: 2 mL/min (tR= 6.9 min), RCP: >95 %(HPLC).
[4-(2-[18F]Fluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[4-(6-methoxy-benzothiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-diazene
Figure imgf000238_0002
Aqueous [18F]Fluoride (0.350 GBq) was trapped on a QMA cartridge (Waters, Sep Pak Light QMA Part.No.: WAT023525 ) and eluted with 1.5 mL K222/K2CO3-solution (5 mg K222 in 0.95 ml MeCN, 1 mg K2CO3 in 0.05 mL water) into a Wheaton vial (5 mL). The solvent was removed by heating at 120 0C for 10 min under a stream of nitrogen. Anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and evaporated as before. A solution of precursor 2-(4-{(E)-[4- (6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yl)phenyl]diazenyl}phenoxy) ethyl methane sulphonate (SC597) (1 mg) in 500 μL anhydrous DMF was added. After heating at 13O0C for 10 min the crude reaction mixture was diluted with water/MeCN (1/1) to a total volume of 5 mL and purified by preparative HPLC: Phenomenex Synergy Hydro-RP 250 mm x 10 mm; 80% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid to 85% acetonitrile in 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 20 min; flow: 4 mL/min; tpt = 19 min. The collected HPLC fraction was diluted with 40 mL water and immobilized on a Sep-Pak Plus tC18 cartridge (Waters, WAT036810), which was washed with 5 mL water and eluted with 2 mL ethanol to deliver 65 MBq of the product (35%, corrected for decay; radiochemical purity > 85%). The desired product was characterized by co-injection with the non-radioactive F-19 fluoro standard (SC598) using analytical HPLC: ACE3-C18 50 mm x 4.6 mm; solvent gradient: start 5% acetonitrile - 95% acetonitrile in 10 mM Na2HPO4; (pH 7.4) in 7 min, flow: 2 mL/min (tR = 7.1 min), RCP: >85 % (HPLC).
Biological Results
Competitive Binding Assay
The DSB compounds were tested for their ability to bind to PHF in a competition-style assay.
The ligand assay uses a reference ligand that shows increased fluorescence when that ligand binds to PHF. If a test compound that also binds to PHFs with the same or greater affinity is added, it will displace the reference ligand and reduce the fluorescence signal. In the present assay, the reference compound is primulin, which was added at 1 μM. Test compounds were added at concentrations from 0.05 to 1 μM. The P50 for a test compound is defined as the concentration of compound that reduces the primulin signal to 50% of the control value. This value is, therefore, not an absolute affinity, but a relative affinity compared to the affinity of primulin.
Method
PHFs were isolated from the brain of an Alzheimer's disease patient essentially as described by Wischik et al. (Neurobiology of Aging, Vol. 16, pp. 409-431, 1995). The IFII fraction was isolated by centrifugation on a sucrose gradient as described in the PhD thesis of C. M. Wischik, and was further extracted into an 'abc sup1 as described by C. M. Wischik (Thesis "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease" Part I and II; Cambridge University, 1989).
The assay for ligand activity was performed in 96 well plates (Nunc Cat. No. 236108). The test compound at the required concentration was mixed with PHFs, then primulin was added to give a final concentration of 1 μM and a total volume of 100 μl. The concentration of PHFs added was determined for each preparation to give an adequate fluorescence signal, and was typically in the range 1-2 μl/100 μl. The test compounds were typically dissolved in DMSO to give a final concentration of 10% DMSO in the assay. The control fluorescence, in the absence of PHFs1 was also measured in the presence of 10% DMSO.
The fluorescence was measured in a Varian Carey Eclipse Fluorescence Spectrophotometer, with the emission wavelength at 480 nm. Excitation spectra were recorded and corrected by subtraction of the signal measured in the absence of PHFs, using the Varian software. The fluorescence signal at the peak emission wavelength of 420 nm was measured from the corrected spectra. The fluorescence values were plotted as a function of concentration of test compound, and the value for P50 measured from the graph.
P50 Values
P50 data in brackets were measured in 10% DMSO
Reference Compound
Figure imgf000240_0001
DSB Compounds
Compounds where -Q- is -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; or -C(O)NR1-
Benzothiazole Compounds
Non-Fluohnated Methoxy-Amides
Figure imgf000241_0001
Fluorinated Methoxy-Amides
Figure imgf000241_0002
Monofluoro Methoxy-Amides
Figure imgf000241_0003
Figure imgf000242_0001
Non-Fluorinated Hydroxy-Amides
Figure imgf000242_0002
Fluorinated Hydroxy-Amides
Figure imgf000242_0003
Non-Fluorinated Methyl- Am ides
Figure imgf000242_0004
Figure imgf000243_0001
Dimethylamine-Amides
Figure imgf000243_0002
Unsubstituted-Amides
Figure imgf000243_0003
Imidazor2.1-a1pyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000243_0004
Figure imgf000244_0001
Imidazof2.1-alpyrimidine Compounds
Figure imgf000244_0002
Compounds where -Q- is -CH=CH-; -CFf=CH-; -CH=CR1-; or-CRη=CRη-
Benzothaizole Compounds Non-Fluorinated Methyl-Alkenes
Figure imgf000244_0003
Figure imgf000245_0001
fl indicates that the compound is fluorescent. Consequently, binding levels for the compound in the competition binding assay cannot be determined by fluorescent spectroscopy. Alternatively, the binding of the ligand to aggregated tau may be determined using a cell based-assay or analysis of tissue sections exposed to the ligand, as described herein.
Non-Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000245_0002
Fluorinated Methoxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000245_0003
fl indicates that the compound is fluorescent. Consequently, binding levels for the compound in the competition binding assay cannot be determined by fluorescent spectroscopy. Alternatively, the binding of the ligand to aggregated tau may be determined using a cell based-assay or analysis of tissue sections exposed to the ligand, as described herein. Monofluoro and Fluoπnated Hydroxy-Alkenes
Figure imgf000246_0001
fl indicates that the compound is fluorescent. Consequently, binding levels for the compound in the competition binding assay cannot be determined by fluorescent spectroscopy. Alternatively, the binding of the ligand to aggregated tau may be determined using a cell based-assay or analysis of tissue sections exposed to the ligand, as described herein.
lmidazoH .2-aipyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000246_0002
Compounds where -Q- is -N=N-
Benzothiazole Compounds
Figure imgf000246_0003
Figure imgf000247_0001
Imidazof1.2-a1pyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000247_0002
Calculated Log P and TPSA (A2)
Molecular polar surface area (PSA) or total polar surface area (TPSA) i.e. surface belonging to polar atoms (mainly N, O and associated hydrogens), is a descriptor that has been shown to correlate well with passive molecular transport through membranes, and therefore allows prediction of transport properties of drugs. It has been successfully applied for the prediction of intestinal absorption and blood-brain barrier crossing. The differences in CNS and non-CNS drugs have been examined using PSA and it has been shown that on average the PSA for drugs that act upon the CNS is smaller.
Computational methods for log P estimation are high throughput but are database limited in that the values computed for each structure depend on the information contained in the program library. In addition, most estimates reflect only partitioning of the neutral species, and therefore often log P is estimated to be higher than the experimental values for a given compound.
Various protocols have been reported to calculate the PSA, differing in definition of "polar atoms", different methodologies for generating the 3D structure, or the surface itself. However, the results of these various approaches are highly correlated, even when absolute values may differ due to differences in computational protocols and different sets of atomic radii used. The calculation of a topological PSA (TPSA) is based on a summation of tabulated surface contributions of polar fragments (i.e. atoms regarding also their bonding pattern) and allows the fast, straightforward calculation of PSA from a 2D structure. A preferred system is that of "molinspirations cheminformatics" (http://www.molinspiration.com/).
Thus, in the tables below, miLog P refers to the Log P values calculated using the Molinspiration calculator.
Imidazof1.2-a1pyridine Compounds
Figure imgf000248_0001
Tissue Section and Cell Assays
The binding of ligands to aggregated tau in tissue sections or cells containing such aggregates can also be used to test whether such compounds can (i) enter cells, and (ii) bind to aggregated tau. In addition, it is a suitable means to test fluorescent ligands that cannot be tested in the fluorescent competition binding assay. Brain tissue sections were used from transgenic mice expressing full-length human tau, that contained a double mutation P301S/G335D (line 66 mouse). Aggregated tau pathology accumulates in neurons in these animals. Fixed tissue was used either after embedding in paraffin or after freezing in the presence of cryoprotectant.
The aggregated tau was prepared in cell lines as described in WO02/055720. In essence, fibroblast cells (3T6) express full-length tau ("T40") under control of an inducible promotor, and low constitutive levels of the PHF-core tau fragment (12 kD fragment). Then T40 expression is induced, it undergoes aggregation-dependent truncation within the cell, N-terminally at ~ αα 295 and C-terminally at ~ αα 390, thereby producing higher levels of the 12 kD PHF-core domain fragment.
Paraffin-Embedded Brain Sections
Sections from the brains of mice expressing full-length tau, that contain a double mutation P301S/G335D, associated with frontotemporal de brains were cut 5μm thick. Sections were dewaxed and rehydrated into water. Inherent fluorescence was quenched with sodium permanganate followed by sodium borohydride. Primulin or SK2033-30 was added in 50% ethanol. In a second experiment, SK2033-30 was added in 50% ethanol containing 10% DMSO. Sections were compared with those stained by standard immunohistochemistry using mAb 7/51, an antibody recognising truncated tau repeat domain (Novak et al. (1993); Wischik et at. (1996)).
The compound SK2033-30 is fluorescent, but there was little evidence for its uptake into cells in a section from a line 66 mouse brain, when compared with either primulin or immunostaining with antibodies (Figure 2A). When the solubility of the compound was increased, by inclusion of DMSO (10%), the SK2033-30 showed a staining pattern similar to that observed with primulin or antibody (Figure 2B).
Frozen Brain Sections
Sections were taken from line 66 mice that had been fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde and then cryoprotected in 30% sucrose. Sections (30 μm) were cut and used free- floating. The ligand LST-213 was dissolved in either 1% triton or in 50% ethanol (the residual DMSO concentration from the stock solution was 1 %).
When frozen brain sections were incubated with LST-213, they became yellow over time and, by 24 hrs, had absorbed almost the entire compound. This was indicated by the medium becoming colourless. These sections were looked at using a BioRad confocal laser scanning microscope with the settings used for fluoroscein detection. Definite staining of structures in the cortex and in the hippocampus were observed (Figure 3) and these would be consistent with the pattern of tau-positive neurons in such sections.
Tissue Culture Cells
The tissue culture assay uses 3T6 mouse cells engineered to express both full-length human tau protein (htau40) under the control of an inducible promoter (pOPRSVI), and to express low levels of truncated tau (295-390, dGA) under the control of a constitutive promoter (pcDNA3.1). Expression of large quantities of htau40 is induced by the addition of isopropyl β-D-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG; 10-50 μM), which in turn leads to the production of additional truncated tau by a process in which aggregation and processing of the full-length tau occurs in the presence of dGA tau which acts as template. The aggregation of tau in this assay is depicted in Figure 1.
Murine 3T6 fibroblast cells were grown to -80% confluency in a 10-cm dish, before splitting into 2 x 24 well plates, and allowed to grow for a further 24 hrs when IPTG was added. After overnight incubation, the medium was removed and the cells were washed with PBS.
There was a marked increase in the uptake of LST-213 by cultured cells after 24 hrs as compared with 2-4 hrs when examined by light microscopy (Figure 4). In the upper panels of the figure, one can see a great deal of insoluble material in the surrounding medium. After washing, however, it is clear that some of the compound is taken up by the cells.
A similar experiment was performed with cells seeded on to cover slips in a 24-well plate. After 24 hrs, the cells were incubated with ligand for 20 hrs in the presence or absence of IPTG (100 μM) i.e. induced or uninduced.
LST-213 showed much stronger staining in the cells following IPTG-induction than in uninduced cells (Figure 5). LST-213, in the presence of β-cyclodextrin (used to assist transport of hydrophobic compounds across membranes), showed no significant improvement in this labelling. Uptake and labelling of aggregated tau in induced cells was also demonstrated for SK2033-30 (Figure 5).
Ligands can be demonstrated to bind to aggregated tau in vivo and that they are capable of being taken up into cells. This can be shown for aggregated tau using both fixed tissue and cells growing in culture. Biodistibution Assay
Biodistribution and excretion studies for ligands were performed in male NMRI mice (body weight app. 30 g; 3 animals per time point). The animals were kept under normal laboratory conditions at a temperature of 22 ± 2°C and a dark/light rhythm of 12 hours. Food and water were provided ad libitium. During an acclimatisation period of at least 3 days before the beginning of the study, animals were clinically examined to ascertain the absence of abnormal clinical signs.
At 2, 5, 30, 60 and 120 min post intravenous injection via the tail vein of ca. 150 kBq in 100 μl of the test compound, urine and faeces were quantitatively collected. At the same time points, animals were anaesthetised with isoflurane, sacrificed by decapitation and the following organs and tissues were removed for the determination of radioactivity using a gamma-counter: spleen, liver, kidney, lung, bone, heart, brain, fat, thyroid, muscle, skin, blood, tail, stomach (without content), testicle, intestine (with content), pancreas, adrenals, skull, and the remaining body. For the analysis, the decay corrected percentage of the injected dose per tissue weight (% ID / g ± standard deviation) was calculated.
The biodistribution of 18F-labelled SKT04-137 (shown below) in mice shows a good brain uptake (3.99% injected dose / g tissue after 2 min), and a significant brain wash-out (still 1.43% injected dose / g tissue after 60 min; i.e. 64% washout).
Figure imgf000251_0001
Organ distribution of F-18 signal of SKT04-137 in mice (% ID, % injected dose)
Time
Organ 2 min 5 min 30 min 60 min 120 min
% ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D.
Spleen 2.95 0.84 2.44 0.12 1.19 0.11 0.60 0.10 0.30 0.03
Liver 11.52 3.10 13.30 2.37 7.03 1.69 4.26 0.79 2.41 1.14
Kidney 9.60 2.82 7.10 0.50 6.38 0.70 3.78 0.69 1.49 0.52
Lung 6.91 2.25 4.55 0.08 1.83 0.25 0.97 0.06 0.40 0.01
Bone 1.54 0.37 1.50 0.34 1.20 0.10 1.96 0.24 1.65 0.22
Heart 6.68 1.98 3.72 0.18 1.62 0.26 0.81 0.04 0.39 0.04
Brain 3.99 0.62 3.54 0.45 3.19 0.42 1.43 0.18 0.60 0.10 Time
Organ 2 min 5 min 30 min 60 min 120 min
% ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D. % ID / g S.D.
Fat 1.25 0.51 1.57 0.51 7.21 1.41 4.51 0.41 1.76 0.25
Thyroid 3.97 3.09 2.59 1.04 1.06 0.07 0.59 0.11 0.37 0.07
Muscle 1.98 0.50 1.80 0.13 1.11 0.14 0.63 0.06 0.20 0.02
Skin 1.01 0.25 1.28 0.18 1.87 0.17 1.11 0.08 0.45 0.06
Blood 1.69 0.41 1.12 0.02 0.74 0.13 0.39 0.04 0.16 0.01
Tail 15.89 10.06 7.40 1.02 3.74 1.26 7.70 6.06 4.93 2.66
Stomach 3.67 0.57 2.28 0.46 2.48 1.14 2.17 0.68 0.98 0.57
Testes 0.97 0.10 1.10 0.19 1.68 0.19 1.18 0.40 0.61 0.17
Adrenals 10.84 5.50 9.59 4.97 5.62 0.96 2.83 0.55 1.04 0.07
Intestine 1.99 0.39 2.45 0.24 9.36 0.23 17.43 1.23 20.08 2.55
Pancreas 4.34 0.88 3.17 0.39 1.74 0.08 1.11 0.43 0.33 0.05
Skull 1.93 0.55 1.28 0.31 0.95 0.15 1.44 0.11 1.04 0.28
References
Andreasen, N, Minthon, L, Davidsson, P, Vanmechelen, E, Vanderstichele, H et al. (2001) Evaluation of CSF-tau and CSF-Aβ42 as diagnostic markers for Alzheimer disease in clinical practice. Arch. Neurol. 58:373-379.
Bondareff, W, Harrington, C, Wischik, CM, Hauser, DL, Roth, M (1994) lmmunohistochemical staging of neurofibrillary degeneration in Alzheimer's disease. J. Neuropathol. Exptl. Neurol. 53:158-164.
Boschelli, Diane H.; Wu, Biqi; Sosa, Ana Carolina Barrios; Chen, Joan J.; Golas, Jennifer M.; Boschelli, Frank; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2005, 15, 4681-4684.
Carretero, MT, Harrington, CR, Wischik, CM (1995) Changes in a CSF antigen associated with dementia. Dementia 6:281-285.
Clark, CM, Xie, S, Chittams, J, Ewbank, D, Peskind, E et al. (2003) Cerebrospinal fluid tau and β-amyloid: how well do these biomarkers reflect autopsy-confirmed dementia diagnoses? Arch. Neurol. 60:1696-1702. Cong, Zhi-Qi; Wang, Chun-Ian; Chen, Tie; Yin, Bing-Zhu; Synthetic Communications, 2006, 36, 679-683. Efficient and rapid method for the oxidation of electron-rich aromatic aldehydes to carboxylic acids using improved basic hydrogen peroxide.
Engelborghs, S, De Vreese, K, Van de Casteele, T, Vanderstichele, H, Van Everbroeck, A et al. (2008) Diagnostic performance of a CSF-biomarker panel in autopsy-confirmed dementia. Neurobiol. Aging 29:1143-1159.
Ermert, J.; Hamacher, K.; Coenen, H. H.; J. Labelled Cpd. Radiophanv. 2000, 43, 1345- 1363. N. C. A. 18F-labelled norepinephrine derivatives via α-aminopropiophenones.
Galasko, D, Chang, L, Motter, R, Clark, CM, Kaye, J et al. (1998) High cerebrospinal fluid tau and low amyloid β42 levels in the clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer disease and relation to apolipoprotein E genotype. Arch. Neurol. 55:937-945.
Grossman, M, Farmer, J, Leight, S, Work, M, Moore, P et al. (2005) Cerebrospinal fluid profile in frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer's disease Ann. Neurol. 57:721-729.
Goedert, M, Spillantini, MG, Jakes, R1 Rutherford, D, Crowther, RA (1989) Multiple isoforms of human microtubule-associated protein tau: sequences and localisation in neurofibrillary tangles of Alzheimer's disease. Neuron 3:519-526.
Goedert, M, Spillantini, MG, Potier, MC, Ulrich, J, Crowther, RA (1989) Cloning and sequencing of the cDNA encoding an isoform of microtubule-associated protein tau containing four tandem repeats: differential expressing of tau protein mRNAs in human brain. EMBO J. 8:393-399.
Hampel, H1 Buerger, K1 Zinkowski, R, Teipel, SJ, Goernitz, A et al. (2004) Measurement of phosphorylated tau epitopes in the differential diagnosis of Alzheimer disease: a comparative cerebrospinal fluid study. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 61:95-102.
Haugwitz, R. D.; Angel, R. G.; Jacobs, G. A.; Maurer, B. V.; Narayanan, V. L.;Cruthers, L. R.; Szanto, J..; J. Med. Chem., 1982, 25, 8, 969-974. Antiparasitic agents. 5. Synthesis and anthelmintic activities of novel 2-heteroaromatic-substituted isothiocyanatobenzoxazoles and benzothiazoles.
Hodges, JR1 Spatt, J1 Patterson, K (1999) "What" and "how": Evidence for the dissociation of object knowledge and mechanical problem-solving skills in the human brain. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:9444-9448. Hulstaert, F, Blennow, K, Ivanoiu, A, Schoonderwaldt, HC, Riemenschneider, M et al. (1999) Improved discrimination of AD patients using
Figure imgf000254_0001
and tau levels in CSF. Neurology 52: 1555-1562.
Idoux, John P.; Gupton, John T.; McCurry, Cynthia K.; Crews, Donald; Jurss, Cindy D.; Colon, Cesar; Rampi, Richard C; J. Org. Chem., 1983, 48, 3771-3773. Aromatic fluoroalkoxylation via direct aromatic nucleophilic substitution.
Idoux, John P.; Madenwald, Mark L.; Garcia, Brent S.; Chu, Der-Lun; J. Org. Chem., 1985, 50, 1876-1878. Aromatic fluoroalkoxylation via direct displacement of a nitro or fluoro group.
Imamoto, Tsuneo; Matsumoto, Teruyo; Yokoyama, Hideki; Yokoyama, Masataka; Yamaguchi, Kei-ichi; J. Org. Chem., 1984, 49, 1105-1110. Preparation and synthetic use of trimethylsilyl polyphosphate. A new stereoselective aldol-type reaction in the presence of trimethylsilyl polyphosphate.
Jakes, R, Novak, M, Davison, M, Wischik, CM (1991) Identification of 3- and 4-repeat tau isoforms within the PHF in Alzheimer's disease. EMBO J. 10:2725-2729
Kang J., Lemaire H.-G., Unterbeck A., Salbaum J. M., Masters CL, Grzeschik K.-H., Multhaup G., Beyreuther K. and Mϋller-Hill B. (1987) The precursor of Alzheimer's disease amyloid A4 protein resembles a cell-surface receptor. Nature, 325, 733-736.
Kashiyama, Eiji; Hutchinson, Ian; Chua, Mei-Sze; Stinson, Sherman F.; Phillips,
Lawrence R.; Kaur, Gurmeet; Sausville, Edward A.; Bradshaw, Tracey D.; Westwell, Andrew D.; Stevens, Malcolm F. G.; J. Med. Chem., 42; 1999, 20, 4172 - 4184. Antitumor benzothiazoles. 8. Synthesis, metabolic formation, and biological properties of the C- and N-oxidation products of antitumor 2-(4-aminophenyl)benzothiazoles.
Kuller LH, Shemanski L, Manolio T, Haan M, Fried L, Bryan N, Burke GL, Tracy R, Bhadelia R. Relationship between ApoE, MRI findings, and cognitive function in the Cardiovascular Health Study. Stroke. 1998 29:388-398.
Kuwabe, Shin-itsu; Torraca, Karen E.; and Buchwald, Stephen L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001 , 123, 12202-12206
Lai, RYK, Gertz, H-J, Wischik, DJ, Xuereb, JH, Mukaetova-Ladinska, EB et al. (1995) Examination of phosphorylated tau protein as a PHF-precursor at early stage Alzheimer's disease. Neurobiol. Aging 16:433-445 Lakmache, Y, Lassonde, M1 Gauthier, S, Frigon, J-Y, Lepore, F. (1998) lnterhemispheric disconnection syndrome in Alzheimer's disease. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 95:9042-9046
Lo Meo, Paolo; D1 Anna, Francesca; Gruttadauria, Michelangelo; Riela, Serena and Noto, Renato Tetrahedron 60 (2004) 9099-9111
Malamas, Michael S.; Carlson, Richard P.; Grimes, David; Howell, Ralph; Glaser, Keith; Gunawan, Iwan; Nelson, James A.; Kanzelberger, Mira; Shah, Uresh; Hartman, David A.; J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 237-245. Azole phenoxy hydroxyureas as selective and orally active inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase.
Mann, John; Baron, Anne; Opoku-Boahen, Yaw; Johansson, Eric; Parkinson, Gary; Kelland, Lloyd R.; Neidle, Stephen; J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44, 138-144. A new class of symmetric bisbenzimidazole-based DNA minor groove-binding agents showing antitumour activity.
Marin DB1 Breuer B1 Marin ML1 Silverman J1 Schmeidler J1 Greenberg D, Flynn S, Mare M1 Lantz M1 Libow L1 Neufeld R1 Altstiel L1 Davis KL, Mohs RC. The relationship between apolipoprotein E, dementia, and vascular illness. Atherosclerosis. 1998 140:173-180.
Mathis, Chester A.; Wang, Yanming; Holt, Daniel P.; Huang, Guo-Feng; Debnath, Manik L.; Klunk, William E.; J. Med. Chem., 2003, 46, 13, 2740 - 2754. Synthesis and evaluation of C-11 -labeled 6-substituted 2-arylbenzothiazoles as amyloid imaging agents.
Mena, R1 Edwards, P, Perez-Olvera, O1 Wischik, CM (1995) Monitoring pathological assembly of tau and β-amyloid proteins in Alzheimer's disease. Acta Neuropathol. 89:50- 56.
Mena, R, Edwards, PC1 Harrington, CR1 Mukaetova-Ladinska, EB, Wischik, CM (1996) Staging the pathological assembly of truncated tau protein into paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease. Acta Neuropathol. 91:633-641.
Mukaetova-Ladinska, EB, Garcia-Sierra, F1 Hurt, J, Gertz, HJ, Xuereb, JH et al. (2000) Staging of cytoskeletal and β-amyloid changes in human isocortex reveals biphasic synaptic protein response during progression of Alzheimer's disease. Am. J. Pathol. 157:623-636.
Novak, M, Kabat, J, Wischik, CM (1993) Molecular characterization of the minimal protease resistant tau unit of the Alzheimer's disease paired helical filament. EMSO J. 12:365-370. Ono, Masahiro; Wilson, Alan; Nobrega, Jose; Westaway, David; Verhoeff, Paul; Zhuang, Zhi-Ping; Kung, Mei-Ping; Kung, Hank F.; Nuclear Medicine and Biology, 2003, 30, 565- 571. C-11 -labeled stilbene derivatives as Aβ-aggregate-specific PET imaging agents for Alzheimer's disease.
Pez, Didier; Leal, Isabel; Zuccotto, Fabio; Boussard, Cyrille; Brun, Reto; Croft, Simon L.; Yardley, Vanessa; Ruiz Perez, Luis M.; Pacanowska, Dolores Gonzalez; Gilbert, Ian H.; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, 2003, 11, 4693-4711. 2,4-Aminopyrimidines as Inhibitors of Leishmanial and Trypanosomal Dihydrofolate Reductase.
Shi, Dong-Fang; Bradshaw, Tracey D.; Wrigley, Samantha; McCaII, Carol J.; Lelieveld, Peter; Fichtner, Iduna; Stevens, Malcolm F. G.; J. Med. Chem., 1996, 39, 17, 3375-3384. Antitumor benzothiazoles. 3. Synthesis of 2-(4-aminophenyl)benzothiazoles and evaluation of their activities against breast cancer cell lines in vitro and in vivo.
Vargha-Khadem F, Gadian DG, Watkins KE, Connelly A, Van Paesschen W, Mishkin M. Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on episodic and semantic memory. Science. 1997 277:376-380.
Villareal, DT, Morris, JC (1998) The diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's Dis. Rev. 3:142-152
Willingham D. B. (1997) Systems of memory in the human brain. Neuron, 18, 5-8.
Wischik, CM; Thesis "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease" Part I and II; Cambridge University, 1989.
Wischik, CM, Novak, M, Thøgersen, HC, Edwards, PC, Runswick, MJ et al. (1988) Isolation of a fragment of tau derived from the core of the paired helical filament of Alzheimer's disease. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:4506-4510.
Wischik, CM, Edwards, PC1 Lai, RYK, Roth, M, Harrington, CR (1996) Selective inhibition of Alzheimer disease-like tau aggregation by phenothiazines. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:11213-11218.
Wischik, CM, Novak, M, Edwards, PC, Klug, A, Tichelaar, W, Crowther, RA (1988) Structural characterization of the core of the paired helical filament of Alzheimer disease. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:4884-4888.
Wischik CW. et a/. (1989), Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 1 , 115-122. Wischik, CM, Lai, RYK, Harrington, CR. 1997. Modelling prion-like processing of tau protein in Alzheimer's disease for pharmaceutical development. In Microtubule- Associated Proteins: Modifications in Disease., ed. J. Avila, R. Brandt, K. S. Kosik. pp. 185-241. Amsterdam: Harwood Academic Publishers.
Wischik, CM, Theuring, F, Harrington, CR. (2001). The molecular basis of tau protein pathology in Alzheimer's disease and related neurodegenerative dementias. In: "Neurobiology of Alzheimer's Disease", Eds. Dawbarn, D and Allen, SJ, The Molecular and Cellular Neurobiology Series, Bios Scientific Publishers, Oxford).
WO02/055720
Yoshino, Kohichiro ; Kohno, Toshihiko ; Uno, Toshio ; Morita, Tominori ; and Tsukamoto, Goro J. Med. Chem., 1986, 29, 820-825. Organic phosphorus compounds. 1. 4- (Benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate as potent calcium antagonistic vasodilator.
Zhang, Wei; Oya, Shunichi; Kung, Mei-Ping; Hou, Catherine; Maier, Donna L.; Kung, Hank F.; Nuclear Medicine and Biology, 2005, 32, 799-809. F-18 Polyethyleneglycol stilbenes as PET imaging agents targeting Aβ aggregates in the brain.

Claims

Claims:
1. A method of labelling paired helical filaments (PHFs)1 the method comprising contacting the PHFs with a compound and detecting the presence of said compound, wherein said compound is selected from a compound of any of the following formulae:
,Ck wherein
-R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000258_0001
wherein (T) indicates the point of attachment to -T; and (Q) indicates the point of attachment to -Q-;
-Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-; -NR1C(O)-; -C(O)NH-; -C(O)NR1-; -N=N-; -CH=CH-;
-CR1=CH-; -CH=CR1-; -CR1=CR1-; -N=CH-; -CH=N-;
each -R1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic d^alkyl;
-P is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000258_0002
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment; -T is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000259_0001
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment;
and X is independently N or CH;
-W1 is independently -H or -W*; -W2 is independently -H or -\ΛΛ, -W3 is independently -H or
Figure imgf000259_0002
-W4 is independently -H or -V\Λ; -W5 is independently -H or -W*; -W6 is independently -H or -W*;
where -WA is independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH1 -W^1 -O-W*1, -NH2, -NHW*1, and -N(WA1)2;
and -WA1 is independently selected from: unsubstituted saturated aliphatic C^alkyl,
-CF3,
-CH2CH2OH, and
-CH2CH2N(Me)2;
-G1 is independently -H or -GA; -G2 is independently -H or -GA; where -GΛ is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2;
-[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6;
-G3 is independently -H or -GB; -G4 is independently -H or -GB where -GB is independently selected from:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2;
-[0-CH2CH2Jn-R82, where n is 2 to 6; wherein:
-P1 is independently -H or -PA; -P2 is independently -H or -PB; -P3 is independently -H or -Pc;
-P4 is independently -H or -PB; -P5 is independently -H or -PA;
and wherein: each -PA, each -PB, and each -Pc is independently:
-F1 -Cl, -Br, -I,
-R2,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1-OH, -OR2, -U-OR2, -0-lΛθR2,
-SH, -SR2,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4, -NHOH,
-L1-NH2, -IΛNHR2, -L1-NR2 2, -U-NR3R4,
-O-L1-NH2, -O-L1-NHR2, -O-L1-NR2 2, -O-L1-NR3R4,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)R2, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2, -C(=O)NR2 2, -C(=O)NR3R4,
-NHC(=O)R2, -NR2C(=O)R2,
-C(=O)NHOR2, -C(=O)NR2OR2,
-NHC(=O)OR2, -NR2C(=O)OR2,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2, -OC(=O)NR2 2, -OC(=O)NR3R4, -C(=O)R2,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2,
-NHC(=O)NR22, -NHC(=O)NR3R4,
-NR2C(=O)NH2, -NR2C(=O)NHR2,
-NR2C(=O)NR2 2l -NR2C(=O)NR3R4, -NHS(=O)2R2, -NR2S(=O)2R2,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2, -S(=O)2NR2 2, -S(=O)2NR3R4,
-S(=O)R2, -S(=O)2R2, -OS(=O)2R2, or -S(=O)2OR2
wherein: each -L1- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR3R4, -R3 and -R4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S;
each -R2 is independently:
-RA1 -R*2 -RA3 -RM RA5 -RA6 RA7 RA8 -LA-RM, -LA-RA5, -LA-RA6, -LA-RA7, or -LA-RA8; wherein: each -RA1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R*2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -RA3 is independently aliphatic C^alkynyl; each -RA4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -RA5 is independently C^ecycloalkenyl; each -RA6 is independently non-aromatic C3-7heterocyclyl; each -RA7 is independently C6-i0carboaryl; each -RA8 is independently C5.10heteroaryl; each -LA- is independently saturated aliphatic d-3alkylene; and wherein: each -RM, -RA5, -RA6, -RA7, and -RA8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -RB1 and/or one or more substituents -RB2, and each -RA1, -R*2, -RA3, and -LA- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -RB2,
wherein:
each -RB1 is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl;
each -RB2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -LC-OH, -O-LC-OH,
-ORC1, -LC-ORC1, -O-LC-ORC1,
-SH, -SRC1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHRC1, -NRc1 2l -NRC2RC3,
-LC-NH2, -LC-NHRC1, -LC-NRC1 2, or -LC-NRC2RC3,
-O-LC-NH2, -O-LC-NHRC1, -O-LC-NRC1 2, -O-LC-NRC2RC3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)ORC1, -OC(=O)RC1,
-C(=O)R' C1
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR CC11, - rC/(-=OO\)MNDRC^2DRC3
Figure imgf000261_0001
-NHC(=O)RC1, -NRC1C(=O)RC1, -NHS(=O)2RC1, -NRC1S(=O)2RC1,
-S(=O)2NH2l -S(=O)2NHRC1, -S(=O)2NRC1 2, -S(=O)2NRC2RC3, or -S(=O)2RC1; wherein: each -RC1 is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic d^alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -Lc- is independently unsubstituted saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene; and in each group -NRC2RC3, -RC2 and -RC3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N, O, or S,
and pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
* * * * *
2. A method according to claim 1, wherein -R- is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000262_0001
3. A method according to claim 2, wherein -G1 is independently -H.
4. A method according to claim 2 or claim 3, wherein -G1 is independently -GA.
5. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein -G2 is independently -H.
6. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein -G2 is independently -GA.
7. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein -G3 is independently -H.
8. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein -G3 is independently -GB.
9. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein -G4 is independently -H.
10. A method according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein -G4 is independently -GB.
11. A method according to claim 2, wherein -G1, -G2, G3 and -G4, are each independently -H.
12. A method according to claim 4 or claim 6, wherein -GA is independently selected from
-F,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2.
13. A method according to claim 12, wherein -GA is independently selected from -OH and -OR2.
14. A method according to claim 12, wherein -GA is independently -OH.
15. A method according to claim 12, wherein -GA is independently -OR2.
16. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently selected from:
-F, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -OR2; -[0-CH2CH2In-R82, where n is 2 to 6.
17. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently -F.
18. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently -CF3.
19. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently -OH.
20. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently -OR2.
21. A method according to claim 20, wherein -OR2 is independently -OCH2CH2N(Me)2.
22. A method according to claim 8 or claim 10, wherein -GB is independently -[O-CH2CH2]n-RB2, where n is 2 to 6.
* * * * *
23. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein -Q- is independently selected from: -NHC(O)-; -N=N-; -CH=CH-; -N=C-.
24. A method according to claim 23, wherein -Q- is independently -NHC(O)-.
25. A method according to claim 23, wherein -Q- is independently -N=N-.
26. A method according to claim 23, wherein -Q- is independently -CH=CH-.
27. A method according to claim 23, wherein -Q- is independently -N=C-.
* * * * *
28. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein -P is independently:
Figure imgf000264_0001
29. A method according to claim 28, wherein -P1 is independently -H.
30. A method according to claim 28, wherein -P1 is independently -PA.
31. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein -P5 is independently -H.
32. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein -P5 is independently -PA
33. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 32, wherein -P2 is independently -H.
34. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 32, wherein -P2 is independently -PB.
35. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 34, wherein -P4 is independently -H.
36. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 34, wherein -P4 is independently -PB.
37. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 36, wherein -P3 is independently -H.
38. A method according to any one of claims 28 to 36, wherein -P3 is independently - Pc.
39. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently selected from: -F,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH,
-OR2,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4.
40. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently -F.
41. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
42. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently selected from -OH and -OR2.
43. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently -NO2.
44. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently -NH2.
45. A method according to claim 30 or claim 32, wherein -PA is independently -NHR2 or -NR2 2.
46. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently selected from:
-F, -CF3, -OCF3,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 Z, -NR3R4.
47. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently -F.
48. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently selected from -CF3 and -OCF3.
49. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently -NO2.
50. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently -NH2.
51. A method according to claim 34 or claim 36, wherein -PB is independently -NHR2 or -NR2 2.
52. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently selected from: -F1 -Cl1 -Br1 -I,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH1 -OR2, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2, -NR2 2, -NR3R4, -NHOH1
-OC(=O)R2, -NHC(=O)R2.
53. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently selected from -F1 -Cl1 -Br, and -I.
54. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -F.
55. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -CF3 or -OCF3.
56. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -OH.
57. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -OR2.
58. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -NO2.
59. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -NHOH.
60. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -OC(=O)R2.
61. A method according to claim 38, wherein -Pc is independently -NHC(=0)R2.
62. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein at least one of -P1, -P2, -P3, -P4, and -P5 is not -H.
* * * * *
63. A method according to any one claims 1 to 27, wherein -P is independently selected from:
Figure imgf000267_0001
64. A method according to claim 63, wherein -P1, -P2, -P3, and -P4 are each independently -H.
* * * * *
65. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein -T is independently:
Figure imgf000267_0002
66. A method according to claim 65, wherein -W5 is independently -H.
67. A method according to claim 65 or claim 66, wherein -W6 is independently -H.
68. A method according to any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein -W4 is independently -H.
69. A method according to any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein -W4 is independently -WA.
70. A method according to claim 69 wherein -WA is independently selected from -OH, -WA1, and -0-WA1.
71. A method according to claim 69, wherein -WA is independently -OH.
72. A method according to claim 69, wherein -WA is independently -WA1.
73. A method according to claim 72, wherein -WA1 is independently -Me.
74. A method according to claim 69, wherein -WA is independently -O-VNΛ1.
75. A method according to claim 74, wherein -O-WA1 is independently -OMe.
76. A method according to any one claims 1 to 64, wherein -T is independently:
Figure imgf000268_0001
77. A method according to claim 76, wherein -T is independently:
Figure imgf000268_0002
78. A method according to claim 76, wherein -T is independently:
Figure imgf000268_0003
79. A method according to any one of claims claim 76 to 78, wherein -W1 is independently -H.
80. A method according to any one of claims claim 76 to 78, wherein -W1 is independently -WA.
81. A method according to claim 80, wherein -WA is independently -WA1.
82. A method according to claim 81 , wherein -WA1 is independently -Me.
83. A method according to any one claims 1 to 64, wherein -T is independently:
Figure imgf000268_0004
84. A method according to claim 83, wherein -W2 is independently -H.
85. A method according to claim 83, wherein -W2 is independently -V\Λ
86. A method according to claim 85, wherein -WA is independently -Me.
87. A method according to any one of claims 83 to 86, wherein -W3 is independently -H.
88. A method according to any one of claims 83 to 86, wherein -W3 is independently -WA
89. A method according to claim 88, wherein -WA is independently -Me.
* * * * *
90. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound has a molecular weight of 500 or less.
91. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound has a miLog P of from 2.0 to 5.0.
92. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound has a Log D of from 2.0 to 5.0.
93. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound has a topological polar surface area of 90 A2 or less.
94. A method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound has 3 or less hydrogen bond donors.
* * * * *
95. A method of labelling aggregated tau comprising contacting the aggregated tau molecules with a compound and detecting the presence of said compound, wherein the compound is as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94.
* * * * *
96. A compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 94, with the proviso that the compound is not a compound:
(a) P-001 through P-015; and
(b) where -T is:
Figure imgf000269_0001
-R- is:
Figure imgf000270_0001
and -P is:
Figure imgf000270_0002
and -W4 is -H, -Q- is -CH=CH-, -G1, -G2, -G3, and -G4 are all -H, and (i) -P1, -P2, -P4 and -P5 are all -H1 and -P3 is -RA1; or (ii) one of -P1, -P2, -P3, P4 and -P5 is -RA7, and the others of -P1, -P2, -P3, P4 and -P5 are -H.
PCT/GB2009/002260 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules WO2010034982A1 (en)

Priority Applications (17)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PL09785147T PL2338059T3 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
ES09785147.1T ES2540536T3 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregate tau molecules
MX2011002647A MX2011002647A (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules.
CA2737028A CA2737028C (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
CN200980146839.3A CN102224423B (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
US13/063,525 US8895313B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
SI200931224T SI2338059T1 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
BRPI0919079-1A BRPI0919079B1 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 METHODS FOR MARKING PAIRED HELICOIDAL FILAMENTS (PHFS), AND FOR MARKING AGGREGATE TAU, AS WELL AS BINDING COMPOUNDS FOR AGGREGATE TAU MOLECULES
AU2009295701A AU2009295701B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
DK09785147.1T DK2338059T3 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
RU2011107931/04A RU2518892C2 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated molecules of tau-protein
EP09785147.1A EP2338059B1 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
JP2011527403A JP5667058B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
IL211369A IL211369A (en) 2008-09-23 2011-02-23 Method of labeling paired helical filaments and compounds used therein
ZA2011/02159A ZA201102159B (en) 2008-09-23 2011-03-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
HK11113773.3A HK1159247A1 (en) 2008-09-23 2011-12-21 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules tau
HRP20150724TT HRP20150724T1 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-07-03 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9937608P 2008-09-23 2008-09-23
US61/099,376 2008-09-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010034982A1 true WO2010034982A1 (en) 2010-04-01

Family

ID=41478644

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2009/002260 WO2010034982A1 (en) 2008-09-23 2009-09-23 Ligands for aggregated tau molecules

Country Status (20)

Country Link
US (1) US8895313B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2338059B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5667058B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101631727B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102224423B (en)
AU (1) AU2009295701B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0919079B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2737028C (en)
DK (1) DK2338059T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2540536T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1159247A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20150724T1 (en)
IL (1) IL211369A (en)
MX (1) MX2011002647A (en)
PL (1) PL2338059T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2338059E (en)
RU (1) RU2518892C2 (en)
SI (1) SI2338059T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2010034982A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201102159B (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010129620A1 (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-11 Alla Chem, Llc Imidazo [ 1, 2 -a] pyridin-2 -yl-phenyl derivatives to be used in cancer treatment
CN102250134A (en) * 2010-05-21 2011-11-23 中国科学院化学研究所 Fluorescent probe for identifying fluorine ions and preparation method and use thereof
WO2012094334A1 (en) * 2011-01-04 2012-07-12 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services One-step 18f labeling of biological substrates and uses of 18f labeled biological substrates
WO2014026881A1 (en) * 2012-08-14 2014-02-20 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Imidazo[2,1]thiazol-3-one derivatives useful as diagnostic agents for alzheimer's disease
CN104557768A (en) * 2014-12-09 2015-04-29 温州大学 Synthesis method of benzothiazole derivatives
CN105579453A (en) * 2013-09-26 2016-05-11 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-amines as imaging tools
WO2018124001A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 Bmp-signal-inhibiting compound
US10927106B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2021-02-23 Pharmasum Therapeutics As Benzothiazole derivatives as DYRK1 inhibitors
US10975073B2 (en) 2013-04-29 2021-04-13 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imaging methods using 2-hetaryl imidazol[1,2-a]pyridine derivatives
US20230374006A1 (en) * 2018-05-09 2023-11-23 Aprinoia Therapeutics Limited Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2024061658A1 (en) 2022-09-21 2024-03-28 Wista Laboratories Ltd. Thiazole derivatives as tau aggregation inhibitors
WO2024145662A1 (en) * 2022-12-30 2024-07-04 Altay Therapeutics, Inc. 2-substituted thiazole and benzothiazole compositions and methods as dux4 inhibitors

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2671885A1 (en) * 2012-06-05 2013-12-11 Ares Trading S.A. Imidazo-oxadiazole and Imidazo-thiadiazole derivatives
AU2012397435B2 (en) * 2012-12-21 2017-03-30 National Institutes For Quantum And Radiological Science And Technology Novel compound for imaging TAU protein accumulated in the brain
JP6754353B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2020-09-09 シーエイチディーアイ ファウンデーション，インコーポレーテッド Huntington protein imaging probe
US10413546B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2019-09-17 National University Corporation Tottori University Drug for preventing and/or treating dementia
TW201643143A (en) * 2015-03-13 2016-12-16 國立大學法人北海道大學 Compound for inhibiting neuronal cell death induced by oxidative stress
KR20180052611A (en) * 2015-08-18 2018-05-18 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 Nitroxide-containing amyloid binding agents for imaging and therapeutic applications
EP3385266B1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2019-08-14 Neuboron Medtech Ltd. Compound for specific binding with amyloid beta-protein
CN106496275A (en) * 2016-09-07 2017-03-15 北京师范大学 There is the N of high-affinity with A β plaque block2S22 aryl benzothiazole compound of class and preparation method and application
KR102215255B1 (en) * 2019-06-12 2021-02-15 한국과학기술연구원 Novel compounds useful as fluorescent probes selectively binding to tau aggregates and preparation method thereof
KR102132847B1 (en) * 2019-12-09 2020-07-13 한국과학기술연구원 Compounds with high selectivity to tau aggregates, tau-targeting probe comprising the same, and preparation method thereof

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3615639A (en) * 1967-10-23 1971-10-26 Eastman Kodak Co Direct positive silver halide emulsions containing dyes as electron acceptors and spectral sensitizers
CH542266A (en) 1966-09-23 1973-09-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Styryl optical brighteners - effective in the presence of cleaning compsns contng active chlorine
WO2001010854A1 (en) 1999-08-09 2001-02-15 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Benzothiazole compounds and their use as optical brighteners
WO2002055720A2 (en) 2001-01-15 2002-07-18 Univ Aberdeen Materials and methods relating to protein aggregation in neurodegenerative disease
WO2002075318A2 (en) 2001-03-20 2002-09-26 The University Court Of The University Of Aberdeen Neurofibrillary labels
EP1277729A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2003-01-22 Sankyo Company, Limited Ppar (gamma) modulators
US20030069261A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2003-04-10 Marzabadi Mohammad R. Selective melanin concentrating hormone-1 (MCH1) receptor antagonists and uses thereof
WO2004083195A1 (en) 2003-03-14 2004-09-30 University Of Pittsburgh Benzothiazole derivative compounds, compositions and uses
WO2006014382A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 University Of Pittsburgh A method of diagnosing prodromal forms of diseases associated with amyloid deposition
WO2007020400A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Ge Healthcare Limited Fluorination process of anilide derivatives and benzothiazole fluorinate derivatives as in vivo imaging agents
WO2008014266A2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Heme oxygenase inhibitors and methods of therapeutic use
WO2008029152A2 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Summit Corporation Plc Treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NL265443A (en) 1960-06-02
CH484918A (en) 1965-10-28 1970-01-31 Ciba Geigy Process for the preparation of heterocyclic compounds containing ethylene double bonds
JPS51102186A (en) 1975-03-06 1976-09-09 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals
EP0002042B1 (en) * 1977-11-16 1980-10-29 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Diamino-1,3,5-triazinylstilbene compounds, a process for their preparation and their use as optical brighteners
DE3216723A1 (en) 1982-05-05 1983-11-10 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt METHOD FOR PRODUCING 4,4'-BIS-BENZ-OX (-THI, -IMID) -AZOL-2-YL STILBENES
AU620327B2 (en) * 1987-04-08 1992-02-20 Salutar, Inc. Amyloidosis and alzheimer's disease diagnostic assay and reagents therefor
GB9503946D0 (en) * 1995-02-28 1995-04-19 Cancer Res Campaign Tech Benzazole compounds
JP2005512957A (en) * 2001-08-13 2005-05-12 マックス−プランク−ゲゼルシャフト ツール フェルデルンク デル ヴィッセンシャフテン エー．ファウ． Poly Q-aggregation inhibitors
JP2004067659A (en) 2002-06-12 2004-03-04 Bf Kenkyusho:Kk BENZIMIDAZOLE RING-CONTAINING COMPOUND AS DIAGNOSTIC PROBE OF tau-PROTEIN ACCUMULATIVE DISEASE
US20050260126A1 (en) 2002-08-30 2005-11-24 Yukitsuka Kudo Diagnostic probes and remedies for diseases with accumulation of prion protein, and stains for prion protein
US7118730B2 (en) 2002-12-16 2006-10-10 Bf Research Institute, Inc. Quinoline derivative as diagnostic probe for disease with tau protein accumulation
CN102532055B (en) * 2003-03-14 2016-05-11 匹兹堡大学联邦制高等教育 Benzothiazole derivative compounds, composition and purposes
WO2005033288A2 (en) * 2003-09-29 2005-04-14 The Johns Hopkins University Hedgehog pathway antagonists
CN102973954A (en) 2004-07-02 2013-03-20 匹兹堡大学高等教育联邦体系 Amyloid imaging as a surrogate marker for efficacy of anti-amyloid therapies
WO2008054341A2 (en) * 2005-06-20 2008-05-08 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Method of bioimaging using nanocrystals of fluorescent dyes
DK1910384T3 (en) 2005-08-04 2012-12-17 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals Inc IMIDAZO [2,1-B] THIAZOL DERIVATIVES AS SIRTUINE MODULATING COMPOUNDS
RU2364597C1 (en) 2007-12-14 2009-08-20 Андрей Александрович Иващенко HETEROCYCLIC INHIBITORS OF Hh-SYGNAL CASCADE, BASED ON THEM MEDICINAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD OF TREATING DISEASES INDUCED BY ABBARANT ACTIVITY OF Hh-SIGNAL SYSTEM
EA020609B1 (en) 2009-05-05 2014-12-30 ОБЩЕСТВО С ОГРАНИЧЕННОЙ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬЮ "ИННОВАЦИОННАЯ ФАРМАЦЕВТИКА" (ООО "иФАРМА") IMIDAZO[1,2-a]PYRIDIN-2-YLPHENYL DERIVATIVES TO BE USED IN CANCER TREATMENT

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CH542266A (en) 1966-09-23 1973-09-30 Ciba Geigy Ag Styryl optical brighteners - effective in the presence of cleaning compsns contng active chlorine
US3615639A (en) * 1967-10-23 1971-10-26 Eastman Kodak Co Direct positive silver halide emulsions containing dyes as electron acceptors and spectral sensitizers
WO2001010854A1 (en) 1999-08-09 2001-02-15 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Benzothiazole compounds and their use as optical brighteners
EP1277729A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2003-01-22 Sankyo Company, Limited Ppar (gamma) modulators
US20030069261A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2003-04-10 Marzabadi Mohammad R. Selective melanin concentrating hormone-1 (MCH1) receptor antagonists and uses thereof
WO2002055720A2 (en) 2001-01-15 2002-07-18 Univ Aberdeen Materials and methods relating to protein aggregation in neurodegenerative disease
WO2002075318A2 (en) 2001-03-20 2002-09-26 The University Court Of The University Of Aberdeen Neurofibrillary labels
WO2004083195A1 (en) 2003-03-14 2004-09-30 University Of Pittsburgh Benzothiazole derivative compounds, compositions and uses
WO2006014382A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 University Of Pittsburgh A method of diagnosing prodromal forms of diseases associated with amyloid deposition
WO2007020400A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Ge Healthcare Limited Fluorination process of anilide derivatives and benzothiazole fluorinate derivatives as in vivo imaging agents
WO2008014266A2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Heme oxygenase inhibitors and methods of therapeutic use
WO2008029152A2 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Summit Corporation Plc Treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy

Non-Patent Citations (63)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients", 2005
"Reminqton's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1990, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
ANDREASEN, N; MINTHON, L; DAVIDSSON, P; VANMECHELEN, E; VANDERSTICHELE, H ET AL.: "Evaluation of CSF-tau and CSF-A?42 as diagnostic markers for Alzheimer disease in clinical practice", ARCH. NEURAL., vol. 58, 2001, pages 373 - 379
BERGE ET AL.: "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts", J. PHARM. SCI.,, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BONDAREFF, W; HARRINGTON, C; WISCHIK, CM; HAUSER, DL; ROTH, M: "Immunohistochemical staging of neurofibrillary degeneration in Alzheimer's disease", J. NEUROPATHOL. EXPTL. NEUROL., vol. 53, 1994, pages 158 - 164
BOSCHELLI, DIANE H.; WU, BIQI;; SOSA, ANA CAROLINA BARRIOS; CHEN, JOAN J.; GOLAS, JENNIFER M.; BOSCHELLI, FRANK, BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 15, 2005, pages 4681 - 4684
C. M. WISCHIK: "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease", THESIS, 1989
CARRETERO, MT; HARRINGTON, CR; WISCHIK, CM: "Changes in a CSF antigen associated with dementia", DEMENTIA, vol. 6, 1995, pages 281 - 285
CLARK, CM; XIE, S; CHITTAMS, J; EWBANK, D; PESKIND, E ET AL.: "Cerebrospinal fluid tau and p-amyloid: how well do these biomarkers reflect autopsy-confirmed dementia diagnoses?", ARCH. NEUROL., vol. 60, 2003, pages 1696 - 1702
CONG, ZHI-QI; WANG, CHUN-IAN; CHEN, TIE; YIN, BING-ZHU, SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 36, 2006, pages 679 - 683
ENGELBORGHS, S; DE VREESE, K; VAN DE CASTEELE, T; VANDERSTICHELE, H; VAN EVERBROECK, A ET AL.: "Diagnostic performance of a CSF-biomarker panel in autopsy-confirmed dementia", NEUROBIOL. AGING, vol. 29, 2008, pages 1143 - 1159, XP022734897, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2007.02.016
ERMERT, J.; HAMACHER, K.; COENEN, H. H.: "N.C.A. 18F-labelled norepinephrine derivatives via a-aminopropiophenones", J. LABELLED CPD. RADIOPHARM, vol. 43, 2000, pages 1345 - 1363, XP002657581
GALASKO, D; CHANG, L; MOTTER, R; CLARK, CM; KAYE, J ET AL.: "High cerebrospinal fluid tau and low amyloid ?42 levels in the clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer disease and relation to apolipoprotein E genotype", ARCH. NEUROL, vol. 55, 1998, pages 937 - 945, XP009157380, DOI: doi:10.1001/archneur.55.7.937
GOEDERT, M; SPILLANTINI, MG; JAKES, R; RUTHERFORD, D; CROWTHER, RA: "Multiple isoforms of human microtubule-associated protein tau: sequences and localisation in neurofibrillary tangles of Alzheimer's disease", NEURON, vol. 3, 1989, pages 519 - 526
GOEDERT, M; SPILLANTINI, MG; POTIER, MC; ULRICH, J; CROWTHER, RA: "Cloning and sequencing of the cDNA encoding an isoform of microtubule-associated protein tau containing four tandem repeats: differential expressing of tau protein mRNAs in human brain", EMBO J., vol. 8, 1989, pages 393 - 399, XP002942589
GROSSMAN, M; FARMER, J; LEIGHT, S; WORK, M; MOORE, P ET AL.: "Cerebrospinal fluid profile in frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer's disease", ANN. NEUROL, vol. 57, 2005, pages 721 - 729, XP002469246, DOI: doi:10.1002/ana.20477
HAMPEL, H; BUERGER, K; ZINKOWSKI, R; TEIPEL, SJ; GOERNITZ, A ET AL.: "Measurement of phosphorylated tau epitopes in the differential diagnosis of Alzheimer disease: a comparative cerebrospinal fluid study", ARCH. GEN. PSYCHIATRY, vol. 61, 2004, pages 95 - 102, XP055070403, DOI: doi:10.1001/archpsyc.61.1.95
HAUGWITZ, R. D.; ANGEL, R. G.; JACOBS, G. A.; MAURER, B. V.; NARAYANAN, V. L.; CRUTHERS, L. R.; SZANTO, J..: "Antiparasitic agents. 5. Synthesis and anthelmintic activities of novel 2-heteroaromatic-substituted isothiocyanatobenzoxazoles and benzothiazoles", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 25, no. 8, 1982, pages 969 - 974, XP002374845, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm00350a017
HEISER, VOLKER ET AL: "Identification of benzothiazoles as potential polyglutamine aggregation inhibitors of Huntington's disease by using an automated filter retardation assay", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA , 99(SUPPL. 4), 16400-16406 CODEN: PNASA6; ISSN: 0027-8424, 2002, XP002563993 *
HODGES, JR; SPATT, J; PATTERSON, K: "What'' and ''how'': Evidence for the dissociation of object knowledge and mechanical problem-solving skills in the human brain", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 96, 1999, pages 9444 - 9448
HULSTAERT, F; BLENNOW, K; IVANOIU, A; SCHOONDERWALDT, HC; RIEMENSCHNEIDER, M ET AL.: "Improved discrimination of AD patients using p-amyloid(1-42) and tau levels in CSF", NEUROLOGY, vol. 52, 1999, pages 1555 - 1562, XP009023746
IDOUX, JOHN P.; GUPTON, JOHN T.; MCCURRY, CYNTHIA K.; CREWS, DONALD; JURSS, CINDY D.; COLON, CESAR; RAMPI, RICHARD C.: "Aromatic fluoroalkoxylation via direct aromatic nucleophilic substitution", J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 48, 1983, pages 3771 - 3773
IDOUX, JOHN P.; MADENWALD, MARK L.; GARCIA, BRENT S.; CHU, DER-LUN: "Aromatic fluoroalkoxylation via direct displacement of a nitro or fluoro group", J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 50, 1985, pages 1876 - 1878, XP002035728, DOI: doi:10.1021/jo00211a018
IMAMOTO, TSUNEO; MATSUMOTO, TERUYO; YOKOYAMA, HIDEKI; YOKOYAMA, MASATAKA; YAMAGUCHI, KEI-ICHI: "Preparation and synthetic use of trimethylsilyl polyphosphate. A new stereoselective aldol-type reaction in the presence of trimethylsilyl polyphosphate", J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 49, 1984, pages 1105 - 1110
JAKES, R; NOVAK, M; DAVISON, M; WISCHIK, CM: "Identification of 3- and 4-repeat tau isoforms within the PHF in Alzheimer's disease", EMBO J., vol. 10, 1991, pages 2725 - 2729, XP001157360
KANG J.; LEMAIRE H.-G.; UNTERBECK A.; SALBAUM J.M.; MASTERS C.L.; GRZESCHIK K.-H.; MULTHAUP G.; BEYREUTHER K.; MÜLLER-HILL B.: "The precursor of Alzheimer's disease amyloid A4 protein resembles a cell-surface receptor", NATURE, vol. 325, 1987, pages 733 - 736
KASHIYAMA, EIJI; HUTCHINSON, IAN; CHUA, MEI-SZE; STINSON, SHERMAN F.; PHILLIPS, LAWRENCE R.; KAUR, GURMEET; SAUSVILLE, EDWARD A.;: "Antitumor benzothiazoles. 8. Synthesis, metabolic formation, and biological properties of the C- and N-oxidation products of antitumor 2-(4-aminophenyl)benzothiazoles", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 42, no. 20, 1999, pages 4172 - 4184, XP055023651, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm990104o
KINDLER; GARNER, MOL. BRAIN RES., vol. 26, 1994, pages 218 - 224
KULLER LH; SHEMANSKI L; MANOLIO T; HAAN M; FRIED L; BRYAN N; BURKE GL; TRACY R; BHADELIA R.: "Relationship between ApoE, MRI findings, and cognitive function in the Cardiovascular Health Study", STROKE, vol. 29, 1998, pages 388 - 398
KUWABE, SHIN-ITSU; TORRACA, KAREN E.; BUCHWALD, STEPHEN L., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 123, 2001, pages 12202 - 12206
LAI, RYK; GERTZ, H-J; WISCHIK, DJ; XUEREB, JH; MUKAETOVA-LADINSKA, EB ET AL.: "Examination of phosphorylated tau protein as a PHF-precursor at early stage Alzheimer's disease", NEUROBIOL. AGING, vol. 16, 1995, pages 433 - 445, XP002266007, DOI: doi:10.1016/0197-4580(95)00041-C
LAKMACHE, Y; LASSONDE, M; GAUTHIER, S; FRIGON, J-Y; LEPORE, F.: "Interhemispheric disconnection syndrome in Alzheimer's disease", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES USA, vol. 95, 1998, pages 9042 - 9046
LEE ET AL., BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 18, 2008, pages 1534
LO MEO, PAOLO; D'ANNA, FRANCESCA; GRUTTADAURIA, MICHELANGELO; RIELA, SERENA; NOTO, RENATO, TETRAHEDRON, vol. 60, 2004, pages 9099 - 9111
MALAMAS, MICHAEL S.; CARLSON, RICHARD P.; GRIMES, DAVID; HOWELL, RALPH; GLASER, KEITH; GUNAWAN, IWAN; NELSON, JAMES A.; KANZELBERG: "Azole phenoxy hydroxyureas as selective and orally active inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 39, 1996, pages 237 - 245
MANN, JOHN; BARON, ANNE; OPOKU-BOAHEN, YAW; JOHANSSON, ERIC; PARKINSON, GARY; KELLAND, LLOYD R.;; NEIDLE, STEPHEN: "A new class of symmetric bisbenzimidazole-based DNA minor groove-binding agents showing antitumour activity", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 44, 2001, pages 138 - 144
MARIN DB; BREUER B; MARIN ML; SILVERMAN J; SCHMEIDLER J; GREENBERG D; FLYNN S; MARE M; LANTZ M; LIBOW L: "The relationship between apolipoprotein E, dementia, and vascular illness", ATHEROSCLEROSIS, vol. 140, 1998, pages 173 - 180
MATHIS, CHESTER A.; WANG, YANMING; HOLT, DANIEL P.; HUANG, GUO-FENG; DEBNATH, MANIK L.; KLUNK, WILLIAM E.: "Synthesis and evaluation of C-11-labeled 6-substituted 2-arylbenzothiazoles as amyloid imaging agents", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 46, no. 13, 2003, pages 2740 - 2754
MATUS, A.: "Microtubules", JOHN WILEY AND SONS, pages: 155 - 166
MENA, R; EDWARDS, P; PEREZ-OVERA, 0; WISCHIK, CM: "Monitoring pathological assembly of tau and p-amyloid proteins in Alzheimer's disease", ACTA NEUROPATHOL., vol. 89, 1995, pages 50 - 56, XP009162241, DOI: doi:10.1007/BF00294259
MENA, R; EDWARDS, PC; HARRINGTON, CR; MUKAETOVA-LADINSKA, EB; WISCHIK, CM: "Staging the pathological assembly of truncated tau protein into paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease", ACTA NEUROPATHOL, vol. 91, 1996, pages 633 - 641, XP002266006, DOI: doi:10.1007/s004010050477
MUKAETOVA-LADINSKA, EB; GARCIA-SIERRA, F; HURT, J; GERTZ, HJ; XUEREB, JH ET AL.: "Staging of cytoskeletal and p-amyloid changes in human isocortex reveals biphasic synaptic protein response during progression of Alzheimer's disease", AM. J. PATHOL., vol. 157, 2000, pages 623 - 636, XP002266005
NOVAK, M; KABAT, J; WISCHIK, CM: "Molecular characterization of the minimal protease resistant tau unit of the Alzheimer's disease paired helical filament", EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 365 - 370, XP009019837
ONO, MASAHIRO; WILSON, ALAN; NOBREGA, JOSE; WESTAWAY, DAVID; VERHOEFF, PAUL; ZHUANG, ZHI-PING; KUNG, MEI-PING; KUNG, HANK F.: "C-11-labeled stilbene derivatives as Ap-aggregate-specific PET imaging agents for Alzheimer's disease", NUCLEAR MEDICINE AND BIOLOGY, vol. 30, 2003, pages 565 - 571, XP004444174, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0969-8051(03)00049-0
PAUCHARD, JEAN PAUL ET AL: "Anil synthesis. 16. Preparation of styryl derivatives of 2-phenylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine", HELVETICA CHIMICA ACTA , 61(1), 129-41 CODEN: HCACAV; ISSN: 0018-019X, 1978, XP002563994 *
PEZ, DIDIER; LEAL, ISABEL; ZUCCOTTO, FABIO; BOUSSARD, CYRILLE; BRUN, RETO; CROFT, SIMON L.; YARDLEY, VANESSA; RUIZ PEREZ, LUIS M.;: "2,4-Aminopyrimidines as Inhibitors of Leishmanial and Trypanosomal Dihydrofolate Reductase", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 11, 2003, pages 4693 - 4711
SHELANSKI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 70, 1973, pages 765 - 768
SHI, DONG-FANG; BRADSHAW, TRACEY D.; WRIGLEY, SAMANTHA; MCCALL, CAROL J.; LELIEVELD, PETER; FICHTNER, IDUNA; STEVENS, MALCOLM F. G: "Antitumor benzothiazoles. 3. Synthesis of 2-(4-aminophenyl)benzothiazoles and evaluation of their activities against breast cancer cell lines in vitro and in vivo", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 39, no. 17, 1996, pages 3375 - 3384
T. GREEN; P. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
VARGHA-KHADEM F; GADIAN DG; WATKINS KE; CONNELLY A; VAN PAESSCHEN W; MISHKIN M.: "Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on episodic and semantic memory", SCIENCE, vol. 277, 1997, pages 376 - 380
VILLAREAL, DT; MORRIS, JC: "The diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease", ALZHEIMER'S DIS. REV., vol. 3, 1998, pages 142 - 152
WILLINGHAM D.B.: "Systems of memory in the human brain", NEURON, vol. 18, 1997, pages 5 - 8
WISCHIK C.W. ET AL., CURR. OPIN. CELL BIOL., vol. 1, 1989, pages 115 - 122
WISCHIK ET AL., NEUROBIOLOGY OF AGING, vol. 16, 1995, pages 409 - 431
WISCHIK ET AL., NEUROBIOLOGY OF ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE
WISCHIK, CM: "The structure and biochemistry of paired helical filaments in Alzheimer's disease", THESIS, 1989
WISCHIK, CM; EDWARDS, PC; LAI, RYK; ROTH, M; HARRINGTON, CR: "Selective inhibition of Alzheimer disease-like tau aggregation by phenothiazines", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 93, 1996, pages 11213 - 11218, XP002067057, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.93.20.11213
WISCHIK, CM; LAI, RYK; HARRINGTON, CR.: "Microtubule- Associated Proteins: Modifications in Disease.", 1997, HARWOOD ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS, article "Modelling prion-like processing of tau protein in Alzheimer's disease for pharmaceutical development", pages: 185 - 241
WISCHIK, CM; NOVAK, M; EDWARDS, PC; KLUG, A; TICHELAAR, W; CROWTHER, RA: "Structural characterization of the core of the paired helical filament of Alzheimer disease", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 4884 - 4888
WISCHIK, CM; NOVAK, M; THOGERSEN, HC; EDWARDS, PC; RUNSWICK, MJ ET AL.: "Isolation of a fragment of tau derived from the core of the paired helical filament of Alzheimer's disease", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 4506 - 4510, XP001179104, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.85.12.4506
WISCHIK, CM; THEURING, F; HARRINGTON, CR.: "Neurobiology of Alzheimer's Disease", 2001, THE MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR NEUROBIOLOGY SERIES, BIOS SCIENTIFIC PUBLISHERS, article "The molecular basis of tau protein pathology in Alzheimer's disease and related neurodegenerative dementias"
YOSHINO, KOHICHIRO; KOHNO, TOSHIHIKO; UNO, TOSHIO; MORITA, TOMINORI; TSUKAMOTO, GORO: "Organic phosphorus compounds. 1. 4- (Benzothiazol-2-yl)benzylphosphonate as potent calcium antagonistic vasodilato", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 29, 1986, pages 820 - 825
ZHANG, WEI; OYA, SHUNICHI; KUNG, MEI-PING; HOU, CATHERINE; MAIER, DONNA L.; KUNG, HANK F.;: "F-18 Polyethyleneglycol stilbenes as PET imaging agents targeting Ap aggregates in the brain", NUCLEAR MEDICINE AND BIOLOGY, vol. 32, 2005, pages 799 - 809

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010129620A1 (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-11 Alla Chem, Llc Imidazo [ 1, 2 -a] pyridin-2 -yl-phenyl derivatives to be used in cancer treatment
US8486936B2 (en) 2009-05-05 2013-07-16 AllaChem, LLC Antagonist of smoothened
CN102250134A (en) * 2010-05-21 2011-11-23 中国科学院化学研究所 Fluorescent probe for identifying fluorine ions and preparation method and use thereof
CN102250134B (en) * 2010-05-21 2013-12-04 中国科学院化学研究所 Fluorescent probe for identifying fluorine ions and preparation method and use thereof
WO2012094334A1 (en) * 2011-01-04 2012-07-12 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services One-step 18f labeling of biological substrates and uses of 18f labeled biological substrates
WO2014026881A1 (en) * 2012-08-14 2014-02-20 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Imidazo[2,1]thiazol-3-one derivatives useful as diagnostic agents for alzheimer's disease
US10975073B2 (en) 2013-04-29 2021-04-13 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imaging methods using 2-hetaryl imidazol[1,2-a]pyridine derivatives
US11358962B2 (en) 2013-04-29 2022-06-14 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 2-hetaryl imidazol[1,2-a]pyridine derivatives
CN105579453A (en) * 2013-09-26 2016-05-11 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-amines as imaging tools
CN105579453B (en) * 2013-09-26 2017-12-22 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 The amine of imidazo [1,2 a] pyridine 7 as imaging tool
US9957266B2 (en) 2013-09-26 2018-05-01 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-amine
CN104557768A (en) * 2014-12-09 2015-04-29 温州大学 Synthesis method of benzothiazole derivatives
US10927106B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2021-02-23 Pharmasum Therapeutics As Benzothiazole derivatives as DYRK1 inhibitors
WO2018124001A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 Bmp-signal-inhibiting compound
US20230374006A1 (en) * 2018-05-09 2023-11-23 Aprinoia Therapeutics Limited Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2024061658A1 (en) 2022-09-21 2024-03-28 Wista Laboratories Ltd. Thiazole derivatives as tau aggregation inhibitors
WO2024145662A1 (en) * 2022-12-30 2024-07-04 Altay Therapeutics, Inc. 2-substituted thiazole and benzothiazole compositions and methods as dux4 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102224423B (en) 2014-10-22
IL211369A (en) 2015-07-30
CA2737028C (en) 2017-06-27
PT2338059E (en) 2015-08-03
US20110171739A1 (en) 2011-07-14
EP2338059A1 (en) 2011-06-29
ES2540536T3 (en) 2015-07-10
KR101631727B1 (en) 2016-06-17
JP5667058B2 (en) 2015-02-12
AU2009295701B2 (en) 2014-07-24
BRPI0919079A2 (en) 2020-08-18
RU2518892C2 (en) 2014-06-10
SI2338059T1 (en) 2015-08-31
KR20110076956A (en) 2011-07-06
US8895313B2 (en) 2014-11-25
IL211369A0 (en) 2011-04-28
RU2011107931A (en) 2012-10-27
CN102224423A (en) 2011-10-19
BRPI0919079B1 (en) 2022-02-15
HK1159247A1 (en) 2012-07-27
CA2737028A1 (en) 2010-04-01
HRP20150724T1 (en) 2015-08-14
PL2338059T3 (en) 2015-10-30
ZA201102159B (en) 2012-10-31
AU2009295701A1 (en) 2010-04-01
DK2338059T3 (en) 2015-06-15
JP2012502966A (en) 2012-02-02
EP2338059B1 (en) 2015-04-08
MX2011002647A (en) 2011-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2338059B1 (en) Ligands for aggregated tau molecules
JP7297323B2 (en) Bicyclic compounds for diagnosis and therapy
JP4288073B2 (en) Neurofibril label
Jimonet et al. Riluzole series. Synthesis and in vivo “antiglutamate” activity of 6-substituted-2-benzothiazolamines and 3-substituted-2-imino-benzothiazolines
US8957215B2 (en) Heteroaryl substituted benzothiazoles
JP6333280B2 (en) Glutaminase inhibitors and methods of use thereof
JP2004537034A5 (en)
KR20110046503A (en) Useful imaging agents to identify AD etiology
KR20170139060A (en) Compounds as BACE1 Inhibitors and Their Uses
Wongso et al. Synthesis and structure–activity relationship (SAR) studies of 1, 2, 3-triazole, amide, and ester-based benzothiazole derivatives as potential molecular probes for tau protein
JP2003502320A (en) Rhodanin derivatives for use in a method of inhibiting amyloid protein aggregation and imaging amyloid deposits
CA2768116C (en) Neurofibrillary labels

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200980146839.3

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09785147

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009295701

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 211369

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009295701

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20090923

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/002647

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2737028

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 13063525

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011527403

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1201/KOLNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009785147

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117009132

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011107931

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0919079

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20110323